This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at|http : //books . google . com/
The Admiral frawkliu Hanford
Coih^foit in
Tkt yVrw York Fuhlic Lihrory
- J929 '
Uic
fOO
Digitized by
*
) Digitized by
^
Digitized by
- 7
Digitized by
Digitized by
ACCOUNT
nr-
d '
OF
A VOYAGE OF DISCOVERY
TO THB
WEST COAST OF COREA,
AND
THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND;
WITH
AN APPENDIX,
COMTAIMINO
CHARTS, AND VARIOUS HYDROGRAPHICAL AND SCIENTinC NOTICES.
BY CAPTAIN BASIL HALL, iH6->\?^^A^>
ROTAL NAYT, F.Il.8. LONB. & BDIN. ' C • C.
MBMBBR or THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF CALCtriTA, OF THB UTBRART SOCIErT OF BOMBATi AMD OF THB SOCIETY OF ABTS AND SaBNCBS AT BATAYIA.
AND
A VOCABULARY OF THE LOO-CHOQ LANGUAGE, BY H. J. CLIFFORD, ESQ.
UEUTBNAMT ROTAL IJAYT.
4~
L.
c
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE-STREET.
1818.
Digitized by
TBI KEW YORK PUBLIC UBRARJ
5073324
AITOa, LBMOX AMD TILDKN FOUNDATIONS K 1030 L i
Digitized by
TO
CAPTAIN MURRAY MAXWELL,
\' • • •
TO WHOSE
ABILITY IN CONDUCTING THIS VOYAGE,
ZEAL IN GIVING ENCOURAGEMENT TO EVERY INQUIRY,
SAGACITY IN DISCOVERING THE DISPOSITION OP THE NATIVES,
AND ADDRESS IN GAINING THEIR CONFIDENCE AND GOOD WILL,
IS TO BE AlTRIBUrED
WHATEVER MAT BE FOUND IMTERESTEN0 OR DI8EFUL
IN THE lOLLOWINO PAGES,
THIS WORK
IS MOST RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED,
BY
THE AUTHORS.
Digitized by
Digitized by
PREFACE.
The following work contains a Narrative of the Voyage to the West Coast of Corea, and the Great Loo-choo Island ; an Appendix^ containing Nautical details; and a Vocabulary of the Lan- guage spoken at Loo-choo.
In drawing up the Narrative from journals written at the time, I have derived great as- sistance from notes made by Lieutenant H. J. Clifford, of the Navy. This officer obtained permission from the Admiralty to accompany me, though on half pay, and having no specific duty to perform, he was enabled to devote him- self entirely to the acquisition of knovirledge ; and had it in his power to record many interest- ing occurrences of the voyage, which the nu-
j Digitized by
i
viii PREFACE.
merous duties of my station left me but little leisure to observe or describe.
All the Charts, Tables, and Nautical Notices have been placed in an Appendix, in order to avoid the interruption which such details are apt to occasion when inserted in a jouri!iai ; and the
Nautical reader will perhaps consider it advan-
I
tageous, to have this part of the subject set apart, and condensed, instead of being scattered over the pages of the narrative.
I am indebted to Mr. Clifford for very import- ant assistance in collecting and arranging the materials which form this Appendix.
The northern psirt of the Chart of the Yellow Sea, given in the Appendix, was taken from a Chart by Captain Daniel Ross, of the Bombay marine, the scientific dnd able surveyor com- manding the squadron which the Honourable
■ Digitized by
PREFACE. ix
East Id dia Company, in. the spirit of a liberal and enlarged policy; have emiployed for upwards of. nine years, in surveying the China Seas.
The Vocabulary is exclusively compiled by Mr. Clifford, who took the greatest painfs to collect words and sentences in common use ; and though, from the shortness of our stay, this pai't of the; work is necessarily incomplietej it is hoped that a future voyager will derive consi- derable assistance from it, in his intercourse with the natives.
The drawings of scenery and costume vvere made by Mr. William Havell, the eminent artist who accompanied the Embassy, from sketches taken on the spot, by Mr. C. W. Browne, mid- shipman of the Alceste, and myself.
Nothing respecting the west side of Corea
has hitherto been accurately known to Europeans.
b
Digitized by
X PREFACE.
The coast laid down in most Charts has been taken from the celebrated map of the Jesuits, which is very correct in what relates to China, but erroneous with respect to Corea. The Je- suits, indeed, did not survey this country, but have inserted it in their map, I believe, from Japanese authorities.
Captain Broughton in his voyage to the North Pacific Ocean visited the South Coast of Corea, and his account of the inhabitants agrees with ours in most particulars.
The same distinguished voyager visited the Great Loo-choo Island in 1797> after having been shipwrecked near Tjrpinsan, one of its de- pendant islands* He was at Napakiang for a few days, and his account of the natives is highly interesting.
There is au article by Pere Gaubil, a mis-
Digitized by
PREFACE. xi
sioDary, on the subject of the Loo^hoo Islands, in the ^3d vol. of the ** Lettres Edifiantes et Curieuses/' It is a translation from the official report of a Chinese embassador sent to Loo-choo by the Emperor Kang Hi ; our opportunities, however, were not sufficient to enable us to judge of the accuracy of this curious memoir.
Digitized by
Digitized by
CONTENTS.
NARRATIVE.
CHAPTER I.
H. M. S. Aloeste and Lyra leave the Yellow Sea on a Voyage of Dib- oovery— Sir James Hallos Group on the Coast of Corear- UnsodaUe Chi^ racter of the Natives— Hutton^s Island-— Interesting geological Structuie— -
' Anchor near the Main Land— Corean ChieTs Visit — Objections made to Strangers landing — ^Distress of the Chief— His Character — Departure from Basil^s Bay — Clusters of Islands— Murray^s Sound — Deserted Corean Village — View from the Summit of a high Peak — Interview with the Coreans— Peculiarities of their Character — Language — ^Erroneous geographical Po- sition of this Coast — Leave Corea , • Page 1
CHAPTER II.
Enter the Jq>an Sea-— Sulphur Island— Volcano— See the Great Loo*choo Island — Lyra nearly wrecked — ^First Interview with the Natives — Anchor at Napakiang — ^Natives , crowd on Board — Their interesting Appearance and Manners — Several Chiefs visit the Alceste — Land to make Ob- servations— ^Astonishment of the Natives — Six Chiefs visit the Ships — Alceste and Lyra proceed farther in Shore — ^A Chief of high Rank waits upon Captain Maxwell — Return his Visit — ^Feast — Projected Survey of the Anchorage--p-Visit Reef Island — The Lyra sent to look for another Harbour
Digitized by
xiv CONTENTS.
— Arrangements for landing the Alceste^s Stores — Description of the Temple and Garden— First Acquaintance with M&dera — Study of the Language 58
CHAPTER III.
The Lyra sent to survey the Island of Loo-choo — ^IMscovery of Port MelviUe -^Deacription of that Harbour, and the Villages on its Banks — Lyra nearly wrecked — Interview with Natives at the South P<Hnt — Return to Napakiang"— Behaviour of the Natives at a Seaman's Funeral — M&dera's Character and Conduct — Sociable Habits of the Natives — ^Dinner given to the Chiefs of the Island by Captain Maxwell-- Mddera's Behaviour on this Occasion — Two Women seen — ^A Lady of Rank viats the Boatswain's Wife —Captain Maxwell fractures his Finger — Loo-choo Surgeon — Concern of the Natives — ^Visit of the Prince — Discusfflon about the King of Loo-choo's Letter— -M&dera appears in a new Character — Feast given by the Prince — List of Supplies ^ven to the Ships — ^Behaviour of the Prince on taking Leaver-Preparations for Departuie — M&dera^s Distress-^Last Interview with the ChieAH«*Brief Memorandums upon the BeUgion, Manners, and Customs of Loo-dioo — Advice to a Stranger visiting this Island 135
APPENDIX.
Notice explanatory of a Chart of the Gulf of Pe-chee^Iee v
Notice to accompany the Chart of the West Coast of Corea . x
Notice to accompany the general Chart of the Great Loo-choo Island in the Japan Sea, and the Charts of Napakiang Roads and Port Melville . xvii Observations made at the Observatory at Napakiang xxix
Table of Observations made with Dr. Wcdlaston'^s Dip Sector : with an En- graving, and a Description of this Instrument, and Diiectiona for its Use ....•• xxxi
Meteorological Journal, from July to November 1816, while the Ships were in the Yellow and Japan Seas ..... li
Abstract of the Lyra^s Voyage, from leaving England till.ber Return ; shew- ing the Distance between the different Places at whidi she touched, and the Time takoi in performing each Passage ... . dx
Geol(^ical Memorandum ; being a Description a( the Specimens of Rocks col-
Digitized by
CONTENTS. XV
lected at Macao and the Ladrone Islands, on the Shores of the Yellow Sea, the West Coaat of Corea, and the Great Loo-choo Island cxix
VOCABULARY.
Paht I.^-English and Loo-choo words.
Part II. — Sentences in English and Loo-choo^ with a literal Translatioii*
Loo«choo and Japanese Numerals — ^Names of Persona at Napakiang-— Names
of Places— Days of the Moon— Orders of Bank^Tattoo Mark»— Hottn of
the Day. Comparison between the Japanese and Loo-choo Languages. Cmnpariaon between the Loo-choo and Insu Languages Comparison between the Loo-choo, Japanese, and Insu Languages. Corean Words.
Digitized by
DIRECTIONS FOE PLACING THE PLATES.
Sulphur Island, to face the Title Page. Corean Chief and Secretary Napakiahg
Loo-choo Chief and his two Sons Priest and Grentleman of Loo-choo The Prince of Loo-choo Scene after the Princess Feast Grentleman of Loo-choo in his Cloak Bridge of Napakiang
To face Page 16 77 97 132 176 196 815 82S
Appendix. Chart of the Gulf of Pe-chee-lee Coast of Corea
Chart of the Great Loo-choo Island Napakiang Roads Port Melville WoUaston's Dip Sector
V X
xix
xxi
. xxiv
xxxiii
£RRATA.
Page 1^ line 2 from bottom^ for ll^A August, read gtk August, Page 6b> top line^ for wasy read iaxv,
Appsndix.
Meteorological Journal.— -Longitude on the ist Sept. for 124.20^ read 124.48. The longitudes in the Met. Joum. from the 3d to the 7th of Sept. inclusive are too small by 15'.
VOCABULAKT.
For Tatesee, read Tatsee.
For Teetesee^ read Tedtee. $
For Meetesee, read Meetsee,
For Eeotesee, read Eeotsee,
For Eeyatesee, read Eeyattee,
For oftponte, read utukr, in the note on the word Hour.
Digitized by
VOYAGE
TO THE
WEST COAST OF COREA AND THE LOO-CHOO
ISLANDS.
CHAPTER I.
H. M. S. Aloeste and Lym leave the Yellow Sea on a Voyage of DisooveiT^-i Sir James Hall's Group on the Coast of Coreft— Unsociable Character of the Natives — HutUm^s Island — Interesting geological Structure— Anchor near the Main Land — Corean Chiefs Viot — Objections made to Strangers land^ ing — ^Distress of the Chief— Hb Character— Departure from Basil's Bay — Clusters of Islands— Murray's Sound — ^Deserted Corean Villager-View fifom the Summit of a high Peak — ^Interview with the Coreans — ^Peculiarities of Ihdr Character— Language — Erroneous geographical Position of this Coast — ^LeaveCorea.
The embassy to China, under the Right Honourable Lord Amherst, left England in his Majesty's frigate Alceste, Captain Murray Maxwell, C. B., on the 9th of February, 1816, and landed near the mouth of the Pei-ho river, in the Yellow Sea, on the 11th of August Shortly afterwards the Alceste and Lyra sloop of war, which had accompanied the
B
Digitized by
2 VOYAGE TO THE
embassy, proceeded to the coast of Corea, the eastern boundary of the Ydlow Sea ; for as these ships were not , required in China before the return of the Embassador by land to Canton, it was determined to devote the interval to an examination of some plapes in those seas, of which little or no precise infonnation th^ existed. The following pages give the details of this voyage.
1st of September. — ^This morning at daylight the land of Corea was seen in the eastern quarter. Having stood towards it, we were at nine o'clock near three high islands, differing in appearance from the country we had left, being wooded to the top, and cultivated in the lower parts, but not in horizontal terraces as at the places we had last visited in China. We proceeded to the southward of the group, and anchored in a fine bay at the distance of two or three miles from the southern island. Shortly after anchoring, a boat came from the shore with five or six natives, who stopped, when within fifty yards of the brig, and looking at us with an air of curiosity and distrust, paid no attention to the signs which were made to induce them to come along- side. They expressed no alarm when we went to them in our boat ; and on our rowing towards the shore, followed us till we landed near a village. The inhabitants came in a body to meet us, forming an odd assemblage, different in
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 8
many respects from any thing we had seen ; thdr colour was a deep copper, and their appearance forbidding, and somewhat savage. Some men, who appeared to be superior to the rest, were distinguished by a hat, the brim of which was nearly tlnree feet in diameter, and the crown, which was about nine inches high, and scarcely large enough to admit the top of the head, was shaped like a sugar-loaf with the end cut off. The texture of this strange hat is of a fine open work like the dragon-fly's wing; it appears to be made of horse-hair varnished over, and is fastened under the chin by a band strung with large beads, mostly black and white, but occasionally red or yellow. Some of the elderly men wore stiff gauze caps over their hair, which was formed into a high conical knot on the top of the head« Their dress consisted of loose wide trowsers, and a sort of frock reaching nearly to the knee, made of a coarse open grass doth, and on their feet neat straw sandals. They wei^e of the middle size, remarkably well made, and robust looking. At first they expressed some surprise on examimng our clothes, but afterwards took very little interest in any thing bdonging to us. Thdr chief anxiety was to get rid of us as soon as possible. This they expressed in a manner too obvious to be mistaken; for, on our wishing to enter the village, they first made motions for us to go the other way ;
Digitized by
4 VOYAGE TO THK
and when we persevered, they took us rudely by the arms and pushed us off. Being very desirous to conciliate them, we shewed no impatiencd at this treatment; but our for- bearance had no effect; and after a number of vain at- tempts to make ourselves understood, we went away not much pleased at their behaviour. A Chinese *, who accom^ panied us, was of no use, for he could not read what the Coreans wrote for him, though in the Chinese character; and of their spoken language he did not understand a word. On leaving these unsociable villagers, we went to the top of the highest peak on the island, the ascent being easy by a winding foot-path. From this elevation we saw a number of islands to the eastward, and the main land at a great distance beyond them. The top of the hill being covered with soft grass and sweet-smelling shrubs, and the air, which had been of a suffocating heat below, being here Gool and refreshing, we were tempted to sit down to our pic-nic dinner. We returnjed by the other side of the hill ; but there being no path, and the surface rocky and steep, and covered with a thick brush-wood, we were not a little scratched and bruised before we reached a road which runs along the north face of the hill about midway. By fol- lowing this, we came to a spot from whence we were en-
* A servant of the embassy, left behind by accident at the PeUho river.
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 5
abled to look down upon the viUage, without being ourselves perceived by the natives. The women, who had deserted th(e village on our landing, had now returned ; most of them were beating rice in wooden mortars, and they had all children tied on their backs. On a sudden they quitted their work and ran off to their huts, like rabbits in a warren ; and in a few minutes we saw one of the ship's boats row round the point of land adjacent to the village, which explained the cause of their alartn. After remaining for some time in expectation of seeing the women again, we came down to the village, which the natives now permitted us to pass through. On this occasion one of the gentlemen of our party saw, for an instant, a woman at no great distance, whose feet he declared were of the natural size, and not cramped as in China. The village consists of forty houses rudely con- structed of reeds plaistered with mud, the roofs are of all shapes, and badly thatched with reeds and straw, tied down by straw ropes. These huts are not disposed in streets, but are scattered about without order, and without any neatness, or cleanliness, and the spaces between them are occupied by piles of dirt and pools of muddy water. The valley in which this comfortless village is situated is, however, pretty enough, though not wooded ; the hills forming it are of an irregular shape, and covered at top with grass and sweet-scented flowers; the lower parts are cultivated with millet, buck-
Digitized by
6 VOYAGE TO THE
wheat) a kind of French bean, and tobaccoi which last grows in- great quantity ; and here and there is a young oak-tree.
We saw bullocks and poultry, but the natives would not exchange them for our money, or for any thing we had to offer. They refused dollars when offered as a present, and, indeed, appeared to set no value upon any thing we shewed them, except wine glasses; but even these they were unwilling to receive. One of the head men appeared particularly pleased with a glass, which, after a good deal of persuasion, he accepted, but, in about five minutes after, he, and another man to whom a tumbler had been given, came back and insisted upon returning the presents; and then, without waiting for further persuasion, returned to the village, leaving with us only one man, who, as soon as all the rest were out of sight, accepted one of the glasses with milch eagerness.
l^ese peof)le have a proud sort of carriage, with an air <^ composure and indifference about them, and an absence of curiosity which struck tis as being very remarkable* Sometimes when we succeeded, by dint of signs and draw- ings, in expressing the nature of a question, they treated it with derision and insolence. On one occasion, being anxious to buy a clumsy sort of rake mad€ of reeds, which appeared Xo me curious, I succeeded in explaining my wish to the owner, one of the lowest class of vil-
Digitized by
COAST OF CORBA. 7
lagers ; hie laughed at first good humpuredly, but imme* diately afterwards seized the rake which was in my hand, and gave it a rude push towards me with a disdainful fling of the arm, accompanying this gesticulation by words, which seemed to impij a desire to give any thing upon condition of our going away. One man expressed the general wish for our departure, by holding up a piece of paper like a sail> and then blowing upon it in the direction of the wind, at the same time pointing to the ships, thereby denoting that the wind was fair, and that we had only to set sail and leave the island. Several of the people were marked with the small-pox. The children kept out of our reach at first, but before we went away, their fears had» in some degree, subsided, for the boys, who, from their feminine appearance, were mistaken at first for girls, ac- companied us to some distance from the village.
Captain Maxwell named these islands Sir James Hallos group, in compliment to the President of the Royal So- ciety of Edinburgh. They lie in longitude 124* 46^ E, and latitude 37' 5(f N.
At eight o^clock in the evening we weighed and stood to the southward, but as the coast was quite unknown, we kept rather ofi* shore during the night, and in the morning no land was in sight. On the 2d we stood to the eastward, but not
Digitized by
8 VOYAGE TO THE
having daylight enough to get in with the coast, it becajne necessary to anchor for the night, though in deep water.
3d of September, — Having reached nearly lat. 365 N. and long. 126 E. we sailed this morning amount a range of islands extending as far as the eye could reach, both to the southward and northward, at the distance of six or seven leagues from the main land. By two o'clock we were close to the outer cluster of the islands, and the pas- sages appearing clear between them, we sailed through and anchored inside. While passing one of these islands in the ships, at no great distance, it looked so curiously formed, that, on anchoring, we went in the boats to examine its structure more minutely *. While we were thus engaged,
* We found the north-east end oompoeed of a fine-grained granite; the middle of the ialand of a brittle micaceous schistus of a deep blue colour ; the strata are nearly horizontal, but dip a little to the S. W. This body of strata is cut across by a granite dyke, at some places forty feet wide, at others not above ten ; the strata in the vidnity of the dyke are broken and bent in a re- markable manner ; this dislocation and contortion does not extend far fix>m the walls of the dyke, but v^s of granite branch out from it to a great distance, varying in width from three feet to the hundredth part of an inch : the dyke is idfiible from the top of the cliff to the water^s edge, but does not re-appear on the corresponding cliff of an island opposite to it, though distant only thirty yards. This island is composed of the same schistus, and is cut in a vertical direction by a whin dyke, four feet wide, the planes of whose sides lie N. E. and S. W.) being at right angles to those of the great granite dyke in the nei^- bourhood, which run S. E. and N. W. The strata contiguous to the nHiin dyke are a good deal twisted and IndLen, but not in the same d^ree as at their contact with the granite dyke.
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 9
the natives had assembled in a cro\^d on the edge of the ctifF above us ; they did not seem pleased with our, oc- cupation of breaking their rocks, for, from the moment we
The whin dyke is formed of five layers or sets of prisms laid across in. the usual way. Beyond the small island cut by the whin dyke, at the distance of only forty or fifty feet, we came to an island rising abruptly out of the sea^ and presenting a high rugged pliffof breccia, fronting that on which the granite dyke is so conspicuous : the junction of this rock with the schistus cut by the granite and the whin would have been interesting; but although we must have been at times within a few yards of it, the actual contact was every where hid by the sea;
The whole of the S. W. end of this island is formed of breccia, being an, as- semblage of angular and water-worn pieces of schistus, quartz, and some other rocks, the whole having the appearance of a great shingle beach . The fragments of the schistus in this rock are nmilar to that which form^ the difF first spoken of.
The theory which presented itself to us on the spot was, that the great mass of .strata which forms the centre of the island was formerly at the bottom of the ocean ; and that the western part, which is now a firm breccia, had been a beach shingle produced by the action of the waves on the strata: the granite which forms the eastern end of the island had been forced into its present situation firom beneath the strata, with sufficient violence to dislocate and contort the beds nearest to it, and to inject the liquid granite into the rents formed by the heaving action of the strata as they were raised up. It is natural to suppose that the ragged edges of the strata forming the sides of these cracks would be subjected 'to a grinding action, from which the strata more remote might be exempted ; and in this way we may account for the extraordinary twisting, and separation of masses along the whole course of the granite dyke. In the dyke, as well as in the veins which branch from it, there are numerous islands of schistus. That this last was softened, seems to follow from the frequent instances which occiu* of its being bent back upon itself without producing cracks. The same heat, pro- pagated by the melted granite in the neighbourhood, may also be supposed to have reduced the shingle beach to a state of semifiision by the aid of some flux contained in the sand scattered amongst it We could not discover any drcum- stance by which the relative antiquity of the two dykes mentioned above, could be ascertained.
Digitized by
10 VOYAGE TO THE
landed^ they never ceased to indicate by shouts, screams, and all kinds of gesticulations, that the sooner we quitted the island the better; the cliff being 200 feet high, and nearly perpendicular, it was fortunate for us that they con- fined themselves to signs and clamour, and did not think of enforcing their wishes by a shower of stones.
As soon as we had completed our investigation of this spot, we went round in the boats to a small bay where there was good landing. Here we were met by the natives, who addressed several long speeches to us in a very loud tone of voice ; to which we replied in English, that our wish was merely to look at the island, without interfering with any body ; at the same time we proceeded up a foot-path to the brow of a hill. This the natives did not seem at all to relish, and they made use of a sign which was sufficiently expressive of their anxiety, though we could not determine exactly to whom it referred. They drew their fans across their own throats, and sometimes across ours, as if to signify that our going on would lead to heads being cut off; but whether they or we were to be the sufferers was not apparent. It was suggested by one of our party that they dreaded being called to account by their own chiefs for permitting us to land. All tliese signs, however, did not prevent our advancing till we had reached the brow of the
Digitized by
COAST OF CORBA. 11
hill to which the path led ; from this place we had a view of a village at the distance of half a mile^ of a much better appearance than that above described. Trees were in- terspersed aniong the houses, which weiie pleasantly situated at the bottom of a little cove, with fishing-boats at anchor near it. We explained readily enough that our wish was to go to the village, but it was all in vain, for their anxiety increased every moment, and we desisted from any further attempts to advance*
The dress of these people is a loose white robe> cloth shoes, and a few wear the broad hats before described; by most the hair is tied in a high conical knot on the top of the head, but by others it is allowed to fly loose» so S3 to give them a wild appearance* Some confine the short hair by a small gauze band with a star on one side» forming, along with the top knot, rather a beccwiing head-dress* Their beards and whiskers which, ^parently^ liad nev^^r bei^Pt cuiU and their fans wnd long tobacco«pipes, and their strange language and naamiers, gave a grotesque air to the whok group, which it is impossible to describe. Th^y crt>wd^ about us, and, by repeated shouts, manifested their surprip^ at the form and textui^ of our clothes; but <m » watdi being shewn, they disregarded everj thing else^ aod entreated to be allowed to examine it closely. It wad evide&tly the first
Digitized by
12 VOYAGE TO THE
they had seen, and some of them while watching the second- hand, looked as if they thought it alive. From the watch they proceeded to examine the seals iand keys; with the former they shewed themselves acquainted by pressing them on their hands, so as to cause an impression. Their attention was drawn away from the watch by our firing a musket^ which made the whole party fall back several paces.
After amusing ourselves in this manner for some time, we walked back to the boats, to the great joy of the natives, who encouraged us by all means to hasten our departure. They took our hands and helped us over the slippery stones on the beach; and, on perceiving one of the boats aground, several of them stript and jumped into the water to push her off. This gave us an opportunity of observing their re- markable symmetry and firmness of limb ; yet, as their long hair was allowed to flow about their neck and shoulders, their appearance was truly savage. During this visit we saw no women ; but the children came round us without shewing any symptoms of fear. The people, upon the whole, are more free, and not so surly as our acquaintance on Sir James Hall's group. They have a singular custom of speaking with a loud tone, amounting almost to a shout. Captain Max^ well named this island after Dr« Hutton the geologist.
4th of September. — During all last night it remained per-
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 13
fectly calm. At nine o'clock in the morning we gCt under weigh with a fine sea breeze, and stood in for the land, leaving on either hand many well cultivated islands. The main land seems to be populous, from the number of large villages which' we passed, and the cultivation which extends a considerable way up the mountains. Our object this morning was to discover some safe anchoring place in the main land, but we were obliged to coast along for a consi^- derable distance before any opening appeared. About three o^clock we sailed round a point of land and discovered a bay, which, at first sight, promised shelter, but the water proved too shallow even for the Lyra, and we anchored far out in five ^thorns* The natives who had assembled in crowds on the point shouted to us as we passed^ in seeming anger at our approaching so near. This bay is about four miles in diameter, and is skirted, by large villages built amongist trees, and surrounded by cultivated districts, forming al^ together a scene of considerable beauty.
As soon as the Alceste had anchored. Captain Maxwell, Mr. Clifford, and I, went towards the nearest village in the bay. On approaching the shore we observed a great bustle among the inhabitants on the shore, as well as in the boats at anchor off the village* The people on the beach hastily jumped into canoes, whilst those in the large boats weighed the anchors, and pulled out with such expedition, as
Digitized by
14 VOYAGE TO THE
to meet us in a body before we were near the landing-place. Every boat was crowded with people^ and ornamented with numerous flags and streamers ; but one of them being dis- tinguished by a large blue umbrella, we steered towards it, on the supposition that this was an emblem of rank ; in which opinion we were soon craifirmed by the sound of music, which played only on board this boat. On coming closer, we saw a £ne patriarchal figure seated under the um« brella; his full white beard covered his breast, and reached below his middle ; his robe or mantle, which was of blue silk, and of an immense size, flowed about him in a mag- nificent style. His sword was suspended from his waist by a small belt, but the insignia of his ofiSice appeared to be a slender biack rod tipped with silver, about a foot and a half long, with a small leather thong at one end, and a {uece of black crape tied to the other : this he held in his hand. His hat exceeded in breadth of brim any thing we had yet met with, being, as we supposed, nearly three feet across.
As this was evidently the chief of the party, we pulled ak>ngside and got into his boat, where he received us with mudi politeness ; but as he looked dissatisfied at this pro* ceeding, we returned to our own boat, and there carried on the conference. While we were endeavouring to make ourselves understood, the other boats gradually separated,
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 15
and began to form a circle round us. Appr^ending treachery, we prepared our arms, and pushed off to a little distance. The old gentleman^ perceiving this, looked about Very innocently to discover the cause of our alarm ; and at length being made aware by our signs of what was the matter, he commanded all the boats to go to the other side. We now remained a considerable time without being able to make ourselves understood ; for the Chinese whom we had with us was quite ignorant of their language. We endea- voured, by pointing to the shore, to signify our desire to land, while the old Chief, by similar signs, expressed hi^ wish to go to the ships. We accordingly rowed to the Lyra^ which lay nearer to the shore than the Alceste. When the Chiefs boat was within ten yards of the brig, they let go their anchor, and threw a rope on board her, by which thej drew the boat alongside in a very seaman^like style. The old man did not find it an easy matter to get up the ship^s side, encumbered as he was with his splendid robes; he was ao sooner on board,, however, than we were ciX)wded with the natives, who boarded us on all sides. Some climbed up the rigging, so as to overlook the quarter-deck ; others got on the poop, and a line was formed along the hammock letting from one end of the brig to the other. As the eveor ing was fine, it was thought best to entertain the venerable
Digitized by
16 VOYAGE TO THE
Chief upon deck, rather than give him the trouble of going down to the cabin, which, indeed, we had reason to fear would prove too small for the party. Chairs were accord- ingly placed upon the deck ; but the Chief made signs that he could not sit on a chair, nor would he consent for a time to use his mat, which was brought on board by one of his attendants. He seemed embarrassed and displeased, which we could not at the moment account for, though it has since occurred to us that he objected to the publicity of the conference. At length, however, he sat down on his mat, and began talking with great gravity and com* posure, without appearing in the smallest degree sensible, that we did not understand a single word that he said. We of course could not think of interrupting him, and allowed him to talk on at his leisure; but when his discourse was concluded, he paused for our reply, which we made with equal gravity in English ; upon this he betrayed great im* patience at his harangue having been lost upon us, and supposing that we could, at all events, read, he called to his secretary^ and began to dictate a letter. The secretary sat down before him with all due formality, and having rubbed his cake of ink upon a stone, drawn forth his pen^ and arranged a long roll of paper upon his knee, began the writing, which was at length completed, partly from the
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
.9m«t ^ HTMtitmU. Ckl^Ou.
S^ra»»d J(j JL*!iravfa XSft
CORIEAI^ CIHIIEF andlnis SECRETARY
Digitized by
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 17
^directions of the Chief, and partly from his own ideas, as well as the occasional suggestions of the bystanders. The written part was then torn off from the scroll and handed to the Chief, who delivered it to me with the utmost con- fidence of its being understood : but his mortification and disappointment were extreme on perceiving that he hiFid overrated our acquirements *.
^ Note on the peculiar character ofihe written language in ffuU qfiorter
qf the globe.
In China, Japan, Corea, and the islands in the adjacent seas, the spoken languages are different from one another ; the written language, on the con- trary, is the same in all. Thus a native of China is unintelligible to a Corean or Japanese, while he is speaking, but they mutually understand one another when their thoughts are expressed in writing. The cause of this may be thus explained. We in £urope form an idea in the mind, and this we express by certain sounds, which differ in different countries ; these sounds are committed to writing by means of the letters of the alphabet, which are only symbols of i^ounds, and, consequently, a writing in Europe is unintelligible to every one who is ignorant of the spoken language in which it happens to be written. The Chinese and the other natives in these seas have, on the contrary, no alphabet ; no symbols of sounds ; thor ideas are committed to writing at once without the mtervention of sound, and their characters may therefore be called symbols of ideas. Now, as the same characters are adopted in all these countries to express the same ideas, it is dear that their writings will be perfectly intelligible to each other, although th^ spoken languages may be quite incomprehensible*
The case of the Roman numerals in Europe furnishes a ready illustration of this symbolical language. There is nothing in the symbols 1, S, 8, &c by which thar pronunciation can be ascertained when presented to the eye, yet they com- municate meanmg independent of sound, and are respectively inteUigible to the inhabitants of the different countries of Etttope; while, at the same time, the liounds by which a native of one country distinguishes the written symbols 1, S, S, &c. are unintelli^ble to all the rest
Digitized by
18 VOYAGE TO THE
A debate now appeared to take place between the Chief and his followers, as to the mode of communicating with us; meanwhile, as we ourselves were equally at a loss, we became anxious to relieve the old man's embarrassment, by shewing him all the attention in our power, and com- pletely succeeded in putting him into a good humour, by giving him some cherry brandy, and distributing rum to his .people.
While these attempts at explanation were going on, the crowd of natives increased, and their curiosity became so great, that they pressed round us in a way nowise agreea- ble. Some of them roved about the ship, and appeared highly entertained with every thing they saw. The Chief himself, however, did not appear at ease, but continued giving directions to his officers and people about him with an air of impatience. He more than once ordered them all into their boats, but they always returned after a few minutes. One man persevered in climbing over the ham-
The knowledge of writing is suppoeed to be very generally diffused over the countries using what b called the Chinese character, and, as probably none but the lowest vulgar ore ignorant of it, the surprise of these people on discovering our inability to read their papers is very natural* The case, we may imagine, had never occurred to them before, and it was highly interesting to watch the eflbet which so novel an incident produced. At first they appeared to doubt the fact of our ignorance, and idiewed some symptoms of impatience; but this opuiion did not last long, and they remidned completely puzzled, looking at each other with an odd expression of surprise.
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 1ft
mocks, close to the Chief, to see what was going on. The noise made to keep him back attracted the Chiefs attentioQ^ who immediately gave orders to one of the attejicJants for his being taken away ; it will be seen by and by what was his fate.
The persons forming the suite of the Chief were dressed nearly in the same manner as himself, excepting that their robes were white, and did not contain such a profusion of doth. They wore the large hats and wide trowsers tied above the ancle, with cotton shoes turned up a little at the toe. The immediate attendants, who seemed also to be soldiers, were differently clothed : over a loose pink frock with wide sleeves, they have another which fits closer, and is without sleeves, the comers being tucked up^ Uke the skirts of some military uniforms. Their hat is a broad flat cone made of thick grass, the under part being embossed with different coloured silks, and from a gilt ornament on th^ peak there hangs a tassd made of peacock's feathers, and another of hair dyed red : some are armed with bows and arrows, others with only a straight sword, having no guard for the hand. A coarse frock without sleeves, and trowsers, or rather drawers, covering the thigh, are worn by the lower orders.
It was nearly dark when the Chief gave directions for
Digitized by
50 VOYAGE TO THE
preparing the boats, at the same time calling to two of his attendants to assist him to get on his legs. Each took an arm, and in this way succeeded in raising him up, which was no sooner observed by the people, than they jumped into their boats with the utmost alacrity, and the Chief, after many bows and salams, walked into his boat. This did not give him so much trouble as he had experienced on coming on board, for a platform of gratings and planks had been prepared for his accommodation during his visits an attention with which he seemed much pleased. - So far all . seemed well ; but there was still something amiss, for the old man, seated in state under his umbrella, remained alongside with his attendants ranged on the deck about him, he and his people preserving the most perfect silence, and making no signs to explain his wishes. We were greatly puzzled to disbover what the old gentleman wanted, till at length it was suggested, that having paid us a visit, he expected a similar compliment in return. This idea was no sooner started, than we proceeded to pay our respects to him in his boat. He made signs for us to sit down, honouring us at the same with a comer of his own mat. When we were seated, he looked about as if in distress at having nothing to entertain us with, upon which a bottle of wine was sent for and given to him. He ordered an attendant to pour it
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 21
into several bowls, and putting the bottle away, made signs for us to drink, but would not taste it himself till all of us had been, served. He was nowise discomposed at being obliged to entertain his company at their own expense; on.the contrary, he carried off the whole affair with so much cheer- fulness and ease, as to make us suspect sometimes that he saw and enjoyed the oddity of the scene and circumstances, 35 fully as we did ourselves.
After sitting about ten minutes, we left the Chief in great good humour, and returned on board, thinking, of course, that he would go straight to the shore; but in this we were much mistaken, for we had no sooner left him, than he pushed off to the distance of ten or twelve yards, and calling the other boats round him, gave orders for in- flicting the discipline of the bamboo upon the unfortunate culprit, who had been ordered into confinement during the conference. This exhibition, which it was evidently in- tended we should witness, had a very ludicrous effect, for it followed so much in train with the rest of the ceremony, and was carried on with so much gravity and order, that it looked like an essential part of the etiquette. During the in- fliction of this punishment, a profound silence was observed by all the party, except by five or six persons immediately about the delinquent, whose cries they accompanied by a
Digitized by
22 VOYAGE TO THE
sort of song or yell at each blow of the bamboo. This speedy execution of justice was, no doubt, intended to impress us with high notions of Corean discipline.
As it was now quite dark, we did not expect the Chief to pay any more visits this evening ; but we underrated his politeness, for the moment the above scene waa concluded, hesteefed for the Alceste. Captain Maxwell, who during all the time had been on board the Lyra, hurried into his boat to be prepared to give him a proper reception in his ship, and had just time to change his jacket for a coat and epaulettes before the Chief arrived. After climbing up the ship^s side with some difficulty, and being received in due form on the quarter'^^leck, which was lighted up, he was handed into the foremos^t cabin, where he was met by Captain Maxwell, and conducted to a seat in the after cabin. As he declined sitting on a chair, be was obliged to wait for his mat, and, in the meantime, looked round him in amaze at the mag- nificence of the apartments. The change of dress made him behave towards Captain Maxwell as to a perfect stranger ; but the moment he recognised him^ he appeared much, amused with his mistake, and his manners became less. re-, served. He now turned about to see what was become of hi$ mat, and was aatoni^ed to find himself alone with us in. the cabin. It was^ then discovered that the sentry at the
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. fiS
door, in repressing the crowd of bis followers, had found it impossible to distinguish his more immediate attendants, and had therefore allowed nobody to pass.
. The door being opened, the mat-bearer and four of the principal people were called in by the Chief; and when we were all fairly seated on the deck, the secretary was directed to prepare a writing, which was dictated and deUvered much in the same manner as before. Whether the presentation'of a written paper was considered by i;he Chief as a necessary piece of etiquette, or whether he really had more hopes of being understood on this occasion than before, was quite uncertain ; but the mode adopted by Captain Maxwell to undeceive him was conclusive. He immediately called for paper, and wrote upon it in English, ^^ I do not understand one word that you say,^^ and presented this paper in return, with all the forms and ceremonies that had been adopted towards himself. The Chief, on receiving it, examined the characters with great attention, and then made signs that it was wholly unintelligible, alternately looking at the paper and at Captain Maxwell with an inquiring air, and was only made sensible of the awkward dilemma in which we were placed, by observing Captain Maxwell repeat all his looks and gestures as equally applicable to the Corean writing which he held in his hand*.
* This p«per> pmented by the Corean Chief, has been tnmJatod by Mr. Moniflon at Canton, and b as follows : << Persons, of what land— of what
Digitized by
m VOYAGE TO THE
The Chief had now recoi}r$e to signs, which he used ever afterwards. He was io great spirits, and seemed entertaiiied with the efforts which were made to pl^se him. He asked to l6ok at a mirror which had caught his attention; when it was put into his hands, he seemed very well satisfied with the figure which it presented, and continued for some time puli- iog. bis beard from side to side with an air of perfect com- placency. One of the attendants thought there could be no harm in looking at the mirror likewise, but the Chief was of a different opinion, and no sooner observed what he wi^ doing, than he very augrily made him put down the glass and leave the cabin. The secretary too fell under his displeasure, and was reprimanded with much acrimony for overlooking our paper when we were writing. Scarcely five thinutes elapsed, ,in .short, during his stay, without his finding some cause of complaint 9gaios|t his peo^ple ; but we could not determine whether this arose from mere captiouspess^ or was done to give us a higher notion of his consequence, because, in the intervals, he was all cheerfulness and good humour. He wsts offered tea and cherry brandy^ which he took along with us, and appeared at his ease in every respect. We thought that he made signs, implying a wish for us to visit him cm shore ; to this we cheerfully absented, and an ar- rangement for landing in the mprning was znade accord-
. '^ nation (are you) ? On account of what business do you come hither? In the ^* ahqp are there any literary men who thoroughly underatand, and can explain *^ what is wiitte»r
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 25
ingly by means of similar signs, with which the Chief ap- peared much pleased, and rose to go away.
He had not got much beyond the cabin-door, however, * before the serenity of his temper was once more overtumed. On passing the gun-room sky-light, he heard the voices of some of his people whom the officers had taken below, and who were enjoying themselves very merrily amongst their new acquaintance. The old Chief looked down, and observing them drinking and making a noise, he called to them in a loud passionate voice, which made them leave their glasses, and run up the ladder in great terror. From thence the alarm spread along the lower deck, to the midshipmen^s birth, where another party was carousing. The grog and wine with which they had been entertained was too potent for this party, as they did not seem to care much for the old Chief, who, posting himself at the hatchway, ascertained, by personal examination, who the offenders were. On this occasion, his little* rod of office was of much use ; he pushed the people about with it to make them speak, and used it to turn them round, in order to discover their faces. One man watching his opportunity when the Chief was punching away at somebody who. had just come up, slipped past and ran off; but the quick eye of the old man was not so easily deceived, and he set off in chase of him round the quarter
£
DTgitized by
S6 VOYAGE TO THE
deck. The man had an apron full of biscuit, which had been given to him by the midishipmen ; this impeded his running, so that the Chief, notwithstanding his robes, at last came up with him ; but while he was stirring him up with his rod, the fellow slipped his cargo of bread into a coil of rope, and then went along with the Chief quietly enough. The old man came back afterwards, and found the biscuit, which he pointed out to us, to shiew that it had not been taken away.
He continued for some time at the hatchway, expecting mx)re people; but finding none come up, he went below himself, to the main deck, and rummaged under the guns and round the main-mast, to discover whetiier any one was Concealed ; but finding no person there, he cftme again upon deck, and shortly after went into his boat.
On returning to the Lyra, we found a number of boats anchored round her, which looked as if they meant to keep strict watch over us. We went in our boat to one of them^ where we fouiid the crew asleep. They seemed to have had orders not to follow the Chief to the frigate, and were here waiting his return. On our pointing to the shore, and making signs that the old man with the long beard and large hat had landed, they began immediately to get their anchor up, and called to the other boats to do the same.
Digitized by
COAST OF COBEA. 27
In a few minutes they were all at work» and every person in the boats joined in repeating the two woi:ds ^^ ho ya, ho ya/' the effect of which, from a great many voices, was not unpleasing.
The cable in these boats is wound round a largf^ red or barrel; to the ends of which two wheels with handles are fitted, which enables a considerable number to apply their strength at the same moment. The anchor is made of a dark coloured, heavy wood, with along shank and flukes^ and a short stock crossing the former, near the crown of the anchor, and not at the end of the shank, as with us in Europe. The mat sails are divided into horizontal divisions by slender pieces of bamboo. When not under sail, the boats are moved by oars having a circular piece of wood tied to the end, and are steered by a large scull over the stem. The bow is square above, but rises from the water in a slope, making a small angle with the water, like the end of a ^ coal barge, but overhanging more. The planks are fast«[ied together by means of square tree-^ails, which pass in a slanting direction through the plank, and not straight, as with us.
5th of September. — ^A considerable bustle was observed ou shore at daybreak this morning ; and shortly afterwards, we saw the old Chief and his suite embark, and pull towards us, accompanied by a numerous fleet of smaller boats, all
Digitized by
28 VOYAGE TO THE
ornamented with showy flags, and crowded with people in gay and bright coloured garments, forming, upon the whole, a splendid and imposing scene. As the procession moved slowly along, the band in the Chief's boat struck up a lively, martial sort of air, on instruments similar to those we had heard last night ; the tone of which is not unlike the drawling sound of the bagpipe, the bass or drone bdng produced by a long horn, and the squeaking sounds by four trumpets,, two of which have stops in the middle, by which the notes are distinctly marked.
The Chiefs visit was so unexpectedly early, that we had not put things in order for his reception, before he was alongside : he came on board, however, and seemed happy at being allowed to walk about the decks, and examine every thing at his leisure. When the cabin was ready, and the Chief seemed to have satisfied himself with looking round the upper deck,^ he was asked to walk down ; which he complied with as soon as he understood what was meant. But he found it no easy matter to get down the narrow hatchway, in which there was barely room for his hat; but this he would by no means take off. As he entered the cabin, his robes and hat completely filled the door-way ; and when seated at the table, (for he now made no objection to a chair) he occupied no inconsiderable portion of the
Digitized by
COAST OF CORE A. 29
whole apartment. He sat here for some time^ and examined every thing in the cabin with great attention, pointing with the Httle stick whenever he saw any thing which he wanted to look at more closely. In this way, the books, globes, glasses, &c. were put into his hands ; and it was not a little amusing to see the old gentleman wheeling the globes round, and hunting over the books- for pictures, like a child. A person of rank who accompanied the Chief this morning, was asked to the cabin along with him ; and was no. sooner seated, than we observed that he had a very sickly look; which circumstance was the cause of a curious mistake. It had been supposed that the Chief, during last night's conference, made allusions to some friend of his who. was unwell; and accordingly, in our arrangements for the.morning, it was proposed to take the doctors of both ships on shore, to visit him. As the Chief had himself come on board, our plans for landing were interrupted, and we ascribed this early visit to his anxiety on account of his friend^s health.
It was therefore taken for granted, that this iSickly looking companion of the Chief, who, some how or other, got the title of the " Courtier,'^ amongst us, was the patient alluded to last night ; and no sooner were the first compliments over in the cabin, than the doctor was sent for to prescribe. On his being introduced, the Courtier was made to hold out his
Digitized by
30 VOYAGE TO THE
tongue, have his pulse felt, and submit to various inter- rogatories, the object of which the unfortunate man could not divine, particulariy as there was nothing at all the matter with him. He submitted with so much patience to all these forms, and the Chief looked on with such grave propriety during all the examination, that^they evidently considered the whole scene as a part of our ceremonial etiquette. When this gentleman was released from the doctor's hands, he began to examine the books with the air of a person who understands what he is about. He appeared desirous of passing for a literary character ; and observing us hand the books about in a careless manner, ventured to ask for one, by drawing it towards himself with a begging look. As he happened to select a volume of the Encyclo« psedia Britannica, I was under the necessity of refusing ; but offered in its stead a less valuable, though more showy book, which he accepted with much gratitude. No return, of course, had been looked for, and I was for a moment at a loss to understand what my friend naeant, by slipping his fan into my hand, under the table. He did this in so mysterious a way, when the Chief waft looking in another direction, that I saw it was his wish to conceal what he had done, and the fan was sent privately away. But unfor- tunately, my precaution was fruitless, for a few minutes
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 31
afterwards, on finding the crowded cabin very hot» I called for a fan, and the servant, unconscious of the mischief he. was doing, brought the Courtier's present; which no sooner met the old man's eye, than he rose half o£f his chair, and. gave his unhappy companion such a look of furious anger, as made him tremble from top to toe: but he was soon, pacified when he saw that we took an interest in the question, and the Courtier was allowed to keep his book.
After sitting half an hour, and drinking a gjass of Constantia, the old man proposed to go upon deck. I accordingly led the way, and had gone some steps up the ladder, in advance, before I perceived that he had stopped at the door of the gun-room, where the officers mess, and was looking in, with his usual curiosity. I begged him to go in, which he accordingly did, and entertained himself for some time, with looking over the difierent cabins of the officers. From having observed the pleasure which he took in the sight of any thing new, I was induced to propose his going round the lower deck, and he looked quite pleased when I pointed along the passage. The state hat, which had been resolutely kept on duripg all this time, notwith- standing its perpetual inconvenience to himself and every one around him, was here destined to come off; for after making two or three attempts, he found it impossible to get
Digitized by
32 VOYAGE TO THE
along and wear the hat too ; and being of a very inquisitive disposition, he chose the degrading alternative of being uncovered, and his researches proceeded without inter* ruption. Nothing escaped the old man^s observation; whatever was shut or tied up, he requested to have opened ; and in this way he rummaged the midshipmen^s chests, and the sailors^ bags, all along the lower deck. He looked into the holds, took the lid oflf the boilers, and turned every thing topsy-turvy. Seeing a cutlass tied to the deck, overhead, he. took it down, and on drawing it from the scabbard, its lustre, and the keenness of its edge, surprised and delighted him so much, that I asked him to accept it. At first he seemed willing enough, but after holding a con- sultation with the Courtier for five minutes, he reluctantly put it back again. As he went along, he took samples of every thing that he could easily put into his sleeve, which served him instead of a sack ; so that when he came upon deck, he was pretty well loaded, and looked about with the satisfaction of a school-boy, on having visited a show for the first time in his life.
Whilst we were below, one of the natives had been busily employed in taking the dimensions of the ship with a string, and another person was engaged under him, taking an account of the guns, shot, and rig^ng, all which details he
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 33
Wrote down ; but not being able to ascertain, himself, the exact number of people on board, he had recourse to me for the information ; this I communicated by opening eight times the fingers of both hands. The only part of the ship to which he had not free access was the cabin undar the poop, and from which he felt much annoyed at being excluded : but when told that a gentleman was shaving there^ he shewed himself quite satisfied with the explana- tion, and waited patiently until the door was opened to him; The old gentleman and his followers appearing anxious to see a shot fired, an eighteen pound carronade was loaded before them, and discharged with the muzzle so mucb dejM^ssed, that the shot struck the water close to us, and then rose and fell eight or ten times, to the great entertaii^ ment and surprise of the whole party. In the mean time. Captain Maxwell had come on board, and breakfast being ready, we prevailed upon the Chief to sit down with U94 He ate heartily of our hashes, and of every thing else that was put before him, using a knife, fork, and spoon, which he now saw, probably, for the first time in his life, not only without awkwardness, but to such good purpose, that he declined exchanging them for Chinese chop-sticks, whidi were provided for him. In fact, he was so detemiined to adopt our customs in every respect, that when the tea was
Digitized by
34 VOYAGE TO THE
offered to him in the Chinese way, he looked to the right and left, and seeing ours differently prepared, held up his cup to the servant, for milk and sugar, which being given to him, the old gentleman remained perfectly satisfied* .
The politeness and ease with which he accommodated himself to the habits of people so different from himself, were truly admirable; and when it is considered, that hitherto, in all probability, he was ignorant even of our existence, his propriety of manners should seem to point, not only to high rank in society, but to imply also a degree of civilization in that society, not confirmed by other cir- cumstances. Be this as it may, the incident is curious, as shewing^ that however different the state of society may be in different countries, the forms of politeness are much ahke in all. This polished character was very well sustained by the old Chief; as he was pleased with our attempts to oblige him, and whatever we seemed to care about, he inunediately took an interest in. He was very inquisitive, and was always highly gratified when he discovered the use of any thing which bad puzzled him at first But there w^s no idle sur- prise, no extravagant burets of admiration, and he certainly would be considered a man of good breeding,, and keen ob- servation, in any part of the world. Towards his own people, indeed, he was harsh and impatient at all times; but this
Digitized by
0OA8T OF COREA. 35
may have arisen from his anxiety ihat no oiSence should be given to us by the other natives^ whom he might know were less deiicate and considerate than himself, and therefore Inquired constant control.
When break&st was over, and the old man once more upon deck, we endeavoured to signify to him that we meant to land, according to our engagement yesterday evening ; but this he either did not, or would not comprehend ; for whenever we pointed towards the shore, he directed our attention to the frigate. At length he got into his boat^ pushed off, and was making for the Alceste, when Captain Maxwell followed in his boat, and drawing up alongside of him, tried to prevml upon him to accompany us to the village : the Chief shook his head by way of disapprobation, and turning towards his attendants, entered into a discussion with them, which terminated by the Courtier and himself stepping into Captain MaxwelFs boat.
We ascribed this measure to a desire on the ChiePs part to show publicly that he had not himself invited us on shore, and had only acceded to our request to land. We had not proceeded far before the Chief repented of his ready compliance, and tried to persuade us to return; but finding the ordinary signs of no avail, he held his head dpwn and drew his hand across his throat, as if his head
Digitized by
36 VOYAGE TO THE
was to be cut off. It was now our turn not to comprehend: fiigns^ and thinking it would be idle to lose so favourable an opportunity, spared no pains to reconcile . the old man to our landing. In this, however, we did not succeed, for, as we approached the shore, his anxiety increased, and he frequently drew his hand across his neck^ as if to shew that he woulcj lose his head if we persisted. We again tried to re-assure him, by explaining that we had no intention of going near the village, but merely desired to walk about for a short time, and then to go to the frigate to dine. He was of course included in this invitation; but his only answer consisted iii pointing to us and making signs of eating, and then drawing his hand across his throat; by which he, was understood to mean, that it might be very well for us to talk of eating, but, for his part, he was take& up with the danger of losing his head. We could not but laugh at this, as we had no notion of any such apprehension being. w«Il grounded; and, in a short time, landed at the distance of half a mile from the village.
The old man was lifted out of the boat by several of his people, and we were amazed to find, when they set him down,. that he was in tears, and looking altogether very unhappy. . In a few minutes a crowd, consisting of more than a hundred people, assembled round us, and we began
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. S7
to think we should pay dearly for our curiosity. But the poor old man had no thoughts of Tengeance^ and was no better pleased with the crowd than we were ; for turning to his soldiers^ he desired them to disperse the mob^ which they did in a moment by pelting them with great stones. The Chief now began crying violently, and turning towards the village walked away» leaning his head on the shoulder of one of his people. As he went aloQg, he not only sobbed tttid wept, but every now and then bellowed aloud. We had been nowise prepared for such a scene, and were ex- tremely sorry for having pushed matters to this extremity. It had never occurred to us that the old Chiefs head was really in danger ; and even now we could not satisfy our- selves whether he was sincere, or merely acting in order to prevail on us to retire. The perfect tranquillity, nay even cheerfulness of the Courtier, who staid with us all this time^ puzzled us extremely : nor could we account for the indif- ference of the other attendants, who looked on with as much composure as if such scenes were every day occur- rences. But at all events, it was necessary before pro- ceeding any further, that the old man should be pacified i and in order to effect this, we sat down on the beach, upon which he turned about and came crying back again. He seated himself by us, and waited very patiently whilst we remonstrated on the unreasonableness of his conduct, and
Digitized by
38 VOYAGE TO THE
cohltasted the reception he had met with from us, with his present unacpountable behaviour. This was expressed by a dumb show acting of all; that had taken place since we came to anchor in the bay; and these signs we thought might be inteUigifole to. the Chief , because they were so to all of us, although no words were used. The signs used by different nations, however, are often dissimilar when the same thing is to be expressed : and it happened frequently mth us that all attempts at explanation failed, on both sides, though the signs used appeared to be understood by all the people of the same nation with the person making the signs.
The old man made a long speech in reply j in the course which the beheading sign was frequently repeated. It is curious that he invariably held his hands towards his throat after* he had gone through this motion, and appeared to wash his hands in his blood : probably he did this in imita* tion of some ceremony used at executions.
Upon one occasion the Chief endeavoured to explain something to us which had a reference to a period of two days ; this he did by pointing to the sun^ making a motion twice from east to west, and, at the end of each time, closing his eyes as if asleep. This sign was variously in- terpreted : some believed it to mean that in two days his head would be taken off: others imagined that in two days a communic^itiou might be made to his govemmoit, and
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 89
that orders for our reception would be traosmitted. What- ever might have been meant by this particular sign^.it seems very probable that some general instructions were iu force along the whole of this coast by which the treatment of strangers i? regulated. The promptitude with which we were met at this place> where, perhaps, no ship ever was before, and the pertinacity with which our landing was op* posed, seem to imply an extraordinary degree of vigilance and jealousy on the part of the government. < .
We expressed a desire to. eat and drink, in the hopes of working on the old man's hospitality, and, perhaps^ iih ducing him to entertain us in his house ; but he ifiade no motion towards the village, and merely sent off a servant for some -water and a few small cockles. When this sorry fare was laid on the beach, the old gentleman made signs for us to begin ; but we did not choose to be pleased eithet with the entertainment itself, or with the place and manner in which it had been served. We explained to him that the proper place to eat was in a house, and not on a wet dirty beach ; he made no offer, however,, erf any other ; but leaning his head pensively on his hands, seemed entirely resigned to. his fate.
The case was now utterly hopeless; and after an in* effectual ^att^npt to.cbea ham up, we wedt on boards as
Digitized by
40 VOYAGE TO THE
the last, and indeed only favour we could grant him. Thus we quitted this inhospitable shore, after a stay of not quite: an hour, in which time we had never been twenty yards from our own boats. We saw the village, however, to sojme advantage; it is neatly built, and very pleasantly situated under fine trees, in a valley cultivated like a garden, in sqiall square patches.
It was now determined to prosecute the voyage to the southward, and the Lyra was accordingly ordered to proceed as usual to sound the passages a-head of the frigate, but had not gone far before the Alceste, still at anchor, was ob* served to be surrounded with boats. In about an hour she weighed and stood to sea. Captain Maxwell had received another visit from the old Chief, whose appearance was de- scribed as being quite altered ; his sprightliness and curiosity, all gone, and his easy unceremonious manner exchanged for cold and stately civility : he looked embarrassed and un- happy, as it appeared, from an apprehension of having offended Captain MaxwelL When this was discovered, no pains were spared to convince him that, in this respect, there was not the slightest cause for uneasiness. He would not accept any presents, but appeared much relieved by the unexpected kindness with which he was received, and before he went away, was restored, in some degree, to hia
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 41
wonted spirits. When looking over the books in the cabin^ he was a good deal taken with the appearance of a Bible^ but when offered to him he declined it, though with such evident reluctance, that it was again shewn to him just as he was pushing off in his boat, and he now received it with every appearance of gratitude, and took his leave in a manner quite friendly.
We quitted this bay without much regret. The old Chief, indeed, with his flowing beard, and pompous array, and engaging manners, had made a strong impression upon us all ; but his pitiable and phildish distress, whatever might have been the cause, took away from the respect with which we were otherwise disposed to regard him: yet tiiis cir- cumstance, though it makes the picture less finished, serves to give it additional interest ; whilst every thing ridiculous in the old man's character is lost in the painful uncertainty which hangs over his fate.
From this bay we steered amongst the islands, during all the 6th and 7th, to the S. W. before the natives were met with again ; we saw them indeed, but never got near enough to converse with them. They were frequently observed seated in groups watching us on the islands which we passed. We saw several fishing-boats, with a crew of about a dozen men, (crowded on a aort of poop. At a little distance these boats
G
Digitized by
42 VOYAGE TO THE
appeared to be formed of two vessels lashed together. - This appearance we believe to be caused by their having an out? rigger on. one side, on which their oars, sails, and masts are piled, in. order probabl)? to keep the boat, clear when they are at anchor fishing. Their mast is lowered down and hoisted up by means of a strong tackle from the mast-head to the stern, as in the barges on the Thames.
We threaded our way for upwards of a hundred miles amongst islands which lie in immense, clusters. in every direction. At first we thought of counting them, and even attempted to note their places on the charts which we were making of this coast, but their great number completely baffled these endeavours. They vary in size, from a few hun<» dred yards in length to five or six miles, and are of all shapes. From the noast-head. other groups were perceived lying one behind the other to the east and south as far as the eye could reach. Frequently above a hundred islands were in sight from deck at CMie moment; The sea being quite smooth, the weather, fine, and many of the islands wooded and cultivated in the valleys, the scene was at all times lively, and was rendered still more interesting by our rapid passage along the coast, by which the appearances about us were perpetually changing. Of this coast we had no charts possessing the sUghtest pretensions to accuracy, none of
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA- 43
the places at which we touched being laid dawn within sixty miles of their proper places. Only a few islands are noticed in any map ; whereas the coast, for near two hnndred miles, is completely studded with them, to the distance of fifteen or twenty leagues from the main land. These inaccuracies in the charts naturally gave a very high degree of interest to this part of the voyage ; yet the naviga^ tion being at all times uncertain, and often dangerous, con- siderable anxiety necessarily mingled itself with the satisfac- tion produced by so new and splendid a scene. We always anchored during the night, or when the tides, which were very rapid, prevented our proceeding in the deliberate manner absolutely required by the nature of the circum* stances. An instance of the necessity of these precautions t)ccurred on the 7th of September, at four o'clock in the afternoon, when, it being quite calm, we were drifting along with the tide, which suddenly shifted and carried us rapidly towards a reef of rocks, which was invisible till the strong rippling of the water shewed us our danger : we let go the anchor immediately, but the jerk was so great, as to break the Lyra^s cable. A second anchor, however, brought he!r up at a sufficient distance from the reef.
As soon as the tide slacked, a boat was dispatched to examine the anchorage on the other side of an island liear us.
Digitized by
44 VOYAGE TO THE
The officer landed about sun'*>8et, and from the top of the island could discover a village on the other side, on the shores of a fine large bay. He afterwards sounded the anchorage, and found it of a convenient depth. On his way back he landed near the village, but though it was bright moonlight he saw none of the inhabitants.
8th of September. — About noon we weighed and sailed round the north end of the island, which had been visited last night. The Alceste anchored nearly in the middle between the two islands which form the anchorage ; but as the Lyra draws less water, she was placed as close off the village as was safe, being then about a quarter of a mile from the beach. At this distance, by means of a telescope fixed on a table on the poop, we were enabled to see what was going pn in the village, while the people were un- conscious of being observed. Mr. Clifford, who was too unwell to land with Captain Maxwell and myself, placed himself at the glass, and made many observations which must otherwise have escaped notice.
At first the only inhabitants visible were seated on the top of the hill watching us, the village itself being quite deserted; but shortly after our anchoring, the inhabitants began to assemble from different parts of the island. Of these several were women, some of whom had children on their
Digitized by
GOAST OF COREA. 45
backSf and others carried them in their arms. They looked stout, were fairer in complexion than the men, and were dressed in a long white robe, loose and open in front, with a petticoat of the same colour reaching a little below the knees ; their hair was tied in a large knot behind ; a small piece of white cloth was thrown loosely over the head to protect them from the rays of the smi. Some women were engaged in husking rice in a mortar with a wooden beater ; these had no dress above the waist. The men and boys were seen carrying loads on a wooden frame hooked to the shoulders.
In a square flat place near the village a number of women and children were employed winnowing com by pouring it from a height, so that the husks blew away. Fishing-nets were spread to dry on most of the houses. We landed about five o^clock, and found in the village only two men, who obstinately remained at one place without speaking, and looking anxious that we should go awarjr; they refused the buttons which we ojSered them, and resisted our persuasions to accompany us to the upper part of the village, which we were anxious they should do, to shew that we had no intention of hurting any thing, but merely to look about us. We went on alone, and on reaching a de» sated house thought it a good opportunity to examine it.
Digitized by
46 VOYAGE TO THE
Before the door, on a neat dean, level spaoe^ enclosed by a
bedge covered with a sweet-scented white flower, we found
several heaps of com and etiaw^ and several of the wood^i
mortars in which the rice is pounded, also a number of
vessels, some filled with water and others with rice. Cooking
utensils were lying about, and a number of fishing line^
coiled neatly in baskets, and spht fish spread out to dry on
the top of little corn ricks on one side of the court. The
inside was dark and uncomfortable ; the mud floor was fidl
of hollow places ; the walls were black with soot, and every
thing looked dirty. On the left of the entrance two large
metal boilers, twenty inches deep, were sunk in the bricks
work, the upper part being about a foot above the floor.
The fire-place was between the boilers, and on the hot
embers, lay three spht fish. On the wall opposite to the
fiiie were Selves, having a number of cups, basons, and
cooking utensils, principally of coarse stone ware, and some
few of a sort of belUmetal. The ninnber of inhabitants in
one house must be considerable, if we can form an estimate
from the quantity of their dishes and vessels. There were
three neat small pieces of furniture on one of the shelves,
the use of which we could not .discover j they were made
of wood, elegantly carved and varnished, with a round
top about a foot in diameter, and four legs s^foot and a half
Digitized by
COAST OF OOREA. 47
loBg. The roof was well constructed^ the. rafters being morw
tised into the ends of the horizontal: beams, and tied to the
middle by a perpendicular beam or King-Post. Over the
rafters is laid a net»work of rods, to which the thatch is tiedJ
There w&s no chimney to this house, and only one window
made of slender bars of .wood, forming square spaces thiira
inches by two, covered by a thin Bemi-»transparent; paper
defended by the roof, which extends so fsur beyond the wall
as to shelter it not only from the rain but from the sun.
Most of the houses had a sort of raised verandah undec
the eaves, about a foot or more above the ground, extending
from the door on either hand to the end of the house ; these
places were neatly levelled, and ^ must afford a cool seat;
The walls of the houses are. from six to eight feet high, and
from fourteen to twenty feet long ; the top of the roof being
about fourteen. The walls are of stone and mud^ the door
moves on the bar, which forms one of its sides ; this bar is
prolonged, and works in holes in the beam above, and a stone
below. There was a back door to the house which we
examined. On opening this we found a bare bank of earth
as high as the house, at the distance of three feet from
the walls, and a hedge rising still higher on the top; this
effisctually excluded all light*
This minute survey of the house being completed^ we
Digitized by
48 VOYAGE TO THE
returned to our friends, who seemed in some measure re- assured. We tried to prevail upon them to accompany u< in our walk, in hopes that the rest of the cottagers might be induced to return when they saw how peaceably we were disposed. Captain Maxwell used every sign he could think of to no purpose, and tired at length of these attempts^ took hold of the oldest man's hand, drew it through his arm, and walked off with him. I followed his example with the other; and this familiarity amused the natives, w\^a now accompanied us in perfect good humour. The ease and apparent indifference with which they walked along with us was curious, and had so little of awkwardness in it, that one might have supposed it to be the fashion of Corea to walk arm in arm. Having reached the house which we had before examined, we sat down in the verandah, and made signs that we wished to smoke a pipe with them. In the meantime a boat was observed to come to the landing-place ; the crew quitted her and came towards us at a rapid pace. The quick manner of these people, so different from the ordinary behaviour of the Coreans we had seen, made us apprehend that some violence was meditated ; but in this we were mis* taken, for they sat down with us, gave us their pipes to smoke, and laughed immoderately at some of our words t we took the hint from them, and laughed heartily whenever
Digitized by
COAST OF COHEA. 49
we obsenred that any. thing, good had been said amongj»t them ; this was well received, and proved afterwards a good mode of introduction.
Thdr curiosity was strongly excited by our clothings which they examined mimutely; they wished to see some parts of our dress taken off, and in order to gratify them they were allowed to have our cc^ts, shoes, stockings, hats, &c. They, were more struck with; the stockings than with any thing else, frequently shouting *? Hota ! Hota Y* This word, which is pronounced with a strong aspiration, was noted dowu in our list as the Corean word for stockings ; but it was found afterwards to be an expression of approbation, applied in- discriminately to whatever they consider remarkably good^ After sitting some time with th^e people, andsmoking several pipes with them, we gave up all hopes of seeing the villagers return while we were there, and as the night was falling we .proposed taking. a short walk with our friends, and then going on board. But as soon as they saw us go up the hill instead of returning to the boat, they became very uneasy, and wanted us to turn back. As we had reason, however, to conjecture that the women and children were on the other side of the hill, we went on in the expectation of getting a sight of them before dark. This the Coreans prevented by following us with shouts wherever we went, so as to give
H
Digitized by
50 VOYAGE TO THE
warning of our approach. The women and children pro- bably retreated before us to a ravine on the north side of the island, for when we approached it the Coreans became more anxious than ever for our return ; and one man. seeing us still advance, took hold of my arm and gave it a sharp pinch. I turned round and exclaimed, ^^ Patience, Sir V he drew back on observing my displeasure, and a moment after called out himself, " Patience, Sir!'* The others hearing this caught the words too, and nothing was heard for some time amongst them but " Patience, Sir/' pronounced in every instance with perfect propriety. They seemed surprised themselves on discovering powers of imitation hitherto in all probability unexercised* This incident brought us better acquainted, and we remained on the top of the hill teaching them £nglish words till it was dark. They were certainly entertained with our instructions, but nevertheless shewed much more satisfaction in attending us down hill again to our boats. Before going on board we invited them to come to the ship next day, which one of the party was supposed to comprehend: he first made preparations for going to bed, then closed his eyes, hung his head on his hand, and snored very properly; after a time he opened his eyes, started and looked about him, then laid his hands on Captain MaxwelFs shoulders with an air of welcomd. This
Digitized by
COAST OF GOREA. 51
•
was interpreted by some into a wish for our departure till the morning, and by others that he himself would visit us at daylight. As he never came on board, and received us on landing next day with any thing but welcome, probably both guesses were wrong : of one thing there was no doubt, his anxiety to get rid of us ; and his signs may have meant that it was time for all honest people to be in bed.
9th of September. — At sunrise we landed at the same village, and found it deserted as before. We left it and made for the highest peak on the island^ accompanied by a few of the Coreans, who did not interfere with us till about halfway up, when on our entering a grove of fir trees, with the appearance of which we had been struck, one of the Coreans objected; we went on, however, and upon reaching the stump of an old tree the Corean fell on his knees, bowed his head to the ground, and as hfi' raised it again held his hands closed and pressed together towards the stump. This had very much the air pf a stratagem to dissuade us from going further in that direction, where the women probably were concealed. Admitting this to have been the motive, it is curious that he should have supposed such a shew of religious form calculated to restrain us. It is further remarkable as being the only circumstance which we have seen on this coast implying a knowledge of religion
Digitized by
52 VOYAGE TO THE
or religious ceremony. There are here no temples^ idols, nor tombs, whereas in China, villages much smaller than these of Corea have them in every corner. The other Corean^ took no notice of the stump, and the man who was pro- strating himself before it finding that his behaviour produced nothing but a number of questions from us concerning the nature of the tree, got on his legs and walked sulkily away. Ih the course of our wi^lk we saw six bullocks of a small breed and very fat, but which the Coreans were not to be tempted to sell by any thing which we had to give them. Dogs were the only quadrupeds besides that we saw. There were pigeons, hawks, and eagles, but few small birds. Crows were as numerous here as in every other part of the world. We returned on board to breakfast, and afterwards set out on an excursion to the top of a high island lying some leagues to the south-east of us. On our way we landed, and observed the sun's meridian altitude with an artificial horizon, by which we ascertained the latitude to be 34'' 22' 39^' north, the longitude by the mean of two chronometers is 126" 2' 45' east
Vfe passed, for the distance of five miles, amongst islands, all, except the very smallest, inhabited. The villages are built in the valleys, where the houses are nearly hid by trees and hedges. The sides c^ the hills are cultivated with
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 53
tniUet and d Bpecies of bean ; and in the numefous timaU gardens near the villages, we saw a gredt variety of plants.
As the peaked island which we had undertaken to climb was steep, and covered with a long coarse grass, it cost \iB a tiresome scramble to gain the top, which is about six hundred feet above the level of the sea. The main land of Corea is just discernible in the north-east and east, from this elevation; but it commands a splendid view of the islands, lying in thick clusters, as far as the eye can reach^ from north-west quite round by east to south. We endeavoured to count them. One person, by reckoning only such as were obviously separate islands, made their number one hundred and twenty. Two other gentlemen, by estimating the numbers in each connected cluster, made severaiTy^ one hundred and thirty*six, and one hundred and seventy ; a difference, which at once shews the difficulty of speaking with precision on this subject. But when it is considered, that from one spot, which though considerably elevated, was not centrical, one hundred and twenty islands could be counted, and that our course for upwards of one hundred miles had beep amongst islands no less crowded than these, some idea may be formed of this great Archie pelago. .
After enjoying this sceuie for some time, we went down
Digitized by
54 VOYAGE TO THE
on the other side of the peak, which is much leaB steep. We found the boafs crew preparing dinner for iis, under some trees, close to a well of cool water. The village to which the well belonged not being many yards off, we proceeded to explore it, and found it deserted by all except an old woman and a man. The woman, seated on a pile of stones, in the middle of the village; took no notice ofus as we passed ; and indeed, she was herself so very homely, as to occupy but little of our attention. The man was seated at the door of a cottage, making a straw sandal : on our entering his inclosure, he looked up for an instant, and immediately resumed his work, with as much composure as if we had .been a party of the villagers. A button was offered to him, which he accepted without scruple : he agreed, with equal readiness^ to exchange his unfinished saiAal for another button, which having carelessly put away, in a bag lying near him, he took some straw and re-commenced his business, without seeming to notice that we were rum- maging his house. He is the only Corean we have met with, who has not shewn some slight symptoms of curiosity : indeed, he seemed totally indifferent about our staying or going, or about what we were doing in his house ; and we left him without knowing whether to ascribe his apathy to fear, or to absolute stupidity.
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 55
On feturniDg from the village, we saw a party of the natives assembled on a rising ground near us ; thej were invited, by signs, to join us at dinner, but they kept their places unmoved. While we were at dinner, the $ailors, who had been rambling about, joined the natives, and in a few minutes became very good friends with them; the natives giving up their pipes, and the sailors in return sup- plying them with tobacco. We have frequently remarked during this voyage, that the sailors make acquaintance with the natives much sooner than the officers. This seems the natural effect of the difference in our manners. On meeting with natives, we feel so anxious to conciliate, and to avoid giving offence, that our behaviour, thus guarded and cir* cumspect, has an air of restraint about it, which may produce distrust and apprdiension on their part ; whilst, on l^e other hand. Jack, who is not only unreflecting an,d inoffensive himself, but never suspects that others can pos- sibly misconstrue his perfect good-will and unaffected frankness, has an easy, disengaged manner, which at once invites confidence and familiarity.
In about an hour after we had sat down, one of the natives hastily rose, and without appearing to deliberate, but as if actuated by a sudden impulse, strode rapidly down to us, and in the most unceremonious way possible.
Digitized by
56 VOYAGE TO THE
presented his lighted pipe for us to smoke. We received him> as kindly as we could^ and prevailed upon hin) to take a glass of wine ; which he had no sooner drank off, than he roared out, " Hota ! Hota!''
This exclamation brought the rest down, who seating themselves by us, drank freely, and became very cheerful ai)d communicative, telling us the Corean names of every thing we pointed to, and asking, in return, the Englisl^ names for our clothes.* But though the wine made these^ people far more sociable than any we had yet seen, they never forgot the principal object of their thoughts, and suggested, every now and then, by pointing to our boats, the propriety of our going away. After sunset, they became very impatient and uneasy at our stay ; but when at length we yielded to their entreaties, the whole party accompanied us to the water*s side, and took leave with the most lively marks of satisfaction at our departure.
10th of September. — ^This morning, about ten o'clock^ we'got under weigh, and stood to the southward. By sun-, set we were clear of all the islands, and could just distinguish, the island of Quelpaert in the south-east quarter. ^ The shortness of our stay on this coast, and the difficulty vrt experienced in communicating with the inhabitants,
* See note at the end of the Loo^choo vocabulary.
Digitized by
COAST OF COREA. 5T
will account for the scanty and disjointed nature of the information obtained. A future voyager would do well to be accompanied by a person who can write the Chinese character, and should have full leisure to overcome, by patient management, the distrust of strangers evinced by this unsociable people.
A chart of our track along this coast is subjoined to this work, in the hope that it may prove useful to a future voyager. As it was constructed under circumstances of great haste, it is necessarily incomplete ; yet it will probably be found more accurate than any maps or charts hitherto published.
Digitized by
56 VOYAGE TO THE
CHAPTER n.
Enter the Ji^poQ Sea — Sulphur Island— Volcano — See the Great Loo-Choo Iafattld«-*Lyni nearly wrecked^-First Interview with the NatiTes^-Anohor at Napakiang — ^Natives crowd on Board:— Their interesting Appearance and Manners — SeTeral Chiefs visit the Alceste— Land to make Observations—
. . AstwnWfriient of the Nativ^s-^Six Cfaiefa visit the Ship»^Alceste and Lyra proceed farther in Shore — A Chief of high Rank waits upon Captain
' Maxwell — Return his Visit — Feast — Prcgected Survey of the Anchorage- Visit B»ef laland^The Lyra sent to look for another Harbour— ^Arrange-- ments for hnding the Alceste^s Stares— Description of the Temple and Garden— First Acquaintance with Madera— Study of the Language*
After leaving Corea, we stood to the southward and east^ ward, with a strong breeze from the north, and a mountainous swell from the north-east. Shortly after daybreak on the 13th of September, we saw Sulphur Island, in the south-- west quarter, and by eleven in the forenoon were close up to it. We intended to land, but were prevented by the high wind, which caused so great a surf all round the island, as to render this impracticable. The sulphuric volcano from which the island takes its name is on the north-west side; it emits white smoke, and the smell of sulphur is very strong on the lee side of the crater* The cliffs
Digitized by
GREAT LOaCHOO ISLAND. 59
near the volcano are of a pale yellow colour, interspersed with Jbrown streaks : the ground at this place is very rugged, as the strata lie in all directions, and are much broken ; on the top is a thin coat of brown grass. The south end of the island is of considerable height, of a deep blood red colour, with here and there a spot of bright green : the strata^ which are here nearly horizontal, are cut by a whin dyke tunning from the top to the bottom of the cliff, projecting from its face like a wall. As the weather still looked threatening, we gave up the intention of examining this spot, and proceeded to the southward till f<>\iT o'clock, at which time land was seen in the south-west quarter ; but as there was not sufficient daylight to close with it, we hauled off tp the westward for the night Shortly after sunset the sky became overcast, the wind veered about' from .one point to another, the air became suddenly quite chill, the sea rose high, and every thing, in short, seemed to indioate an approaching tyfoong or hurricane. All our preparations were made to encounter a violent tempest ; but we were much pleased at finding it turn out nothing more than an ordinary gale of wind.
14th of September. — ^The weather was still stormy, but being anxious to close with the land, we bqre up, and steered in the supposed direction of the Great Lieou Saeou,
Digitized by
60 VOYAGE TO THE
or Loo-choo Islaiid. At eight o'clock we was the Sugar Loaf of Captain Broughton, which is a small green island, having a high remarkable cone in the middle. "We kft this to.theeastward, and continued storing to the south south- west, hoping to get to leeward of the great island before night, where we might remain in smooth water till the weather became fine. While going along at a quick rate, we suddenly saw breakers close to us ; we instantly hauled to the wind, and made all the sail we could carry. Our situation was now very critical, for the swell caused b^ th6 recent gale checked our way considerably, and a lee current drifted us gradually towards the reef From the mast head we could look down upon the reef, which was^ of a circular form, with a low island on its southern side; the surf broke all round, but in the inside the water was quite smooth, and being only a few feet deep, the coral, which was of a bright green, appeared distinctly through it. At thei distance of one-third of a mile from where we were, no bottom was to be found with our lead lines, so that anchoring was out of the question. After being in this unpleasant predicament for some time, we succeeded in weathering the western end of the reef, which we had no sooner done, than we saw a passage four or five miles wide, by which we proceeded to leeward of the reef island, where we.found the
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 61
water perfectly smooth. The Alceste rounded the reef without difficulty, being half a league farther off than the Lyra, which, as usual, had been stationed ahead to look out, but had not perceived the danger sooner, owing to the extreme haziness of the weather.
15th of September. — In the morning, it was arranged that the Lyra should proceed in shore in search of a harbour, while the frigate remained in deep water. At ten o'clock I thought we had discovered a place of security, and having anchored the Lyra, sent three boats to examine it. A sort of harbour was found, formed by coral reefs ; but the passages being all intricate for large ships, and the water shallow inside, it is by no means safe. We fell in with several people in canoes ; one man, who seemed to know what we were searching for, directed us to a point of land to the northward, and waved for us to go round it. While the boats were away, several natives came off to the Lyra. No people that we have yet met with have been so friendly; for the moment they came alongside, one handed a jar of water up to us, and another a basket of boiled sweet potatoes, without asking or seeming to wish for any recompense. Their manners were gentle and respectful; they uncovered their heads when in our presence, bowed whenever they spoke to us ; and when we gave them some
Digitized by
60 VOYAGE TO THE
rum, they did not drink it till they had bowed to every person round. Another canoe went near the Alceste, and a rope being thrown to them, they tied a fish to it, and then paddled away. All this seemed to promise well, and was particularly gratefiil after the cold repulsive manners of the . Coreans.
The day was spent in trying to beat round the poilit to windward, but the tide was too strong against us, and when it became dark, we found ourselves awkwardly situated. To the east and west of us there were islands at the distance of a few miles. To leeward was a circular coral reef, just appearing above the surface at low water ; and to windward were seen the reefs upon which we were so nearly wrecked on Saturday. As the exact position of these numerous dangers was unknown to us, we were determined to anchor for the night, though in eighty fafhoms water.
l6th of September. — ^At dayhght we weighed, and beat to windward all the morning ; but owing to the tide being contrary, it was two o'clock before we passed the point mentioned above; which we had no sooner done, than we came in sight of an extensive town, having a harbour filled with vessels at anchor. On steering towards the town, we had to sound our way cautiously amongst coral reefs, which were tolerably well defined by the surf breaking upon
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 63
them*. The Alceste followed as soon as we had ascertained that the passage was clear, and both ships anchored at the distance of half a mile from the town.
In a short time we were surrounded by canoes, full of the natives, who, with their childi^en, flocked on board* They wear a loose dress', tied with a belt round their waist ; their hair is brought tight up froni all sides, and formed into a knot on the top of the head, with two metal pins stuck in it. In the course of an hour^ a native came on board who appeared to be somewhat higher in rank than the rest ; and we now discovered, to our great satisfaction, that this man understood our Chinese servant, who had been of ho use to us at Corea. As it was found thslt there were other chiefs on shore superior in rank to this man, Captain Maxwell declined receiving his visit ; as well with the view of inducing the principal people to come on board, as of maintaining an appearance of dignity, a point of great importance in all transactions with the- Chinese and their dependents, who invariably repay condescension with presumption. As we had heard of these people being tributary to China, it was natural to conclude that there might be some
• Thii drcumstance is by no means oommon, and therefore cannot be depended on. In fine weather thesq. reefs give no warning whatever^ and a ship on approaching them ought invariably to have a boat ahead
Digitized by
64 VOYAGE TO THE
similarity in manners. At all events, it was evidently much easier at any future time to be free and cordial with them, after having assumed a distance and reserve in the first instance, than it would be to repress insolence, if at first encouraged by too hasty familiarity.
Before this man went on shore, he requested to know the reason of our coming into this port ; the interpreter was instructed to acquaint him that the ships had experienced very bad weather, and had been a long time at sea; that the large ship had sprung a leak, and required repairs which could only be done in a secure harbour: further explanations, it yras observed, would be given to the superior chiefs when they came on board. We had been prepared for these inquiries, not only from the reception we had met with at Corea, but from the well-known character of the nations in this quarter of the globe ; and it was so far fortunate, that the Alceste was actually in want of repairs ; because to have assigned curiosity, and a desire of gaining information as our object, to people wholly unconscious of such feelings, would naturally have led them to ascribe our actions to some more interested, and con- sequently more dangerous motive.
The canoes which we have seen to-day are mostly made of one piece of wood ; they have two sails, and are moved
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOG ISLAND. 65
with considerable velocity, by two or more paddles, assisted
by an oar over the stem, which acts both as a scull and a
rudder. There is* a neat low seat, made of rattans, for each
person in the canoe. As the day closed, the fishing canoes
came in great numbers from sea, and all came on board the
ships on their way ; some of the fi^ermen pulled up our
lines and baited the hooks. The whole shore abreast of the
ships was covered with people, but the crowd was greatest
on two pier-heads, forming the entrance to the harbour ; and
the variety of colour in their dresses made this a very lively
exhibition. In the evening, CJaptain Maxwell and I rowed
round to examine the anchorage, which we found tolerably
clear of rocks. An officer was at the same time sent to
examine the inner harbour, but he did not go far within
the entrance, which was much too shallow for the frigate.
On returning to the Lyra, I found that Mr. Clifford had been entertaining several respectable looking natives who had paid him a visit. As they readily comprehended his desire to know their words for various things, he has succeeded in collecting a considerable number, among which we are surprised to find their name for tobacco the saiqe as ours ; all the others are quite new to us.
17th of September. — I carried the interpreter to the Alceste, afiter breakfast, where I found two chiefs, who had
Digitized by
66 VOYAGE TO THE
been on board some time, and had been taken care of by the officers, as Captain Maxwell was not prepared to receive them. A message was then sent to intimate that the Ta-yin (a Chinese title, used also by these people to persons of rank) was desirous of seeing the chiefs, and they were introduced into the after-cabin, where they were received in form. They objected to sitting down, making at the same time many low obeisances, which they did by stooping the body, and raising the hands, closed one over the other, to their face. Their scruples about being seated were at length overcome, and the first chief took his' place on Captain Maxwell's left hand, the next on my left, and a third, who wa« evidently of a lower rank, sat beyond the second. The chiefs sat respectfully silent, and Captain Maxwell finding that he was expected to speak first, communicated to them that the ships under his command belonged to the King of England ; that they had gone to China with an Embassador, carrying presents to the Emperor, at Pekin ; that on their way back to Canton, they had experienced very bad weather, and had been obliged to put in here to refit, and to procure supphes.
In reply, they expressed their willingness to assist us as much as lay in their power, but said that the harbour was too shallow for so large a ship, and recommended our proceeding
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 67
to another harbour called Kinching, which they described as being secure and commodious, and only a few hours sail from this anchorage : they offered to furnish pilots and a boat to conduct us. Captain Maxwell, however, was unwilling to quit this anchorage unless certain of finding a better; he therefore proposed to send the Lyra to examine and report upon the harbour alluded to. The chiefs paused upon this, and said they could not take upon them to send pilots to the Brig without consulting the Great Man on shore. We were very curious to know who this great personage might be, but they evaded all our inquiries. Captain Maxwell asked where the king resided, and intimated his intention of waiting upon him ; to this they strongly objected, declaring moreover, that it was impossible, as his majesty lived a thousand miles off. They did not seem aware of their inconsistency, when they undertook, inmie- diately afterwards, to get an answer from court about pilots for the Lyra, in a few hours.
We had been led to hope, from the frankness and kind- ness of these people, that no restraint would be imposed on us ; and we were the more disappointed at observing, that whenever we spoke of landing, or asked any questions about the king, the chiefs became uneasy, and replied in a mysterious manner. We consoled ourselves, however, with
Digitized by
68 VOYAGE TO THE
the supposition, that upon further acquaintance their appre- hension would wear off- Business being over, the chiefs were asked to walk round the cabin, an invitation which they accepted with manifest satisfaction. During the conference they had preserved a gravity suited to an important ceremony, and, though surrounded by new and curious objects, had never expressed the least curiosity. They were now no longer formal, and looked over the various articles with attention, taking parti- cular notice of the globes, books, and mirrors. Their manners are remarkably gentle and unassuming. They are observant, and not without curiosity, but they require encouragement to induce them to come forward, being restrained, it would seem, by a genteel self-denial, from gratifying curiosity, lest it might be thought obtrusive. Their dress is singularly graceful ; it consists of a loose flowing robe, with very wide sleeves, tied round the middle by a broad rich belt or girdle of wrought silk, a yellow cylindrical cap, and a neat straw sandal, over a short cotton boot or stocking. Two of the chiefs wore light yellow robes, the other dark blue streaked with white, all of cotton. The cap is flat at top, and appears to be formed by winding a broad band diagonally round a frame, in such a manner, that at each turn a small portion of the last fold shall be visible above in front.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 69
and below at the hinder part. The sandal is kept on by it stiff straw band passing over the instep^ and joining the sandal near the heel; this band is tied to the forepart by a slight string, drawn between the great toe and the Aext, the stocking having a division like the finger of a glove for the great toe. They all carry fans, which they stick in their girdles when not in use, and each person has a short tobacco pipe in a small bag, hanging, along with the pouch, at the girdle. When they had satisfied themselves with looking over the cabin, they went away, with a promise of returning in the evening as soon as the answer from the Great Man should arrive.
During all this morning, the whole space between the ships and the shore has been covered with canoes, each containing about ten persons. The scene was very lively, for few of the parties which came to visit the ships remained long on board, so that the canoes were con- tinually passing backwards and forwards, and the number which came in this way must have been immense. They all seemed highly gratified at being allowed to go where- ever they liked over the ships, nor was this liberty ever abused. The manners even of the lowest classes are genteel and becoming; their curiosity is great, but it never makes them rudely inquisitive: their language is
Digitized by
70 VOYAGE TO THE
musical, and in most cases easy of pronunciation. We heard a boat song to-day, the air of which was sweet and plaintive; we tried in vain to catch the words, and unfortunately, none of us had skill enough to note down the air. We observed several people in canoes, making drawings of the ships, but they hid their work when they were observed. In consequence of what had been said last night of our wanting repairs, a party of shipwrights and caulkers was sent on board the Alceste this morning, but their tools were of a Lilliputian order, and quite unsuited to the rough work required.
The variety of colour and pattern in the dresses of the people to-day, is remarkable. Many wear printed cottons, others have cotton dresses with the pattern drawn on it by hand, instead of being stamped ; but blue, in all its shades, is the prevalent colour, though there were many dresses resembling in every respect Highland tartans. The children, in general, wear more shewy dresses than the men, and of the dress of the women we can say nothing, as none have yet been seen. Every person has one of the girdles before described, which is always of a different colour from the dress, and is, in general, richly ornamented with flowers in embossed silk, and sometimes with gold and silver threads. This dress is naturally so graceful, that even the lowest
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 71
boatmen have a picturesque appearance. Their hair, which is of a glossy black, is shaved off the crown, but the bare place is concealed by their mode of dressing the hair in a close knot over it. Their beards and mustachios are allowed to grovr, and are kept neat and smooth. They are rather low in stature, but are well formed, and have an easy graceful carriage, which suits well with their flowing dress. Their colour is not good, some being very dark and others nearly white, but in most instances they are of a deep copper. This is fully compensated for by the sweetness and intelligence of their countenance. Their eyes, which are black, have a placid expression, and their teeth are regular and beautifully white. In deport- ment they are modest, polite, timid, and respectful, and in short, appear to be a njost interesting and amiable people. Two of our friends who had visited us in the morning, and whose names we have discovered to be Ookooma and Jeema, came on board again about half past five, and staid an hour ; they had not received any answer, they said, from the Greaf Man, and therefore could not send pilots to the " hoonee gua,'' or little ship. They were accompanied by a chief whom we took to be a Chinese from his looks, and his appearing to understand the interpreter better than the others. His formal and suspicious manner did not promise
Digitized by
72 VOYAGE TO THE
so well as that of the others. They came to say that a present of stock and vegetables had been sent to the ships. It was intimated to them that we intended to land the next day, and upon their objecting to this, we said that our wish was to wait upon the Great Man ; to which they replied, that no person answering to this description resided here. We then said, that it was right we should return their visit. This argument they combated by saying that they were men of unequal rank to us, and therefore nowise entitled to such an honour ; and thatwe,at the same time, would be degrading ourselves by such undue condescension. This having failed. Captain Maxwell told them of his illness ; upon which, our new acquaintance, who seemed more earnestly bent against our landing than the others, offered to send a physician on board to see him. Captain Maxwell replied, that his own doctor had recommended a ride on shore ; upon which they laughed, and turned the discourse to something else.
In this way every proposal to land, or even allusion to the shore, was industriously put aside ; and as it was our wish to gain their good will, the matter was dropped for the present. Before they went away, Captain Maxwell, pointing to their pipes, begged them to smoke if they wished it ; they were grateful for this considerate attention, but would not on any account begin till w^ shewed them the example, by
Digitized by v
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 7?
smoking with pipes which they prepared for us. They appeared more at their ease after this incident, and after sitting for some time, took leave for the night on the most friendly terms.
18th of September. — Captain Maxwell sent to me to say that he meant to land on a point at some distance from the town, in order to observe the sun's meridian altitude with an artificial horizon. Just as I was setting out to accompany him, I was taken by surprise by two well-dressed natives, who were halfway down the cabin ladder before I knew of their approach. One came to superintend the measurement of the Lyra, and the other, who seemed of inferior rank, to explain why some poultry, only_ then sent, had not come on the preceding night, along with the other presents. I forgot to mention, that a bullock, two hogs, two goats, a dozen and a half of fowls, some candles, wood, and water, were sent to each of the ships. I asked them to sit down, and they were so well satisfied with the Constantia which I gave them, that they remained for some time; owing to which delay, I did not reach the shore till the time for observing the sun had gone by. I found Captain Maxwell with Ookooma and se- veral of the chiefs, and an immense crowd of the natives, all of whom had left the town on seeing the boat put off, and had hastened to this spot, either out of curiosity or respect,
1/
Digitized by
74 VOYAGE TO THE
or more probiibly to watch our proceedings. At our re- quest, Ookooma, who appears to possess considerable au- thority, made the whole crowd, chiefs and all, sit down on the grass in a circle round us. Their astonishment at our operations was strongly expressed in their countenances, and, indeed, our apparatus and behaviour must have looked^ to perfect strangers, somewhat magical.
In the first place the quicksilver, which to them would appear like melted metal, was poured into a trough, in a fine stream from a wooden bottle ; while it was running out the pfeople repeated in an under tone " yi, yi, yi, yi V but Were silent \vhen the glass roof was placed over the trough. The circular instrument and sextant, fixed on stands5 next attracted tlieir notice, and they looked on in profound silence while we were taking the sun's altitude. As we iVere too late for the desired observation, we amused the natives by letting them look^at the two reflected images of the sutt through the telescope of the instruments. Ookooma was the first who looked, and being quite unprepared for what he saw, started back in astonishment, as if he had un^ consciously beheld something supernatural and forbidden. The other chiefs, in their turn, placed themselves at the instrument, as well as several old men who stepped forward from the crowd. Some testified their surprise by a sudden
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 75
excIftiQOtioa ; others were perfectly calm^ so that we could not guess what they thought ; and some held up their hands, and looked as if the whole matter was totally beyond th^ reach of their comprehension. When this was over, and there was no longer any necessity for the crowd being seated, they elosed round and watched us while we were putting the iur gtmments up. Some of the boys held out their hands for quicksilver^ with which they ran oflf, quite happy.
During this time we were about fifty yards from the foot of a cliff, on the brow of which was posted a group of womei^ with baskets on their heads ; we were unfortunately not near enough to discern their features^ nor to make out their dress distinctly ; it a{)peared, however, to be like that of the men, though somewhat shorter, and without any girdle round the waist.
The rock here rises in perpendicular rugged c^ffs of coral, with a number of rude square e&cavations on its:||iice, which, at first sight, appear to havQ been worn by the elements, but on examination shew evident traces of ar^. Most of these caves are closed up by a wall of loose stpqes^ but in one, of which the mouth was open, several huQis^ .bones wiere found lying amongst the sand. On . romoyutg a atone from a closed cave, a.vaae was. observed in tine iaaide, of aa. elegant shape; the people signified to )i9 «th»t
Digitized by
76 VOYAGE TO THE
these were the remains of the dead, but we did not make out distinctly whether the bones or the ashes only were thus preserved. They made no objections to our examining these caves, though they certainly were not pleased with it. No notice was taken of what Captain Maxwell and I did ;^ but Mr. Clifford, who had remained below collecting words from some intelligent natives, was strongly recommended by Ookooma to go back to the boat ; he walked up, how- ever, without opposition, to the cave which we had been examining, and they ceased to importune him. A number of little boys who had observed us occasionally pulling flowers and plants, ran about collecting for us, and after presenting what they had gathered, with much politeness, ran away laughing with an arch expression of ridicule at our cu- riosity.
On our way back, instead of going directly off to the ships, we coasted along shore in our boats, which gave us a new view of a stone bridge, of one arch, connecting two parts of the town. On the south side of the bridge we passed a space of considerable extent^ probably set apart as a burying ground. We saw here a number of large horse- shoe tombs like those used in China, whitewashed, and apparently kept in good repair. Most of the tombs, however, are in the form of small square houses, with low
Digitized by
Digitized by
^ ^
^
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
GREAT LOaCHOO ISLAND. 77
pyramidal roofe; some of these were tiled, others thatched. It is evident that, in what relates to the dead, they follow, in some respects, the Chinese customs.
. The whole coast at this place is of coral cliffs, the base of which appears to have been scooped out by the action of the sea. As this excavation is at some places higher than the waves of the sea can be supposed to have ever reached, there is difficulty in assigning the sea as the cause; yet the roof of the excavation is horizontal for a great extent, and its appearance, in every other respect, suggests that it has been formed by the dashing of the waves. There is, moreover, some difficulty in accounting for coral cliffs being so much above the leveT of the sea, in which, according to every supposition, they must have been formed.
The scenery here, as in most countries in these climates, does not admit of a satisfactory description. It may be said, however, that it is more pleasing to the eye than that of islands near the equator, where the vegetation is so profusely lux- uriant, as to overload the picture with foUage to the exclusion of every thing else. Here there is much variety ; the nu- merous groves of pine-trees give some parts of it an English air, but the style of landscape is what is.caUed tropical. The general character of the scenery at this spot is faithfully preserved in the drawing of Napakiang.
Digitized by
78 VOYAGE TO THE
19th of.September.-~No answer having yet come fixim the Great Man, we begin to apprehend that thej are going to treat us in Chinese style, and exclude us from their country altogether. We have tried in vain to discover whether the King is at this place, or a hundred, or as some maintain, a thousand miles oflF; in the mean time, as we know the island to be not more them sixty miles long, it is fair to suppoi^ that they wish to deceive us.
We conjecture that a large building on a rising ground, three or four miles from us in an eastern direction, with two flag«staffs near it, is the palace mentioned in the ac- count quoted by Pere Gaubil, Lettres Edifiantes et Curieuses, Tom. XXni. The natives always refuse to give any in- formation when asked about this building.
Whenever the natives come on board, if at all well dressed, they are asked into the cabin, where we treat them' with cherry brandy and Constantia. In the course of conversation they contribute a number of new words, and, in general, when they see what the object is, are very willilig to lend their assistance, and take much pains to teach us the true pronunciation of their words. One man, how- everj who was not so quick as- they generally are, was in the cabin to-dayfor some time; Mr. Clifford was getting from him* the Loo-choo words for sour, sweet, salt» &c. ;
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 79
ami in order to make him comprehend the questiionB, made him taste different things that were sour, sweety and so on : the poor fellow stood this very well, till some quaaaia was given to him to get the word ** bitter ;'' he had not sooner tasted it, than he ran off quite astonished at the maaiier in which he had been entertained.
It blew hard this morning, so that there was little in- tercourse with the shore ; but towards sunset it moderated^ and Ookooma, Jeema, and four other Chiefs^ came on board, bringing with them a present of a buUock, two hogs, goata^ and vegetables. The Chief whose name is Shayoon is the most clever of them all ; he is next in rank to Ookooma, but he generally takes the lead in discussion; he has a quick intelligent look, with more determination in his manner than any of the others. They were very par- ticular on all these irtate occasions to observe the order of precedence, and no one sat down till his superior was seated. When any subject was discussed, one at a time rose to speak, but not in order of rank, and they jiever^at* tempted to interrupt one another.
The weather at this moment looked so stormy, that I went on board the Lyra to prepare for. a.gale; by which; I lost a very interestiog conference with the .cbiofs^i J learnt
Digitized by
80^ VOYAGE TO THE
from Captain Maxwell aflerwards, that he had remonstrated with them on their inconsistency and the pretended difficulty of getting answers from court; he gave them to under- stand, that he did not conceive it was treating the King of England with due respect to deny his officers permission to walk on shore. Again, that they had promised to send pilots, but that none had come ; and that many other promises had not been performed* He desired the interpreter to say, that he was not pleased with their telling him so many different stories, all of which could not be true ; first they said that the bullocks, hogs, &c, were gifts from themselves; then, that they were sent by the Grreat Man ; then, that there was no Great Man here : in fine, he urged them strongly to tell him the truth on all points. They made the interpreter repeat six times over what Captain Maxwell had desired him to say ; they then consulted amongst themselves a long time, and at last assured Captain Maxwell, that a reply to the com- munications made by them to government would reach this place next. day.
As the stock and vegetables received by the ships had, by this time, amounted to a considerable quantity, a bag of dollars was offered to them, and they were urged to take payment for what had been sent on board; this
Digitized by
GREAT LOO^CHOO ISLAND. 81
offer, which had been made more than once before, was still declined ; upon which they were informed, that we con- sidered it improper, as servants of government, to receive presents to such an extent from individuals. Upon this they gave their assurance, that the stock had been sent on board by order of the Loo-chofligovernment, on their being informed that the King of another country ^s s||ps had arrived. No payment they said could therefore be, taken. With this Captain Maxwell was satisfied. Their wish seems to be, to prevent our opening any communication with their government, and they appear so decided upon these matters, that they will probably succeed, notwithstanding ?ill our efforts.
The chiefs have dresses adapted to the state of the weather; yesterday being cold and threatening, they all came on board with a sort of cloak or great coat made of a thick blue stuff like woollen cloth, buttoned in front. It is tighter than the ordinary dress, and is worn over it. It is only in fine weather, and on state occasions, that they wear the band turban, called by them " hatchee matchee;^ at all other times they go uncovered, having their hair dressed like the rest of the people.
20th of September. — ^The mercury in the barometer fell last night from 29- 72, to 29. 61, and the'sky assumed a
M
Digitized by
83 VOYAGE TO THfe
yellow appearance. We expected a heavy gale, mare par^- ticiilarly as it was so near the equioox, but we were so sheltered by the land, that though it appeared to blow hard ajt sea, we felt nothing of it where we lay. . Three or four canoes came round the south-west point of land this forenooolPlhe people in them were supposed to ha^^come from the other side of the island, for they did Mkt. appear to have se^:i the ships before. One of these people was much delighted with a looking*glass which was shewn to him ; he took it in his hands, and caUing his com- pcuiions about him, shewed them in turn its effect. Having done 86 several times, he held it opposite to his own face for four or five minutes without altering his countenance in the least; at last he smiled, and immediately and involunta- rily nodded assent to the image in the glass, which had so exactly expressed what he felt himself; he seemed, how- ever, aware, that it was a reflecticm of his own countenance, as he pointed to himself, yet he could not restrain his curiosity from looking behind, but instantly turned it round again. While the glass was in his hands, he made us several l€)ng speeches, in which he frequently repeated the word " Kagung,'' the Loo-choo name- for mirror; but, from his behaviour, it is probable he knew it only by name. One of this party sold his " Jeewa'* or head ornaments for a wine
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 83
glass. Sometime afterwards, the others saw a bottle^ which , they wished to purchase in the same way ; it wa$^ howevery given to them as a present, and they went away very wdl satisfied. These canoes were of pine, from twelve to twenty, feet long, and from two to four wide ; their anchor is made of wood loaded with stones.
As no answer came this morning from the Great Man^ Captain Maxwell took the ships into a more secure an^ chorage at the north-^ast corner of the bay; our first an-^ chorage being too close to a reef^ and moreover open to die south-west winds* The place we had now shifted to^ though apparently exposed, is, in fact^ sheltered by acbaiit of reefs under water outside of us to the westward. By this change, we have been brought close to the bridge spoken of before, and are now abreast the east end of the town : the Lyra not being more than a quarter of a mile from; the shore* A strict watch is kept on shore, so that b« boat leavra the ships without being observed. Ordera have been given for the whole anchorage to be card^Uy soimded ; in doing this, the boatsr often approach the shores and whenever this happens^ a crowd of the natives, headed by one or other of the chie&, repair to the spot^ and wave them to keep farther off.
2l8t of September .-^Tfaere appears to be soaie embargo
Digitized by
84 VOYAGE TO THE
upon the canoes, for there has not been one near us this morning, and only one on board the Alceste. It was found necessary to-day to move the frigate still farther in, and four or five hawsers were laid out for the purpose of warping her arthead. While this was going on, the beach, and all the heights near us, were crowded with people, wondering, no doubt, how the ship was made to move without sails, for the hawsers were low down, and might have escaped their observation. In the canoe which visited the Alceste, there came two men, who had not been seen before ; they re- mained but a short time, which was spent in examining the hawsers and the mode of warping the ship. As soon as they had made themselves master of this subject, they went on shore, as if to make a report. During their visit they said little, being intent upon what was going on ; but the interpreter learnt from one of them, that a Great Man had actually come, or was expected in the town to-day. A report prevails, that the King of the island has lately been on board in disguise. We cannot trace the report to any good foundation, and it is probably false. At the same time, if his Majesty has any curiosity, it is not unlikely that he may have come near enough to see such a strange sight as we must be.
It is possible that our moving up so close to the town
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 85;
' has alarmed the people, and may have prevented their' visiting us as heretofore; at all events, it is very unfair in our friends, the Chiefs, neither to let the people come on' board, nor to allow us to go on shore to look at them.
Our occupation in the mean time is to observe the natives through the telescope placed on a table on the Lyra's poop. The stone bridge appears to be a great thoroughfare, several roads from the country leading to it ; it seems also to be the only entrance to the town on this side. Nobody crosses it without stopping to look at us, and a crowd of idle people have taken post on and about it. We see a number of women coming from the country with baskets on their heads. Their outer dress differs from that of the men, it is open in front, and they have no girdle; they have an under ^dress^ or sack, which is also loose, but not open ; in some we can see that this comes nearly to the feet, in others just to the knee, and we ima^ gine that those who work in the fields have the short dress :
most of them allow their upper garment to flow out with
I
the wind behind them. We observe a woman carrying a
child across the hip as^ in India, with its hands on its
mother's shoulder, while her arm is round the child's wai&l^
One young lady has been seen for some time amusing her- f
self by making a dog bark at the ships. We see women
Digitized by
86 VOYAGE TO THE
beating rice in wooden mortars. On the banks of the; stream which the bridge crosses, there are a number of people washing clothes, which they perform in the Indian, way, by dipping the clothes in water and beating them on stones. From one end of the beach to the other there is a range of people watching us, they are formed here and there into groups ; one of which, on a craggy knoll abreast of the ships, has struck us as being particularly interesting. A fine majestic looking man, whose full beard and flowing gar-» ments remind us of a figure in the Cartoons of Raphael, ia standing in the middle of a circle of old men, who are lying on the grass, and appear to be listening to him.
22nd of September. — ^This morning brings us no news, no permission to land ! A number of flags and streamers are displayed on the masts of the vessels in the inner harbour, and there seems to be something going on on shore ; no boats have come to us, and we have no occupation but looking through the glass, which, however, affords a good deal of en- tertainnoent, particularly as the people whom we see with it act in the usual way, being unconscious of our scrutiny.
In the afternoon a number of boats left the shore and proceeded to the Alceste in procession. In the foremost boat there seemed to be a person of consequence^ whom we immediately conjectured to be the Great Man alluded
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 87
to by the people yesterday. He got on board the Alceste before us, and the natives also had left their canoes, so that we found the ship's decks crowded with people. The Chief, whom we found seated in the cabin, was clothed in purple silk, with a hght purple hatchee matchee. An official communication of our history was now repeated at the old man's request* He listened with great attention till Captain Maxwell concluded his statement, by informing bim that the ship was leaky and required frequenf pump- ing. He then begged permission to see this operation, if it would not give too much trouble. As this was exactly what we wished, the chain pumps were ordered to be got ready, and the conference went on, consisting principally of compliments. Observing that we took notice of his being a little deaf, he seemed anxious to explain that this was the effect of age. He made us fee) his pulse, and look at the withered state of his hand, then taking ours and feeling the pulse, held them up along with his own, and laughed with great good humour at the contrast which age had produced. He was about sixty years old, and his beard of thin hair was as white as snow : he had a cheer^ fulness of expression, and a liveliness of manner^ which are ranarkable for a man of his years. His manners were graceful and elegant, and from the first nM>ment he seemed
Digitized by
88 VOYAGE TO THE
quite at his ease- Every thing about him, in short, in* dicated good-breeding, and a familiarity with good society; and we could not help remarking his decided superiority ia appearance over the other chiefs.
When the pumps were ready, he was escorted to the maiu deck, where he sat for some time in great admiration of the machinery ; and seeing the labour required to work it, he seemed really affected at our situation, which he naturally thought must be very bad, from the immense quantity of water thrown out by the pumps. The ship being upright, the. water did not run off freely from the deck, and in a short time it flowed rouiid the chair in which the old man was seated « Three or four of the sailors seeing him somewhat uneasy at - this inundation, took him up chair and all, and placed him on a dry spot. The old gentleman was surprised, not dis-* pleased, and very graciously replied to the low bows which the sailors made him. On returning to the cabin, they were all entertained as. usual with sweet wine, cherry brandy, and pipes. The old man filled pipes for us, and as soon as this part of the ceremonial had been gone through, a formal request was made for permission to land the Alceste's casks and stbres, in order to stop the leak and make other repairs. This produced a long discussion amongst the chiefs, in which the old man joined but little ; he spoke, however, now.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 89
and thep, and whatever he said, appeared to be to the purpose. Whenever the chiefs spoke, they rose and ad* dressed themselves to him in a most respectful manner. At length, having agreed about an answer, they conmiunicated to Captain Maxwell that there was no good place here for the purposes he wanted, and that as our present anchorage was unsafe, they recommended our going round to the harbour alluded to on a former occasion. At this place, which they call Winching or Oonching, he said we might put cm shore whatever we chose. On our asking if in Winch- ing the water was deep enough to admit a large ship, a long discussion arose, during which they appeared to be considering the merits of the harbour. They seemed appre^ hensive of giving it too high a character, and that on oitr reaching it we should be disappointed. The old man at length suggested sending the ^^ little ship'^ to see whether it would answer. To this Captain Maxwell agreed, only rsequesting that a person might accocapany us, in .order to save time in the search. Simple as this appears, they took a long time to consider it, and ended by saying that no reply could be given till the next day.
While the subject of this harbour was under discussion, the old man drew on a sheet of paper, a chart of the island, and pointed out the place where the harbour lay. It proved
N
Digitized by
90 VOYAGE TO THE
afterwards, when we had surveyed the island, that this sketch possessed considerable accuracy, as the situation of the harbour of which they spoke corresponds exactly with that of Port Melville, discovered in the Lyra. It is much to be regretted that this curious sketch is lost.
The Chief now walked about the cabin, exan^ined the globes^ books, and pictures, with great attention. The wainscot struck him particularly, as well as the machinery and finish of the windows and sliding shutters.. Captain Maxwell tried to make him comprehend our track on th^ globe.' He had felt it becoming to preserve some state while business wqs going on, but he now became quite
chatty and familiar. He went all over the ship, accom**
I
panied by the other chiefs and his own personal suite, consisting of a pipe bearer^ a man who carried his large camp climr, another with a cover of red cloth for the chair, and a man who carried a round Japan box for the hatchee- matchee. Two others took it in turn to fan him, and to hold his. arm by the elbow and wrist whenever he walked about J probably as a piece of state, for the ship had very little motion: these fanners were very expert at their business, for not content with cooling his face and neck, they lifted up his large sleeves and fanned his arms. On returning to the cabin, he saw Mr. Clifford using gloves.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 91
and begged leave to try them on; with the right one he succeeded very wdl, but the nails of his left hand being about an inch long, he found it not so easy a matter': he seemed to think them the oddest things he had met with^ and laughing much, hdd them up repeatedly to the other chiefs.
The old man brought a present for Captain Maxwell, and sent another to the Lyra, consisting of a hog, a kid, two bags of potatoes, a basket of charcoal^ thirty bundles of eggs (five in each), a bundle of vermicelli, and a jar of an ardent spirit called samchew. All the chiefs, who were in their best attire, were severally accompanied by a man carrying a box for the hatchee-matchee ; their dresses were of various colours, and their sandals and stockings all alike. On rising to go away, the old man bowed to me, and said that he meant to visit my ship ; but this being evidendj complimentary, I begged him not tp take so much trouble: he, in return, expressed himself obliged to me for bdng satisfied with the politeness intended. The Embassador's barge was manned to take him on shore, but as soon^ as he saw what Was intended, he drew back, and declared that he could not land in any boat but his own. As it was supposed that his modesty prevented his accepting this offer, he was urged to overcome his scruples, and land in the manner
Digitized by
92 VOYAGE TO THE
proposed; he still, however, declined the honour, but at last went down the ladder, and having stepped into the. barge, made a bow to Captain Maxwell, as if in acknow-i ledgment of the attention, but immediately afterwards went into his own boat and pushed off, under a salute of three guns from each ship.
Our intention of returning this visit the next day was not mentioned during the discussions in the cabin, from the certainty of its being combated, and perhaps overruled : but when the last of the chiefs was getting into the boat, the interpreter was desired to tell him, in a careless way, as a matter of course, that next morning this visit would be returned on shore. As had been foreseen, this did not receive their approbation; the interpreter went into the boat, where every persuasion was used to convince him of the impropriety of our intention : they could not succeed, however, in making him yield this point, and at length went away. This interpreter is called " John'' by all parties, and though merely an under servant of the factory at Canton, he is a very shrewd fellow. His English is oertainly not the best, and probably the Chinese he speaks is the base pro- vincial language of Canton ; so that misunderstandings are- no dpubt often caused by his erroneous interpretation.
John's report after the boat had put off, and from which
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 93
we gather that we shall be expected, was as follows : " They ax me, * what for my Ta-yin come sho?' I say, Vto make chin-chin* they Ta-yin/ they tell me, * You Ta-yin too much great mandarine, no can come sho ;' I say, ' What for my Ta-yin no come sho ? He great man ; he -f* Ta-wang- tee too much great man ; he let you Ta-yin come board ship, and you no let him come sho, chin-chin you Ta-yin ; what for this V Then they speak long time together ; by and by ax me, * how many people bring sho you Ta-yin ?* So I shake my head, I no like give answer long time, (they always take long time answer me). When they ax me again, I say, * Ta-yin bring five people mo besides me/ They say, * too much men come / I say, * No, no too much/ Thej ax, * What time come?* I give no answer/'
2Sd September. — As we had not contemplated such adventures as these, we had made no preparations for them; and now that it was necessary to make some return to the chief whom we were going to visit, we found great difficulty in preparing a suitable present. Captain Maxwell took with him several dozens of wine, some books, glasses, various trinkets, and a large piece of blue broad
♦ Chin-chin in the corrupt dialect of Canton, means the ceremony of sa- lutation, which consists in the action of holding up the dosed hands^ pressed together before the face, and bowing at the same time.
f Ta-whang-tee is Chinese for Emperor, King.
Digitized by
94 VOYAGE TO THE
eloth. I took half the quantity of Captain Maxwell's other presents, and a table cloth in place of the broad clothi Smaller presents were also made up for each of the chiefs. At one o'clock we set out in the barge, with a large union jack flying, and as it blew ftesh, we soon reached the harbour. As we rowed past the shore, the people were seen running along all the roads leading to the town, so that by the time we reached the harbour, the crowd on both ^ides was immense : the trees, walls, and house tops, and in short every spot from which we could be seen, was hteraUy covered with people, forming a sight as striking and animated as can well be conceived. As we entered the harbour several of the chiefs were observed to come down to a point, and wave for us to go round the end of a pier or inole, farming die inner harbour, ^ where there was a good landing-place.
The chiefs helped us out, and then led usalong, Ookooma taking Captain Maxwell's hand, Shayoon mine, and Jeelna Mr. Chfibrd's ; the others, according to their rank, conducted Mr. M^Leod of the Alceste, Mr; Maxwell, and another midshipman, Mr. Browne. They held our hands nearly as high as the shoulder, while a lane was formed for us through the crowd of people, who were perfectly silent. Tht children were placed in front, and the next rank sat down,
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 95
so that those behind could see us in passing. At about a hundred and fifty yards from the landing-place, we came to the gate of a temple, where we were met by the Chief; who stood just on the outside of the^^eshold, on a small raiiSed pavement : he took Ookooma's place, and conducted Captain Maxwell up a few steps into the temple, which was partly open on two sides, with deep verandahs, which made the interior shady and cool. A large table, finely japanned, was spread, and two ornamented chairs were placed for us. The Chief seated himself at one end of the tablci and placed Captain Maxwell on his left.
He expressed himself much gratified and honoured by the visit, asked our ages, and if we were married . He was greatly pleased with Captain Maxwell's account of his family, which nearly corresponded with his own. He guessed Mr. Maxwell's
age to be twenty-seven, and was with difficulty persuaded
*
to beheve that a person six feet high could be only sixteen. The same mistake was made by all the natives, who invariably judged of the age of our young men by their height alone. An entertainment was now served, beginning with a light kind of wine, called sackee, which was handed round in very dimi- nutive cups, filled by Issacha, from a small high pot in which the sackee was kept hot. They insisted on our emptying the cup every time, shewing us a fair example themselves.
Digitized by
96 VOYAGE TO THE
During the whole feast the sackee never left the table, being considered apropos to all the strangedishes which we partook of. The first of these consisted of hard boiled eggs, cut into slices, the outside of the white being coloured red. A pair of chopsticks* was now given to each person, and these were not changed during the feast. Next came fish fried in batter, which we found an excellent dish ; then sliced smoked pork, next pig's liver sliced. After this, tea was handed round in cups of a moderate si^e; the tea was quite new, resembling, as was observed, an infusion of hay. Pipes and tobacco served to fill up the short intervals between the courses. A man attended behind each of our chairs, whose sole business it was to fill and light the pip«s. The next dish was the strangest of any, and disgusted mo9t of the party ; it consisted of a mass of coarse, soft, black sugar, wrapped up in unbaked dough, powdered over with rice flour, dyed yellow. After this we had dishes of round cakes, like gingerbread nuts,; then cakes made in the form of wreaths, and in a variety of other shapes. There was some-
* Chopsticks are two pieces of ivory or wood, about a foot in length, of the thickness of a quill ; they serve in China instead of a knife and fork, and are hdd in the right hand. Until the diflknilt art of holding them is attained, they are perfectly useless. The Chief at this feast, seeing that we made little progress, urdered sharp pointed sticks to be brought, which he good humouredly recom- mended our uang instead of the chopsticks.
Digitized by
Digitized by
I>nmrm ^ WTlft^Ui. t»JU,,tMit
yfj^^.W fyJici*Ka*.-: iSn
JL^'dl- (Cm-a' rJUHEF aikd Ms TWQi SONS.
J't^IL^hsui Jar-^LUh^, fy John Mwn^y. AlltimarU S!>r4Z. L('^uit^n
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 97
I
tiling like cheese given us after the cakes, but we cannot form a probable conjecture of what it was made. Most of the dishes were so good that we soon made a hearty dinner, but the attendants still brought in more, till the Chief seeing that we did not eat, recommended the sackee to us* The old gentleman^s eyes at length began to glisten, and observing that we felt it hot, he requested us to uncover, shewing the example himself. He seized the doctor^s cocked hat and put it on, while the doctor did the same with his hatchee-matchee. The oddity of the Chiefs ap«» pearance produced by this change overcame the gravity of the attendants, and the mirth became general ; nor was the joke relished by any body more than the Chiefs two sons, who stood by his chair during all the entertainment : they were pretty little boys, with gaudy dresses, and their hair dressed in high shewy top-knots.
During the early part of the feast, our presents were brought in on trays, and laid at the feet of the Chief: the old man rose and saw them arranged, he then madea graceful bow, and acknowledged his satisfaction, observing that we had sent him too much, and had done him more honour than he was entitled to, and that he could not think of acceptingthe whole. This we considered matter of form, and in rejrfy lamented our inability to make suitable presents ; upon which he sat
Digitized by
98 VOYAGE TO THE
down and said no more. The other chiefs ran about shewing the list of their presents to their Mends among the crowd.
The room in which this entertainment was given was open at first on two sides only, but afterwards the partitions on the other two sides were taken down, being contrived to slide in grooves ; thus the rooms are enlarged or diminished ^t pleasure. When the partition behind us was removed, several strange looking figures made their appearance, who we found were Bodezes or priests. Their heads and faces wae shaved, their feet bare, and their dress different from that worn by the rest of the people, being somewhat shorter, and much less free and flowing, without any belt round the waist, the robe being merely tightened a little by a drawing string tied at the side ; over the shoulders hangs an embroidered band or belt, hke that used by drummers: the colour of their dress is not uniform, some wearing black, others.y.Qllow, and some deep purple. They have a timorous, patient, subdued sort of look, with a languid smile, and ghastly expression of countenance. They are low in stature, and. generally look unhealthy ; they all stoop more or less, and their manners are without grace, so that a more con-* toQpiptible class of people carniot easily be imagined. Along with the Bodeges were several boys, whom we took to b* their children from the resemblance they bore to them ; but
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 99
this mistake mus>thave arisen from these boys being dressed Hke the priests^ for the Bodezes are strictly coniined to a life of celibacy. From the circumstance of our being in a temple, as well as frotn our general habits of respect to persons filling sacred stations, we felt at first disposed to treat these Bodezes with attention, but this was looked upon* as ridiculous by the chiefs, who seeing us bowing to them^ begged we would ts^e no further notice of them* Infitead of being the class most respected, they are considered thtt lowest, and if not held in contempt, are at least neglected by all other ranks.
During all the time we were at table, the crowd pressed round the verandahs, and perched themselves upon the walls and house-tops in the vicinity, or wherever they could get a peep at us. The satisfaction here was mu^ tuaJ, as we were anxious to make the most of the oppor- tunity,'not knowing if we should ever be allowed to land again. After sitting two homrs we rose, and were escorted to the boats in the same order as when we landed. An attempt had been made during the feast, when the whole party were in good humour, to prevail upon the old gentle* man to sanction our taking a w^k into the towii ; but the bare mention of such a thing sobered the whole partjr in an instant, and the subject was accordingly dropped. The
Digitized by VnOOQlC
507332A
100 VOYAGE TO THE
sailors, who had been kept in the boats for fear of their doing mischief, had not been neglected by the Chief, who had sent them part of the feast, nor did it seem that they had any objection to the sackee. We looked anxiously on the right and left as we passed through the crowd, in hopes of seeing some of the women, but in this expectation we were disappointed. At a considerable distance indeed, on the opposite side of the harbour, we saw a group of women, several of whom came down to the causeway to obtain a better view of the boats as they passed. Six or eight young girls ran to the pier head, round some rocks near the end ; they reached this spot just as we rowed past, but looked quite frightened at finding themselves so near us, and immediately drew back out of our sight. We fancied that we could discover a good deal of beauty in some of their faces, and that their figures were handsome ; but as we had not seen a fair lady's face for nearly half a year before, our judgment in this case is not perhaps to be depended on. Ookooma and his associates put off to accompany us in one of their own boats, but as it blew 'hard, they came no farther than the pier head : Jeeroo, however, was sent along with us, to see that there were no stray sheep.
What is to follow is uncertain, but it is clear that we have made little progress of late, while fresh obstacles have been
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. ]01
hourly rising against our landing ; in the meantime, the Loo- chooans shew no little sagacity and kindness of disposition in supplying us liberally with all kinds of stock.
24th of September. — Last night and to-day it has blown a hard gale of wind, beginning at north north-east, and shifting to north-west, but the reefs and the land break its force, and enable us to ride in perfect security : in all pro- babiUty it blew severely in the open sea. The barometer fell from 29. 62, to 29. 50, yesterday ; in the evening it had reached 29- 48, and this morning stood at 29. 40. About four in the morning it began to rise rapidly, and the severity of the gale did not come on till it had risen a good' deal. The thermometer both in the day and night stands at 82% with very Uttle variation, but the sky being constantly clouded, no obser\^ations could be made.
25th of September. — ^Jeeroo came on board this morning with a present of vegetables and fruit, and afterwards went on board the Alceste to join Ookooma and Jeema. They had preceded him with a present from the Chief, by whose desire they made a number of kind inquiries, and repeatedly expressed, in his name, surprise and satisfaction at our having been able to ride out the gale. They also apologized for not visiting us yesterday, which the gale had rendered impossible. It was represented in the conference* to-day, that our limbs were getting quite stiff for want of exercise,
Digitized by
102 VOYAGE TO THE
and that it became absolutely necessary for us to land, oii account of our health : they debated amongst themselves for some time, and then said that a final answer would be given to-morrow. They have quite forgotten their promise to send a pilot for the harbour to the northward : they wish also that we should forget it, since they change the subject whenever it is spoken of, and affect total ignorance of our meaning. The government probably think it best to keep us where we are, and therefore discourage our investigating the island any further.
JeeroOy who begins to get quite familiar with us all, is a laughing good-humoured man, about thirty : he shakes every one cordially by the hand when he comes on board, and en* gages in all our amusements with great cheerfulness. He is very useful to us, because the anxiety he has to learn Enghi^ makes him communicate freely the knowledge of his own language : thus there is little difficulty in fixing him over a glass of Constantia, upon which occasions he contributes largely to Mr. Clifford's vocabulary. Some of our words the Loo*chooans cannot pronounce; the letter / preceded by c appears the most difficult ; they call Chfford " Criffar,'' and even this requires many efforts : not one of the natives has yet been able to make any thing of child ; they call it shoidah, choiah, and chyad.
26th of September. — No boats have been near us to-day.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND, 103
and we might readily land if we chose it ; but Captain MaX" well is resolved not to do so till he gets the consent of the natives.
27th of September. — As we were still prevented froni going on shore, we amused ourselves by examining a reef which forms the north side of the anchorage. We foiind a field of coral about half a mile square, dry at low wateti with the surf breaking very high on the outer edge, whicb lies exposed to the waves from the north. The surface of the rock is every where worn into small holes, which being left full of water as the tide goes out, are occupied by a number of beautiful blue fish. The coral, is exceedingly hard, and though at many places it sticks up in sharp points, it requires a hammer of considerable weight to break it, and emits sparks like flint when struck; in a short time it entirely defaces the hammer. This extent of level space has suggested the idea of measuring a base on it in order to survey the anchorage, since there appears so little chance of our being allowed to land for this purpose on the beach.
While we were deliberating on this matter, we had a striking proof of the inconvenience to whicji we were likely to be exposed during this survey, by the tj^de rising and
Digitized by
104 VOYAGE TO THE
fairly washing us off. Notwithstanding this, We determined to commence next morning, and returned to make pre^ parations, in high spirits at the prospect of an occupation, if not on terra firma, at least out of the ship, within whose sides we had been confined so long. On returning, we found that Captain Maxwell had arranged a party to visit the small island and reef which we were so close to on the 14th instant; the survey was therefore postponed.
Jeeroo sent us off some fresh fish to-day ; some were red, and one or two blue : he came himself afterwards, and was happy to find us much gratified by his present. A formal message was sent to-day to the chiefs in attendance, stating that both ships were in want of fresh water, and that the boats must go on shore with casks to bring some off. In a short time after this message had been delivered, a number of canoes came alongside with large tubs of water ; a strong proof of their alertness in getting rid of all our excuses for landing, and at the same time, it must be owned, of their readiness to supply our wants. An elderly gentleman, not a chief, visited us to-day, accompanied by his secretary. His appearance and manners being greatly in his favour, we paid him all the attention in our power. His wish was to be permitted to go all over the ship at his leisure ; and in this
Digitized by
GREAT i:00-CHOO ISLAND- 105
way he examined every thing on board with far more at- tention than any body had done before him.- His secretary, who was equally inquisitive, accompanied him in order fo take notes. He employed himself for about six hours in examining the upper deck, and never quitted any thing till he understood its use. While he was thus occupied ^ he was attended by the sailors, who were pleased with his reverend appearance, and very readily assisted the old man in his enquiries.
It was interesting to observe, indeed, how early the gentle and engaging manners of all classes here won upon the sailors, no less than upon the officers. The natives from the first were treated with entire confidence; no watch was ever kept over them, nor were they excluded from any part oF the ships; and not only was nothing stolen, but when any thing was lost, nobody eveiQ suspected for an instant, that it had been taken by them.
The old man next came down to the cabin, where he remained a long time examining the books and furniture, and occasionally engaging in conversation with Mr. Clif- ford, for whose Vocabulary he supplied many new words, and corrected others which -had been written down er- roneously. He would not accept any thing valuable, but was grateful for samples of rope, canvas, and cloth. This
p
Digitized by
106 VOYAGE TO THE
old gentleman renewed his examination of the brig next day ; nor was it till the third da^r that he completed his survey*
28th of September. — At sunrise we set out for Reef Island, which lies about six miles from the anchorage : we reached it in about an hour, but as it was low water, the coral was left almost bare for a considerable way out, and our large boat could not get near the beach. In this di* lemma we took possession of a canoe which was at anchor^ and in several trips all the party landed. Near a hut we saw about a dozen people who stood looking at us till we landed, and then ran away, leaving their tobacco-pipes^ pouches, and various other things on the ground about the hut) in which we found a pot of boiled sweet potatoes and several jars of water. Having, in vain, tried to allay the apprehensions of the natives by waving to them, to induce them to approach us, we sat down to breakfast; which we had hardly done, when two of them, an old man and a boy, came to the door of our tent and prostrated themselves beffQre us, apparently in great alarm, for they answered in* coherently, " ooa" (yes) to every question we asked them. At last we raised the old man on his knees, but he would not quit this posture till we gave him a glass of rum, which rerassured him a little, and shortly afterwards he consented
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. lOT
to stand on his legs. Having thus gradually gained con- fidence, he made signs that we had taken his canoe : upon which an order was given to the coxswain to restore it. He guessed immediately what was said, and in the joy of his heart was proceeding to prostrate himself again, but was stopped ]by our holding out buttons and some pieces of meat and bread to him, which he received in both hands^ and touching his head each time with the presents, made three low obeisances and retired.
On rising from breakfast we found, near the tent, about a dozen natives, who, in most respects, resembled our iriends at Napakiang, but were not so neatly dressed ; and their hair, instead of being formed into a knot, was' allowed ^o fly loose. During the morning the party amused them- ^selves in various ways.- Some took their guns and went in search of curlews and sea^snipes : others set out to explore the reefs ; and two or three remained near the teat| for the purpose of making observations on the sun at nooo ; but as it became cloudy about this time, the latter party failed in their object. The rest were more successful ; the sports- men having shot some game for dinner ; and the other party having found all things favourable for inspecting the reef.
The examination of a coral reef during the different
Digitized by
108 VOYAGE TO THE
stages of. one tide, is particularly interesting. When the tide has left it for some time it becomes dry, and appears to be a compact rock, exceedingly hard and ragged ; but as the tide rises, and the waves begin to wash over it, the coral worms protrude themselves from holes which were before invisible. These animals are of a great variety of shapes and sizes, and in such prodigious numbers, that, in a short time, the whole surface of the rock appears to be alive and in motion. The most common worm is in the form of a star, with arms from four to six inches long, which are moved about with a rapid motion in all di- rections, probably to catch food. Others are so slug- gish, that they may be mistaken for pieces of the rock, and are generally of a dark colour, and from four to five inches long, and two or three round. When the coral is broken, about high water mark, it is a solid hard stone, but if any part of it be detached at a spot which the tide reaches levery day, it is found to be full of worms of different lengths and colours, some being as fine as a thread and several ' feet long, of a bright yellow, and sometimes of a blue colour : others resemble snails, and some are not unlike lobsters in shape, but soft, and not above two inches long^.
* A large oollectioii, which was at this time made of these Zoophites, was unfortunately lost in the Alceste.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 109
The growth of coral appears to cease when theVorm is na longer exposed to the washing of the sea. Thus, a reef rises in the form of a cauliflower, till its top has gained the level of the highest tides, above which the worm has no power to advance^ and the reef of course no longer extends itself upwards. The othet parts, in succession, reach the sur-» face, and there stop, forming in time a level field with steep sides all round. The reef, however, continually increasesi and being prevented from going higher, extends itself Isiterally in all directions. But this growth being as rapid fit the upper edge as it is lower down, the steepness of the face of the reef is still preserved. These are the circum* stances which render coral reefs to dangerous in naviga«* tion ; for, in the first place, they are seldom seen above the water; and, in the next, their sides are so steep^ that a ship's bows may strike against the rock before any change of soundings has given warning of the danger.
The island at high water is formed into: three parts, which at low water are joined by reefs ; the whole being about two and a half or three miles from eaist to west, and tolerably clear of rocks on the south side ; but on the north it is guarded by a semicircle of coral extending upwards of a n)ile from the shore. On the centre island is only one but, which, as there was reason to believe it to be the actual
Digitized by
110 VOYAGE TO THE
abcxie of the inhabitants, it may be allowable to describe. The walk were sunk under ground, so that only the roof nppeared from without, the inside was fifteen feet by six J the walls of neatly squared stones, being two feet high, and tihte rbdf in the middle about six or seven high, formed of a ridge pole supported in the centre by a forked stick ; the rafters of rough branches were covered with reeds, and thatched over with the leaf of the wild pine, which grows on all the coral islands. The fire-place was at one end 6n a raised part of the floor, and the other end appeared to be the sleeping place. It was conjectured, that this wretched place could only be meant as a temporary re- sidence of fishermen, whose nets we saw lying about ; but the number of water jars and cooking utensils which w^ found in and about it^ gave it the appearance of a fixed habitation.
It was almost dark when we quitted the island, and the tide carrying us out of our proper course, we missed the ships and grounded on the reefs near the town ; but as the tide was flowing, we easily got off, and by coasting fdong, soon gained the anchorage.
Sunday, 29th of September, — ^This day is memorable, on account of its being the first on which we were per- mitted to land, i
Digitizec^ by
GREAT LQO.CBOO ISLAND, 111
^ Yesterday, when we were absent at Reef Island, th^ chiefs had come on board to say that we might land^ but that our walk mus( be confined to the beach, and that we were neither to . enter the town, nor to go into the country. At one o'clock several of the chiefs came on board and accompanied w to the beach, where we landed amidst an immense crowd, and were handed along by pokooma and the rest, who, in their desire to be civil, held US by the arms. The day, however, being excessively hot, and the sand deep^ wfe found this troublesome, and b^^d leave to walk alone, to which they reluctantly consented^ and we proceeded along the b^ch for a quarter of a mile.
Beginning to get tired of our walk, we stopped apd ex* pressed some surprise at such a reception, and told them how disagreeable it was to us to be in the sun at such an hour. But our remonstrances did not produce much effect^ for, on our objecting particularly to the heat, they shewed us to a sort of cave in a rock on the beach, where they put down a mat and wished us to drink tea in the shade, since we disliked the sun. This could not be submitted to, hovt^ ever, and we told them that our object in landing was not to sit down on the beach to drink tea, but to walk about under the trees in order to recover our health, impaired by a long stay on board ship. They tried all their eloquence to persuade us that our walk, thus limited, was perfectly
Digitized by
112 VOYAGE TO THE
{pleasant; till at length Captain Maxwell gave tKem to un- derstand, that he wished to go to the top of the hills under ' the trees ; but that> as he did not mean to advance a single step beyond what was approved of, he would return instantly tp the ship if they persisted in confining him to the beach* A consultation was held upon this, during which, frequent reference was made to several elderly men, whose opinions appeared to have great weight. They did not wear the dress of chiefs^ but, from all that passed, we suspected them to be persons about court, who had been sent to assist the councils of the local commission, without super* seding its authority* They at last agreed to our going to the top of the hill, taking the precaution before we set out, of sending on a couple of runners, probably to give warning to the women who might be in that direction. About half ^iray up the road, which winds along a steep face, there is a neatly-built well, supplied by a stream which runs along a carved water-rcourse, and near it were three or four rudely carved stones about a foot long and four inches across, with slow matches and a small quantity of rice laid upon each. Mr. CUfford distinctly n<ade out that this was meant as a religious offering, but its precise object could not be dis- covered, though it was conjectured that the guardian deity of the, well might have some title to the honour. The side of the hill is cut into horizontal irregular terraces, which
Digitized by
OREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 113
are cultivated with apparent care, and irrigated by means of ditches leading from the well. On gaining the brow of the hill which overiooks the anchorage, the chie& stopped, but as we were within a few yards of the sum- mit, where we saw a shady grove, we begged them to proceed, to which, after a short deliberation, they con- sented. By gaining this eminence, we commanded a view of an extensive valley more beautiful than any thing We had ever seen ; and on the side opposite to us we saw the large building spoken of before, generally suspected to be the King's palace : our questions, however, on this subject were always answered in so evasive a manner, and with such ap* parent distress, that we seldom made any allusion either to it or to the King.
Here we remained under the trees for an hour, drink- ' ing tea and smoking pipes in company with all the chiefs, besides four or five of the old men mentioned before. We amused them by lighting their pipes with a burning glass ; but one old gentleman, who suspected some trick, and did not join in the surprise shewn by the rest, held out his hand that it might be exposed to the focus; and he was soon undeceived, to the great amusement of the circle. The magnifying power of the glass engaged the atten- tion of them all, but they were differently affected by it :
Q
Digitized by
114 VOYAGE TO THE
a stait and an exclamation of pleased surprise was the tnost usual effect ; some laughed immoderately at every experiment, while others were made very grave by it, who had not been particularly serious before. Advantage was taken of the moment when their admiration of the glass was at the highest, to present it to Jeeroo, whose good-will it was thought expedient to conciliate : he had not expected this, and felt obliged to us for so public a mark of our esteem.
A man on horseback happening to ride by, it was gravely suggested to the chiefs that nothing would so ma^ terially contribute to the establishment of our health as this species of exercise ; but they insisted upon treating our request as a mere joke. On the way back an attempt was made to vary the walk by turning to the left on reaching the brow of the hill, and so walking along the edge of the cliff to another road ; the chiefs observed upon this that we should infallibly tumble down and kill ourselves ; affecting, notwithstanding the absurdity of any such apprehensions, to be greatly distressed at our danger : so we turned back, after having had a short interview with an old man seated in a shed on the edge of the precipice. His white beard, which covered his breast, suited well with his sedate and contemplative air, and gave him much the aspect of a hermit. Our appearance did not in the least discompose him, nor
Digitized by
GR£AT LOO-CHOO ISl^AND, H5
did he take any notice of us till desired to do so by Ookooma ; ke.tben bowed slightly » but immediately resumed his fixed lookf as if he had been quite alone.
As. we drew near to the place where we had landed, our companions surprised us by an invitation to a feast, pre- pared, they said, on our account in a temple close to the fhore. Here they gave us painted eggs, smoked salt pork, and various preparations of eggs and fish, with sweet cakes hi numberless forms, besides tea, pipes, and sackee, a light kind of wine made hot Nothing could be more cheerful than they all were to-day : they placed us on the floor at the upper end of the room, and, for some time, they would not allow us to move ; but Mr. Clifibrd, who, from the pro- gress he has made in their language, has become a great favourite, was invited to join a mqrry party in the verandah,, to which they brought flowers, fruits, and every thing they could think of^ in ord^r to learn their English names, and ^ve in return those of Loo-choo.
On reaching the boats, Jeeroo and two of his friends secerned disposed to go on board; they were accordingly invited to do so, which made him so happy, that he took a rudely-carved ivory ornament, in the shape of a monkey, from his tobacco-pouch, and gave it to me. Dinner was on table when they came on board, but there was time before
Digitized by
116 VOYAGE TO THE
taking my friends below^ to intimate to the servants, that these gentlemen were going to dine with me, so that when we reached the cabin, three plates were laid iu addition. They had probably not expected to find dinner ready for them on board, for they expressed surprise at these preparations having been made, and would not sit down for some time. When the covers were removed, they became silent, and looked on either hand for directions how to proceed. On being helped to soup, they did not stir till they saw us take spoons, in the management of which they shewed but Uttle awkwardness. The knife and fork gave them more trouble, but they set seriously about acquiring a knowledge of their use, and, in a short time, found no difficulty.
Their grave propriety on this occasion is the more worthy of remark, from its standing in some measure opposed to our own behaviour under similar circumstances : for instance, when we first tried to eat with their chop- sticks : on that occasion there was a sort of giggUng em* barrassment sh^wn by some of us, a contempt as it were of ourselves, for condescending to employ an effort to acquire the use of a thing apparently so unimportant. Their di- minutive cups and odd dishes, too, sometimes excited mirth amongst us. Our Loo-choo friends, however, never com- mitted themselves in this way ; a difierence of manners, which
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 117
may arise from their looking upon us as their superiors, and vice versd; but even admitting this, which we were suf- ficiently disposed to do, it is certainly no excuse for us.
On this occasion Jeieroo and his friends had evidently made up their minds to find every thing quite new, for all three made a slight involuntary exclamation when one of the covers was lifted up, and shewed a dish of their own sweet potatoes. They ate of every thing, using a great deal of salt, with the fineness and whiteness of which they were much pleased. A tart, however, being put on the table, they all objected at first to touching it; they would not say why : they were at length prevailed upon to taste it, which they had no sooner done, than they exclaimed that it was ^^ masa 1 masa 1'^ (good 1 good!) It was made of Scotch marmalade, and Jeeroo, in recommending it to his friends, told them it was ^^ injdssa, amdsa,'^ (bitter, sweet), a union which they appeared not to have met with before. They drank wine with us, but said they feared it would make them tipsy ; upon which we shewed them our mode of mixing it with water, which was evidently new to them, for they relished it so much in this form, that they were in a fair way of running unconsciously into the very excess which they. dreaded. As soon as the cloth was removed, tiiiey rose, and went to walk about the ship; on our
Digitized by
118 VOYAGE TO THE
shewing a wish to accompany them, they intreated us to ke^ oar seats.
During dinner, though it was the first they had ever seen in the* European style, these people not only betrayed no awkwardness, but adopted our customs, such as drinking wine with each other, so readily, that we were frequently at a loss to determine whether they had but just learned these customs, or whether their, own usages in these cases were similar to ours. As they pushed off in their boat they were asked to sing, which they did at once, and by their manner ve suspected that the song had some allusion to us, but we could not make out the words.
30th of September. — During the whole of this morning we were engaged in the survey, accompanied by several of the midshipmen of both ships* We measured a base, and continued tiding angles till the tide rose and drove us off. . 1st of October. — ^As a free intercourse was now estabhshed with' the natives at this place, and httle doubt remained of our being able to gain their permission in a day or two for landing the Alceste^s stores, it became an object to ascertain, without further delay, whether or not this anchorage was better than the harbour described by the natives as being a few miles only to the northward. While any apprehensions emsted'Of our not being able to land here, it was not thought
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 119
prudent to send the Lyra to look lor that harbour, lest the chiefs should become still more suspicious of our inteutionSf At this moment, however, there was reason to belijeve that the chiefs wished the Alceste to remain where she was^ and it was expected that any show of moving to another har- bour would stimulate their exertions to render our present situation agreeable.
The Lyra was accordingly ordered to weigh this morning at daylight, for the purpose of examining the coast for ten or twelve leagues to tiie northward- We went out by a narrow passage through the reefs, and. in the 'course of the morning beat up to Sugar Loaf Island. We did not land upon it, but passed near enough to see. that it h richly cultivated on the lower parts, and that all the houses are collected into villages, shaded as usual by large trees round the bottom, and for one*third of the way up the sides of the peak. As this was our furthest point in the present survey^ we tacked on reaching the Sugar Loaf, and cdaste4 round the shores of a large square bay on the west side of the great island. The wind shifted gradually as we sailed along, blowing directly oflF the shore at every place, by which means we were enabled to complete the circuit of the bay before dark, after which we anchored in sixty<^fi\^e far thorns water. Next morning we resumed our examination of
Digitized by
120 VOYAGE TO TflE
the coast, but as the weather was fine, we hoisted out a boat and pulled close along the shore, while the brig kept her course at the distance of several miles. In this manner we traced the whole shore, till we came close to Napakiang, without seeing any port. We tried to land at several places, but were every where kept off by coral reefs stretching along the coast, at the distance of two or three hundred yards, and forming, to strangers at least, an impe* netrable barrier. The canoes of the natives paddled away from us, and passed through the surf by passages which we were afraid to approach. We returned to the brig about two o'clock, and at three anchored in our former place at Napakiang.
The departure of the Lyra had excited a great sensation on shore ; the chiefs came off to inquire of Captain Max- well where the " honee gua'^ (little ship) was ; but he did not choose to satisfy them, except by saying that they had trifled with him so long, and refused to let him land his casks and stores with such obstinacy, that he must endeavour to find some more, favourable place at which to refit liis ship. The effect was exactly what he wished ; they intreated him not to think of moving from Napakiang; offered him not only large boats to put his stores in, but said he should have store-rooms on shore for whatever he desired, while
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, 131
his ship was refitting. They moreover granted him permis- sion to land with his officers, and to go to the top of the hill without being guarded as formerly.
On the Lyra's anchoring, the chiefs came on board in great agitation, desiring to know what we had discovered. As we had actually nothing to relate, there was little difficulty in keeping our secret. They accompanied me on board the Alceste when I went to make my report, but Captain Maxwell, having found the advantage he had already gained by keeping them in ignorance of his intentions, was nowise communicative. They now offered to allow his people to land for the purpose of washing their clothes, which they bad before refused to do, and in short, were in a mood to grant any thing, provided we were willing to remain at thi^ part of the island. They did not pretend that this was out of regard for us, and it was easy to see that they apprehended more trouble in managing us any where else than at this place. Amongst the arguments used by them to dissuade us from going to the other end of the island, they said it was inhabited by savages. It came out accidentally too, that in the event of the ship's actually proceeding to other parts of the island, the six chiefs were to accompany us : so that they were probably influenced by considerations of personal convenience to make every exertion to prevent our moving.
B
Digitized by
122 VOYAGE TO THE
Sd of October. — ^The Lyra^s crew were allowed to go on shore to-day to wash their clothes, and amuse them- selves by running about on the side of the hill. Two of the sailors of this party, who happened to be singing near the well, drew a number of natives round them, who expressed great pleasure at hearing their songs. At first the crowd consisted entirely of the peasantry, who listened with great attention, and never interrupted the sailors ; but in about half an hour, a person of some rank, with a number of attendants, came up, and begged them to sing several of their songs over again : we could not find out who this person was, but it was probably one of the chiefs, some of whom are remarkably fond of our music.
4th of October. — ^The survey on the reef was completed to-day : the only inconvenience we had experienced here, was the limited time which the tide allowed us each day, otherwise the situation was well adapted for a base, from its commanding a view of all parts of the anchorage. * During the progress of the principal survey, the young gentlemen sent by Captain Maxwell, in conjunction with the midship* men of the Lyra, completed a survey of the reef itself. A native of a genteel appearance, but not in the dress of a chief, visited the Lyra to-day, and gave me a present of two pipes and two bags of sweet potatoes.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 123
5th of October. — Captain Maxwell called for me this morning at sunrise, on his way to the shore. The chiefs had not expected us so early, and our only companion for some time was an old peasant, who now and then ran on before to give notice of our approach. Two well dressed people shortly afterwards came up, and continued with us during our walk, which at first lay along the beach, but afterwards led into the country; some exception was taken to this by our companious, but as no attention was paid to them, they desisted.
After walking about a mile, we passed through a grove of young trees, and found ourselves close to a village, which lies in the bottom of a glen highly cultivated, the houses being almost entirely hid by trees, of which the bamboo is the most conspicuous.
This village is surrounded by a close hedge, and every tseparate house also has an inclosure : some of the houses have attached to them neat arbours,, formed of a light frame of bamboo covered with a variety of creepers. The rice fields are divided by small banks of earth, made to retain the water, and along the top of each bank there is a footppath ; the whole valley having much the air of a scene in India. A number of the villagers, accompanied by their children, came out to meet us, but there were no women
Digitized by
1«4 VOYAGE TO THE
amongst them : we passed on, as they were evidently averse to our entering the village.
On our way across the valley we were attracted by the appearance of a cottage, so buried in foliage as to be com^- pletely hid from our view till we were within a few paces of the door. It was surrounded by a slight fence of rods^ about an inch apart, with a line of creepers along the top, and hanging down on both sides : a wicker gate admitted us, and we entered the house, which we found divided into two apartments, eight feet square, besides a small verandah at one end. The floors, which were made of slips of bam- boo, were raised about six inches from the ground, and covered with a straw mat. The walls were five feet high, being neatly wattled with split bamboo, above which rose a pointed thatched roof. It was occupied by an old man, whom we appeared to have disturbed at breakfast, for cups and tea-things were arranged on the floor ; he asked us to sit down, and gave us pipes and tea. The little apartment we were in was as neat as any thing we had ever seen : on one side there was a set of shelves, with cups, bowls, and cooking utensils; on the others were hung various implements of husbandry, with hats and various dresses, all clean and in order. Higher up was a sort of loft or garret, formed by bamboo poles, laid horizontally from the top of the walls ;
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 125
on this were placed various tools, nets, and baskets. The fire-place was in the middle of one side, and sunk below the level. On the outside, in the space between the house and the fence, there was a pigeon house and a poultry yard, and close to the little verandah spoken of before, there stood two spinning-wheels of a light and ingenious construction. All round on the outside of the fence, the trees were high and thick; and though the sun was above the hills, the house was completely shaded except at the end, where a small opening admitted the rays into the verandah. We staid some time with the old farmer, trying to express our admiration of the simplicity and beauty of his cottage, and then went up the opposite side of the valley.
Here we found a road like a dressed walk in a garden : following this, we passed through a series of beautiful groves of bamboo and other trees, till at length, after winding about a good deal, we came to a double row of tall pine trees, interspersed with many others whose names we did not 'know, so as to form a walk which must be shady at all hours of the day. This road we knew would lead to the town, and therefore when we had reached the highest point we turned to the right, and after a short walk reached the grove of trees which had been made the limit to our first walk on the 29th ultimo. At this place Captain Maxwell surprised the natives a good deal by shooting several birds
Digitized by
126 VOYAGE TO THE
on the wing, but they could not be prevailed upon to fire themselves, nor even to pull the trigger when no powder was in the pan.
6th of October. — After divine service to-day on board the Alceste, a long conference was held between Captain Maxwell and the five chiefs, when, after a good deal of dis- cussion, it was agreed on their part to allow the Alceste*s stores to be landed, for the purpose of getting at the leak. Our means of interpreting on these occasions are not the best that could be wished ; but John, our Chinese, is never- theless a keen fellow, and very ready with answers when pressed. We generally explain as fully as possible to John what our wishes are, and then leave him to communicate them the best way he can. An instance of his quickness occurred to-day, which seems worth mentioning. John had communicated to them, by Captain Maxwell's desire, that as the leak complained of was in the magazine, it would be necessary to land the powder: they debated a long time upon this, and then asked John " Why the powder was not put on board the little ship .?"' John, who was not aware of any good reason, affected to be surprised at this question, which he refused to interpret, saying that if Captain Maxwell thought such a measure right, he would surely not have waited till they suggested it. The light in which he had thus put the question, made them earnestly
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 1 27
desire him not to mention any thing about it, declaring at the same time, that they would willingly give a place for the powder, and for any other stores which Captain Maxwell might wish to land.
To-day for the first time they talked unreservedly of the king, whose name even they had hitherto studiously avoided : they spoke freely of his majesty's having sent all the stock and vegetables with which we were daily supplied. Captain Maxwell, who of course was very desirous of opening a communication with the court, intimated his wish to pay his respects as soon as might be convenient. They heard this with apparent satisfaction, and signified that his request should be made known to the king. We are at a loss to discover what can have caused this change of manner. We can only conjecture, that perhaps the king, on hearing so many reports about us, may have become desirous of seeing us himself. At all events it is clear that some alteration in the instructions to the chiefs must have been made, other-i wise they would have shewn their usual reserve when the king's name was mentioned, and would on no account have allowed us to talk of visiting him.
At one o'clock we went on shore to look at the place assigned by the chiefs for the reception of the Alceste's stores. It is an oblong inclosure, sixty yards by forty, sur-
Digitized by
128 VOYAGE TO THE
rounded by a wall twelve feet high, rather well built with squared coral : the entrance is by a large gate on the south side, from which there extends raised gravel walks, with clipped hedges, the intermediate spaces being laid out in beds, like a garden. The temple in which we were feasted on the day of our first visit, occupies one comer of the inclosure ; it is completely shaded by a grove of trees, which also overhang the wall. In that part of the garden directly opposite to the gate, at the upper end of the walk there is a smaller temple, nearly hid by the branches of several large banyan trees ; and before it, at the distance of ten or twelve paces, a square awkward looking building, with a raised ter* race round it. The temple first spoken of is divided by means of shifting partitions into four apartments, and a verandah running all round, having a row of carved wooden pillars on its outer edge to support the roof, which extends con- siderably beyond it. The floor of the verandah is two feet from the ground, the roof is sloping and covered with hand- some tiles, those forming the eaves being ornamented with dowers and various figures in relief; there are also several out-houses, and a kitchen communicating with them by covered passages. In one of the inner apartments, at the upper end, there is a small recess containing a green shrub, in a high narrow flower-pot, having a Chinese inscription on
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 1^
a tablet hanging above it on the wall. On another side of the same room, there hangs the picture of a man rescuing a bird from the paws of a cat; the bird seems to have been just taken from a cage, which is tumbhng over, with two other birds fluttering about in the inside : it is merely a sketchy but is executed in a spirited manner. In one of the back apartments we find three gilt images, eighteen inches high, with a flower in a vase before them. The roof of the temple within is ten feet high, and all the cornices, pillars, &c. are neatly carved into flowers and the figures of various animals. The ground immediately round it is divided into a number of small beds, planted with difierent shrubs and flowers ; and on a^ pedestal of artificial rock, in one of the walks close to it, is placed a clay vessel of an elegant form, full of water, with a wooden ladle swimming on the top. On a frame near one of the out-houses, hangs a large bell, three feet high, of an inelegant shape, resembling a long bee-hive ; the sides are two inches thick, and richly orna- mented : its tone is uncommonly fine.
It was determined to appropriate part of the large temple to the use of the sick and their attendants ; the assistant surgeon of the Alceste taking one room, and the gunner, who was to have the whole inclosure in his charge, another. The small temple at the upper end, being a retired
Digitized by
130 VOYAGE TO THE
spot, was fixed upon for the Lyra's observatory; the square building in the centre seemed well adapted for a diagaeine. At the gate a notice was hung up, both in English and Lop-choo, signifying that no person was to enter without a written pass from Captain Maxwell, or from one of the chiefs.
7th and 8 th of October. — ^Thesedays have been occupied in carrying the arrangements of Sunday into effect. It was very interesting to observe the care which the natives took of the sick, whom they assisted all the way from the beach to the temple ; a number of people attended to support such of them as had barely strength enough to walk. When they were safely lodged, eggs,^ milk, fowls, and vegetables, were brought to them; and whenever any of them were tempted by the beauty of the scenery to walk out, several of the natives were ready to accompany them.
The powder was landed^ and Mr* Holman, the gunner of the frigate, began the operation of drying it on hides spread in the sun round the magazine. The cows and other stock were also landed. One of the cows calved that night, to the surprise of every body, and the great joy of the natives, who took a great fancy to the little bull born amongst them. Mr. Mayne, the master of
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 131
the AIceBte, took iip his quarters in the temple, ia order to be near his observatory^ which was. in the centre of the garden. The stores of all kinds were sent on shore from the Alceste, which produced an apparent confusion, an<J the chiefs, seeing so many valuable things lying about, beg^D to fear that they would be taken away ; at least, it was.supi- posed that they had such an apprehension, for the wall of the temple was immediately fenced in by a sort of net-work of kxng bamboo poles, the ends of which were fixed in the ground at the foot of the wall on the outside, and the tops made to cross one another four or five feet above the walL This contrivance, instead of rendering the place more secure^ made it more accessible; but as our opinion was not asked, and we had no apprehensions of theft, we let them proceed in their own way.
Mrs. Loy, wife of the boatswain of the Alceste, was the only female in our squadron, and as such excited no small interest at this place. She was a perfectly well be* haved person, and sufficiently neat in her dress, but without great pretensions to good looks. The natives, who from the first paid her much attention, shewed at all times their desire of granting her every indulgence. They even went so far as to say she might go into the city; but, upon consulting with her husband, who was apprehensive of some
Digitized by
132 VOYAGE TO THE
accident, she declined it. When this circumstance became known to us, we easily convinced the boatswain that no mischief could possibly arise from trusting his wife amongst such kind people ; but Mrs. Loy could not be persuaded of this ; and thus was lost the only opportunity of seeing the town which occurred during all our stay.
Two of the natives have been studying Enghsh with great assiduity, and with considerable success. One is called Mddera, the other Anya. They cany note books in imi- tation of Mr. Clifford, in which they record in their own characters every word they learn. They are both keen fel- lows, and are always amongst the strangers. From the re- spect occasionally paid to them, it is suspected that their rank is higher than they give out, and that their object in pretending to be people of ordinary rank, is to obtain a more free intercourse with all classes on board the ships. Mddera, by his liveliness and his propriety of manners, has made himself a great favourite; he adopts our customs with a sort of intuitive readiness, sits down to table, uses a knife and fork, converses, and walks with us, in short, does every thing that we do, quite as a matter of course, without any apparent effort or study. He is further recommended to us by the free way in which he communicates every thing relating to his country ; so that as he advances in English^
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
Zirmwm fy IT'ffa^M.ra.'^ltm
£,^mrU ^ JMrJTm^U trS.^,
FRIKST and GKr^TH.KKAH ii-f ILOO ClHI-DO
Digitized by
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 133
and we in Loo-choo, he may be the means of giving us much information* As an instance of his progress in English, it may be mentioned, that one day he came on board the Lyra, and said, " The Ta-yin speak me, Vyou go ship, John come shore;"' by which we understood that Captain Maxwell had sent hini on board the brig for the interpreter. This was about three weeks after our arrival.
Most of the natives have acquired a little English^ so that Mr. Clifford has now no difficulty in finding people willing to instruct him, and to take pains in correcting his pronunciation. One of his teachers, called Ydckabee X)omeejeero, will not permit him to write down a single word till he has acquired the exact Loo-choo sound : but he is like the rest in shewing an invincible objection to giving any information about the women. He admits that he is married, and gives the names of his sons : but when his wife or daughters are alluded to, he becomes uneasy, and changes the subject. On Mr. Chfford's gravely telling him that he believed there were no women on the island, he was thrown off his guard, and answered hastily, that he had both a wife and daughter, but instantly checking himself, turned the conversation another way. On. the picture of an English lady being shewn to him, he com* mended it highly, saying, at the same time, ^' Doochoo in-
Digitized by
134 VOYAGE TO THE
n4g!Dwho6co oorimg^" (Loochoo women are not handsome/') This old gentleman is a better teacher than scholar; he crils^ the letter L " airoo ;'' vecJ, " bairoo f flail, " frayroo f in which instances of mispronunciation, we may recognize a difficulty not uncommon amongst English children.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 135
CHAPTER III.
The Lyra sent to survey the Island of Loo^^hoo — ^Discovery of Port Melville -^Description of that Harbour, and the Villages on its Banks — Lyra nearly wrecked — Interview with Natives at the South Point — Return to Napakiaag — Behaviour of the Natives at a Seaman^s Funeral — M&dera^s Character and Conduct — Sociable Habits of the Natives — IMnner given to the Chiefs of the Island by Captain Maxwell — M&deia's Bdiaviour tm this Oocaeion— Two Women seen — A Lady of Rank visits the Boatswain^s Wife— -Captain Max- well fractures his Finger — Loo-choo Surgeon — Contem of the Natives— Yiat of the Prince — ^Discussion about the King of Loo-choo^s Lettcr^-^ M&dera appears in a new Character — Feast given by the Prince— List of Supplies given to the Ships — ^Behaviour of the Prince on taking Leave — Preparations for Dqaarture-^M^dera^s Distress — Last Interview with tht Chiefs— Brief Memorandums upon the Religion, Manners, and Customs of Loo^hoo— Advice to a Stranger visiting this Island.
As soon as the survey of Napakiang anchorage was com- pleted, and a perfectly good understanding established with the natives, it was determined to make a survey of the whole island, and the Lyra was ordered upon this service. She were absent about a week, during which period the general chart of the island was constructed. It will be obvious to every one acquainted with the subject, that, in so short a time, a very exact survey of the coast of an
Digitized by
136 VOYAGE TO THE
island nearly sixty miles long could not have been made : yet, as the weather was in general fine, and other circum- stances favourable, the chart will be found sufficiently correct for most practical purposes. As the chart and the nautical and hydrographical details are given in the Ap« pendix, I propose at present to relate only such par- ticulars of the cruise as seem likely to interest the general reader.
9th of October. — ^At daybreak we got under weigh and stood to sea through a passage discovered by the boats ; it was so extremely narrow, that the least deviation from the course brought us close to the rocks. We were regulated in steering by two marks on the land, which lie in the same straight line with the centre of the passage; these it is necessary to keep always together : but not conceiving that such nicety was required while sailing out, the marks were allowed to separate, by whicb we found ourselves in a minute or two within a few yards of a coral reef, the ragged tops of which were distinctly seen two or three feet below the surface, whilst, at the same time, the leadsman on the opposite side sounded in nine fathoms. This early proof of the danger of navigating amongst coral, by teaching us the necessity of extreme caution, was of great importance to us in our future operations.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 137
As the coast lying between Napakiang and the Sugar Loaf had already been examined, we proceeded at once round that island, which, from its having the same aspect on every bearing, and being quite different in shape from any land in this quarter, is an excellent land-mark for navigators. The natives call it Eegooshcoond, or cas- tle *. The English name was given, I believe, by Captain Broughton.
Having rounded this peak and stood in for the north- west side of the Great Loo-choo, where there is a deep bight, a small island was observed close in shore, behind which it was thought there might be shelter for ships ; the coast, however, being unknown to us, it was not thought safe to carry the brig very close in, and a boat was there- fore dispatched with an officer to reconnoitre : he returned at eight oVlock to say that there was a harbour in the main land, the entrance to which lay on the inside of the small island mentioned before ; but that the passages were narrow and winding, and that a more careful examination was necessary before the brig could venture in.
11th of October. — In the morning we again stood in,
* We first diacovered the meaning of this word by heating one of the natives apply it to the castle on the chess board : he used the same term when drawings of towers and castles were shewn to him.
Digitized by
138 VOYAGE TO THE
using the precautioQ of sending a boat a^head to sound the way ; when we hjid nearly reached the entrance we an- chored^ and proceeded in three boats to examine the har- bour di&covered last night. . As it was near noon when we passed the small island, we landed and observed the me* ridi»n altitude of the sun ; after which we entered the harbour in the main .isliand, by an intricate passage of about a quarter of a mile in length, and at one place not two hun- dred yards wide- Here we found ourselves in. a circular bason upwards of , half a mile across, with deep water, and completely sheltered from all winds. On its. western shore we saw a large and beautiful village almost hid amongst trees, with a high wooded range behind it stretching to the south. The eastern shore was low and laid out in salt fields, with 9* few huts here and there; At first sight this.baso^ did npt appear to have any outlet except by the one; we had ej^amined ; but on rowings to its upper or southern side, we found that, it joined by a narrow channel with another harboiur still larger, and if pOsnble more beau- tifal than the first, for here the land was high on both sides, and richly wooded from top to bottom. Proceeding on- wards through this bason, which had all the appearance of an inland lake, we came to another outlet, not above a fauii-* , dred yards wide, formed by cli£fs rising abruptly out of the
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 139
water to the height of a hundred feet* Both sides being covered with trees, which almost mi^t. overhead, the space below was rendered cool •and pleasant, and the water, thus sheltered: from every wind,! was as smooth as' glass* We rowed, along for some time by vari<Kis windkig? through this fairy, scene in total uncertainty of what wfts to come ne&t, and at Jafit,. after advancing about ^three miles, itMopenfid into ato. extensive lake several miles in length, stud<^d with numerous small islamk. •
The depth of water in the lake varied from four to six fethoms; but in the narrow, neck which connects it with the sea the depth is from ten to twenty fathoms, being deepest at the narrowest parts. Ships might ride in any part of this extraordinary harbour, in perfect safety during the most violent tempests : and the shores are so varied, that every purpose of re-equipment > might be served. At some places natural whar&are formed by the rocks, and (Bight and tesx fathoms water diose to them. Ships might lie alongside these places, or might heave down by them : there are also shallow spots on which ships might be careened. Many of the cliffs are : hollowed int<) caves, which would answer for storehouses; and in the numerous lawnd 6h both sides en- campments niight be formed of any number of people. : :: We rowed directly across, and latided at the southern
Digitized by
140 VOYAGE TO THE
side at the foot of a wooded range of hills, which forms the southern boundary of the lake. As no road was observed, it was resolved to go directly up the hill, and, in about an hour, after a good deal of scrambling amongst the bushes and long gr^tss, we gained the top, where we found a neat pathway with a ditch on each side, and a hedge growing on the top of the mound, formed of the earth from the ditch ; it resembled not a little an English lane. Without knowing where this might take us to, we followed it, in the hope of meeting some of the people, but in this we were disap* pointed. Yet this place must, at times, be frequented, as we observed a number of similar paths leading to the right and left.
The trees on this range of hills are low, and of no great beauty ; the fir is the most common, but we did not know the names of the rest. After walking about a mile, our path took an abrupt turn down the brow of the hill, and appeared to lead to a large village at some distance. The view from this elevation was very satisfactory, as it enabled us to check our rough eye draught of the harbour and coast. The road down the hill was so steep that it was just possible to stand upon it, being inclined, as was con- jectured on the spot, at an angle of 45^ At the foot of the hill there was a little cottage, consisting of two parts.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 141
made of wattled rattans, connected by a light open bamboo roof, so covered with a large leaved creeper as to afford a complete shelter from the sun. The cottage, which was thatched, was enveloped in creepers, encircled by the usual rattan fence at two or three yards distance. One of the wings was occupied by goats; the other, which was dark, seemed to belong to the people, who had deserted it on our approach. There being only a small hole in the wall to admit light and air, and to allow the smoke to escape, every thing inside was black and dirty. Two spears hung on one side, which, upon enquiry afterwards, we were told were for striking fish.
On coming to our boats, we found them surrounded by a party of the natives, smaller in stature than our friends at Napakiang, and shewing less curiosity : probably their sur- prise at our sudden appearance had not subsided sufficiently to allow of their indulging curiosity in detail. A large party of them watched attentively while a musket was loaded, and when pointed over their heads in the air, they seemed aware that something was going to happen, but from their not shrinking or removing out of the way, it seemed they knew not what. When it was fired, the whole party fell as if they had been shot, but rose instantly again, and looking to the right and left of each other, indulged in a timorous laugh. A cartridge was given to one man, with which he
Digitized by
143 VOYAGE TO THE
•
was nearly l;^wiii^ himseif np by placing it on his lighted pipe/ The officer of the boat informed us that a gen- tleman had come to him and oiSered his horse to ride; be bftd dismounted for- that purpose, but the horse was frightened, and would not suffer the officer to get upon bim« We saw this person riding along when we were at the top of the hill ; he called out to us repeatedly, pro- bably to offer his horse, but we thought he wished to dis- suade us from walking over the hill, and accordingly took no notice of him.
In the meantime Mr. Clifford, who had been unwell, and felt unequal to the labour of climbing the hill, pro- ceeded in one of the boats towards a large village on the eastern side of the lake. He was met by a number of the inhabitants, whose dress and appearance were inferior to what we had been accustomed to see at Napakiang ; on his asking them in Loo-choo for some water, they gave it ehe^rfully ; but they shewed little curiosity, and the party which, followed wherever he went, seemed to have no other object ;than to prevent disturbance. They made no objection to hisigoing into the village, where he saw in one inclosure a complete farm-yard. The principal house was closed, but to the offices there was free access. In the stable were %WO: handsome bay ponies ; there was also a weU stocked
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 148
pig-sty, and a poultry^^ouse. ki.anothec; quarter stood ia mill for husking corn, consisting of a grooved solid cylihder of wood, fitting neatly into a hollow cylinder, the sides of which were also grooved ; near^ this lay a hand flour<4XiiU and several baskets of cotton* In another part .of the court was a granary erected on posts about ;six feet above the ground, having billets of fire- wood piled, below it. At another place, under a tree in the village, he saw a blackt smith's anvil fixed in a block; the forge was of masonry^ having an air hole, but the bellows was wanting^
In the centre of the village stood a building like a temple, surrounded by a stone wall. It wa& filled: with elegant vases of different shapes and sizes^ cloised up and ranged in rows on the floor; the verandah encircling the building was also covered with vases. According to th^ account of the natives, the reniiams ofv the dead are de^ posited in these jars. Round the building bamboo poles were placed so as to lean against the thatched roof, haVtng notches cut in them, to which bundles of flowers were hung, some fresh, others decayed, apparently funereal offerings ; but tlieir exact import Mr. Clifford ^Vas not able to learn. The: elegant shape of the vi^ises, and the tasteful way in which they were arranged, with the flowers hanging all round, gave to this cemetery an ^r of cheerfulness, which we are in
Digitized by
•
144 VOYAGE TO THE
the habit of thinking unsuitable to a depository of the dead.
This village, which is at the head of a bay, is sheltered from the north wind by a row of trees between it and the beach ; behind it is sheltered by a range of hills. A broad road runs between it and the water; trees are planted among the houses, so as nearly to conceal them. In the middle of the village near the cemetery, in an open square, there is a cluster of granaries like the one described above ; the walls are made of wattled rattan, and overhang the lower part.
Mr. Clifford tried in vain to see the Chief of the village ; but either there was no such person, or he was out of the way : the inhabitants pointed out a man on horseback as a Chief, who passed on to another village ; this was probably the same man who offered his horse to Mr. Hall, the officer of the boat. Mr. Clifford went to the top of the range behind the village, and afterwards into the valley on the other side, which he found highly cultivated.
From the heights we saw that the large space which was at first considered a lake, communicates with the sea to the north-eastward, as well as by the narrow pas- sage through which we had come, but there was not time to allow of its being fully examined. As we returned
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 145
by the narrow straits, we called at some of the small vil- lages on the eastern side. At one of these, the people of the village, headed by a man who appeared to be superior to the rest, came towards the boat, and stopped for some minntes at the distance of fifty yards; after which, ap- pearing to have gained confidence, they came on, with the old man in front, carrying a green bough in his hand. He would not come close, however, till invited by Mr. Clifibrd in Loo-choo to look at the boat; he then advanced and presented his bough, in return for which we broke a branch from a tree, and gave it to him with the same formality he had used towards us. Soon after this exchange was made, they left us, and went to examine the boat, to fishermen always an object of great interest.
On our entering the village we were met by a man who appeared to be the principal person of the place ; he was very pdite, shewed us through the village, and took us over his garden, where he had some sugar*eane growing; this we admired very mueh^ upon which he ordered one of the finest of the canes to be taken up by the roots and pre-« sented to us ; we immediately gave him a few buttons ofF our jackets, with which he was quite pleased. On its be^ ginning to rain while we were in the garden, he invited us into his house, which, from the walls being of wattled cane,
u
Digitized by
146 VOYAGE TO THE
looked like a large basket. Rude pictures and canned wood-work figures were hanging on the walls, together with some inscriptions in Chipese characters.
On returning to the lower harbour qf all, we went to the large village before spoken of, which is by far the most finished of any that we have seen on this island. The streets are regular and clean swept; each house has a neat cane wall, as well as a screen before the door ; plantain and other trees are growing so thickly in the inside of the fence, that they completely shade the house. Near the beach were several large houses, in which a number of people were seated writing : on going up to them they gave us tea and cakes, and afterwards allowed us to go over the village without restraint ; they were curious to know whether the brig was coming into the harbour or not, and if so, how many days we meant to stay ; they expressed neither pleasure nor regret when we said that we were not coming in. In front of the village, and parallel with the beach, there is a splendid avenue thirty feet wide, formed by two rows of large trees, whose branches join overhead, and effectually screen the walk from the sun; here and there are placed wooden benches, and at some places stone seats are fixed near the trees : this space, which is about a quarter pf a mile long. Is probably used as a public walk.
Digitized
by Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 147
A range of hills of a semicircular form embraces ' the village, and hmits its extent : at most places it is steep, but at the point where the north end joins the harbour, there is an overhanging cliff about eighty feet high, the upper part of which extends considerably beyond the base ; at eight or ten yards from the ground on this inclined face, a long horizontal gallery has been hewn out of the soUd rock: it communicates with a number of small square excavations still deeper in the rock, for the reception of the vases con- taining the bones of the dead.
The trees and creepers on the edge of the precipice hung down so as to meet the tops of those which grew below, and thus a screen was formed which threw the gallery into deep shade : every thing here being perfectly still, the scene was very solemn and imposing. It took us somewhat by sur- prise, for nothing in its external appearance indicated the purpose to which the place was appropriated : happening to discover an opening amongst the trees and brushwood, and resolving to see what it led to, we entered by a narrow path winding through the grove. The liveliness of the scenery without, and the various amusements of the day, had put us all into high spirits, but the unexpected and sacred gloom of the scene in which we suddenly found ourselves had an in- stantaneous effect in repressing the mirth of the whole party.
Digitized by
148 VOYAGE TO THE
This village is called Oonting, aad is certainly the same that is alluded to by the chiefs, and which we formerly wrote down Winching and Oonching.
This excellent harbour, which we discovered, has been named Port Melville, in honour of Lord Viscouat Melville^ First Lord of the Admiralty.
It was quite dark when we reached the brig. As a heavy swell was rolling in, no time was lost in getting under weigh, but before we could succeed in running well oflf the reefs, the wind suddenly changed, and the weather, which before had been .fine, became ijo dark and squally, that we almost k>st sight of the shore. Our situation was now very critical, for we had just sufficient knowledge of the coast, to be sensible how extremely dangerous it was; and the i^ind, which blew directly on the shore, came in such violent gusts, that there was every reason to apprehend the loss of our topmasts ; to reef the sails was impossibly as the delay which this <)peratiQn roust have caused would have b^^Q fatal. While things were in this state, it became necessary to tack> but owing to the heavy ^d irregular swell, the brig came round again against our will, and before the sails could be properly trimmed^ she had gone stern foremost almost to the verge of the ree^ oi^ which th^ sea was breaking to a great height. Had this occurred
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 149
a aecoad time, nathing could Jaave prevented our being wiBcked. After beating about in thifr aiiirkward predicament for two hours, the wind shifted a little, and enabled us to stretch off clear of all danger.
12th of October.— It blew so hard that we kept out at sea clear of the shore.
13th of October. — ^As the weather had become moderate, we stood in, and determined the position of five islands which lie to the northward of Port Melville.
14th of October. — During this day the whdte of the east side of the great island was explored* The north and north-east sides are high, and destitute of cultivation; nearly in the middle, on this side, there is a deep indenture on the coast, and the wind being such as to admit of sailing out again, we ran in under low sail with the usual precau«i* tions ; notwithstanding which we were very nearly on die reefs, for the water shoaled suddenly from tw€tnty*four to eight fathoms ; and although the brig was instantly tacked; tb^ soundings as she came round were only five fathoms^ and to leeward of us the ragged tops of a rock just level with the surface were discovered at the distance of only fifty yards. In exploring such places there might to be a boat on each bow, as well as one a-head. The coast from this bay to the south point of the island has a belt
Digitized by
150 VOYAGE TO THE
of coral reefs at the distance of ten and fifteen miles from the shore, and therefore cannot be approached by a ship without great danger. The extreme south point is com* paratively clear of coral ; we therefore anchored off it at sunset, proposing to land next day to determine its position. We found the iron cables of great use when anchoring amongst coral reefs.
15th of October. — It blew hard last night, but in the forenoon it moderated sufficiently to allow of our landing. We ascertained the latitude of the extreme south point with precision, and made several other observations, all circumstances being favourable.
We had scarcely landed when the natives began to as- semble in groups on the top of the cliffs, and in a short time they came down to us, most of them carrying long poles in their hands ; we were sufficiently aware of their in- offensive character to have no apprehension of their inten- tions, otherwise their appearance would have been somewhat formidable. There was no person of rank among them; they were communicative and full of curiosity, which dif- ference in manner from the inhabitants on the shores of Port Melville may have arisen from these people knowing some- thing of us by reports from Napakiang, which is not above ten miles distant. It was to be expected that we shouM
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 151
have become a topic of discourse at so short a distance^ and probably what was said of us would be favourable, or at all events such as would excite, curiosity rather than fear. Most of these people had fish spears tatooed on their arras iu the form of a trident, with rude barbs. When drawn on the right arm it is called " 06deemaw ;" when on the left, " To6ga.'' This is the only instance we have met with of this practice. Our curiosity was farther excited by the ap- pearance of these spears, from the circumstance of our never having seen any warlike weapon on this island; but the people invariably called them " E6o stitchee^' (fish spear). Several of the tallest of these people were measured, but none were above five feet six inches ; they are, however, strong limbed and well proportioned. One of them wore a ring on his finger, which is the only instance we have met with of any ornament being worn at Loo*Choo. The ring finger is called in the Loo-choo language, " E6bee g4nnee,^' finger of the ring ; and it seems a fair inference from this, that amongst some part of the community rings are habitually worn; probably by the women. The coast here is formed of cliflfe, about seventy or eighty feet high, with numerous caverns hollowed out by the waves. The pools of water left by the tide were full of beautiful fish of a great variety of colours.
Digitized by
152 ' VOYAGE TO THE
l6th of October. — ^In the morning we weighed and stood to the westward^ among the group of islands called Amakirrima by the natives. At one of these theee fieemed at first sight to be a harbour for ships; but on sending the boats to explore, it proved only safe for small vessels, being filled in every part with coral. On our way across from the south point of the great island to the Amakirrimas^ we passed near a coral reef exactly circular, and half a mile in diameter ; it is just level with the water's edge at half ebb, so that in fine weather the sea does not break upon any part of it* As it is upwards of seven miles from any land, and lies directly in the passage towards Napakiang^ it is exceedingly dangerous, and ought not to be approached in the night by a stranger.
At four a'clock we anchored in our okl place in-shore o£ the Alceste. As we stood towards the anchorage we could see the coral from the masthead so distinctly as to be able to trace the forms of all the reefs as we passed among them« This can rarely be done, although the water is always clear^ because an unusual degree of smoothness in the surface 1$ requisite to naake the rocks visiUe ; and the sun must also shme upon the water at a pavtieular angle. A stranger cannot therefore calculate upon having the danger pointed out in this way ; but when such circumstances do occur they may
Digitized by
)y Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 153
be taken advantage of to check the surveys of reefs made in boats. • -
We find things at Napakiang nearly as we left them; the best understanding seems to exist between Capt^n Maxwell and the chiefs. Every body is allowed to walk about and do as he likes. The frigate has been bountifully supplied with stock and vegetables; and the sick oh shore are rapidly recovering under the kind care of the natives, who take a peculiar interest in their comfort*
A young man belonging to the Alceste had died during our abjsence. When the natives were informed of this cir- cumstance, they requested permission to make the grave, and begged Captain Maxwell to point out a place for this purpose. Captain Maxwell said that no situation could be more appropriate than under the grove of trees near the temple, a spot already rendered sacred by many lAxxhoo tombs.
Next day the body was carried to the grave with all the formalities usual on such occasions. Captain Maxwell, according to custom, walking last, with the officers and crew before him. The ready politeness of the natives was never more strikingly displayed than now; for perceiving that those who were of the highest rank walked in the rear, they considered that their station must of course be in front;
X
Digitized by
154 VOYAGE TO THE
and tbey accordiogly placed themsdves at the head of the procession, and preserved throughout the ceremony the most profound silence; They were all dressed in white robes^ which we have reason to believe is their mourning.
On the next: day; the natives reques-ted leave to raise a tomb over the grave; this was of course agreed to^ and when it was completed, they performed their own funeral ,ser^ vice over it, by sacrificing a large hog, and burning a quan- tity of spirits. Jeeroo officiated on this occasion, and.whesi he' had done, he carried the hog to the rick in the hospital.
The chiefs also gave directions for a small square stone to be smoothed. and prepared for an epitaph ;; which being iviced.upon the stone by Mr. Taylor, the clergyman of the Alceste, wai carved very neatly by the natives. The i^taph^ aftermentioning the name and age of the deceased, stated briefly $ thathe.and his companions in his Britannic majesty's ships Alceste and Lyra, had been kindly treated by the inhabitants of this island. When the. purport of the writing was interpreted to the chiefs, they appeared very much. gratified at; our acknowledging their attentions*
18th of Octohen — Qut friends expressed much pleasure on meeting us again, particularly Jeeroo, who seems to take great interest in. our^jQonoerns: he carried us up to the sailor's tomb^: where wei were, joined . by Ookooma^ Jeeioa»
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 155
and some of the others, who unaffectedly expressed their sorrow for this man^s untimely fate. I found my i people who had been landed previous to our sailing on the surveyi» much recovered) and very grateful for the kindness of jjie natives. Milk,eggs, meat, and vegetables, had been brought to them every day, and whenever they felt disposed towalk they were accompanied by one or two of the natives, who took their arms on coming to rough ground, and ofiben helped themup thefiteep side of the hill behind the hospital^ to a pleasant grassy spot on the summit, where the natives lighted pipes for them: in short, I suppose sailcNrs weite never so caressed before.
The chiefs were anxious to know what we had been doing during the week in which we had been absent. From JUi apprehension that they might be displeased at our having instituted a regular examination of the whcde island, we said we had been looking at the harbour they had spoken of; they immediately mentioned the village of OoHting, and asked how we liked it. But they guessed that we had been round the island, from seeing that we returned by the south, though we had sailed to the north; they said repeatedly, that the island was rery small, appearing to be anxious to depreciate it; our reply of course was, that it wasTery large imd beautiful.
Digitized by
156 VOYAGE TO THE
. Mddera has made great improvement in. English, and bis character is altogether more developed.. He is quite at his ease in our company, and seems to take the most extraordinary interest in every thing belonging to us; but his ardent desire to inform himself on all subjects sometimes distresses hini a good deal ; he observes the facility with which we do some things, and his enterprising mind suggests to him the possibility of his imitating us ; but when he is made i^eosible of the number of steps by which alone the know- ledge, he admires is to be attained, his despair is strongly marked. He sometimes asks us to read English aloud to him, to which he always listens with the deepest attention. One day, on shore, he saw me with a book in my hand : he begged me to sit down under a tree, and read : Jeeroo was the. only chief present, but there were several of the peasants ip attendance upon him ; they all lay down on the grass, ^nd listened with an attention and interest which are natural ^npugh : every one expressed himself pleased and satisfied ^cept Madera, whose anxiety was to read in the same inanner himself. From the earnest way in which he inquired into, every subject, we were sometimes inclined to thin^ that he must have been directed by the government to inform himself on these topics ; and certainly a fittw person could not have been selected ; for he adapted himself so readily
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 157
to all ranks, that he became at once a favourite; and every person took pleasure in obliging him.
Jeeroo is esteemed in another way ; he is uniformly good humoured and obliging, and not without curiosity; but he is not clever, and has none of the fire and enthusiasm of Mddera. We all think kindly of Jeeroo, and shake him cordially by the hand when we meet him ; but Mddera is admired and respected, as well as esteemed, and his society is courted for his own sake.
M4dera is about twenty ^eight years of age, of a slender figure, and very active; his upper teeth project in front ovfer the lower onesi giving his fece a remarkable; but not a disagreeable expression. He is always cheerful, and often lively and playful, but his good sense prevents his ever goiiig beyond thie line of strict propriety. When required by etiquette to be graven no one is so immoveably serioust as M&dera, and when mirth rules the hour, he is the gayest of the gay: such indeed is his taste on these occasions, that he not only catches the outward tone of his company, but really appears to think and feel ais they do. His enter- prising spirit and versatility of talent have led him to engage in a number of pursuits ; his success, however, is the most remarkable in his acquisition of English. About a month after our arrival, he was asked what had become of
Digitized by
158 VOYAGE TO THE
fais companioQ Anya ; be replied, ^^ Anja, him mother sick, he go him mother house;'' and when asked if he would return, ix&said, ^^ Two, three day time, him mother no sick, he come 9faip/^ With all these endowments and attainments he is miafiectedly modest, and never seems aware of his being superior to the rest of his countrymen. We were a long time in doubt what was his real rank ; for at first he kept himself back, so that he was well known to the midshipmen, before the officers were at all acquainted" with him : he gradually came forward, and though he always wore the dress of the ordinary respectable natives, his manners evidently .belonged to a higher rank, but he never associated with the idiiefs, and disclaimed having any pretensions to an equality :with them. Notwithstanding all this, there were occasional circumstonces^ • which, by shewing his authority, almost iietcayed his secret. One morning a difficulty arose about Bome supplies which the chiefs had engaged to procure, but •which they had neglected to send; as soon as M&dera was 4oId of the- circumstance, he went to Captain Maxwell, and -undertook to arrange it to his satisfaction, at the same time begging that if any difficulty occurred in future, he might be apphed to. Whatever may be M4dera^s rank in his own society, it is highly curious to discover in a country so cir- cumstanced, the same politeness, self-denial, and graceful-
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND* 159
ness of behaviour which the experience of civilized nationi hag pointed out as constituting the most pleasing and advantageous fonn of intercourse.
The great interest which M4dera took in the Englisb^ and the curiosity he always^ expressed about our custo<i»:at horoe^ suggested the idea of taking him with u» to Engkiid; where he would have been- an interesting specimen of^ a people so little known ; and he also might have carried! bade knowledge of the greatest use to his country. When it was proposed to him, he paused for some minutes, and then^ shaking his head, said, ^^ I go Injeree, — ^father, mother, childs, wife, house, all cry! not go; no, no, all cry P^'
In our absence a number of watch-houses had been erected on the heights round the anchorage; they are mere sheds of cane thatched over, in which three or f6ur of the natives remain, day and night, in. order to be ready te accompany any person who may happen to land, wherever it be. They have also erected a long shed, with a floor of split bamboo; in this place, which is on the top of the hill above the usual landing place, the chiefs generally assemble in the morning; they invite every one who passes to drink tea and smoke pipes, which is very convenient when the boats happen not to be ready to take us on board. EacH of the chiefs is attended by a boy, generally his son, whose
Digitized by
leo VOYAGE TO THE
busihess it is to carry a little square box, in which there ara several, small drawers, divided into compartments, filled with rice, sliced eggs, small squares of smoked pork, cakes, and fish ; and in one corner a small metal pot of sackee, besides cups and chopsticks. By having this always with them, thajr can dine when and where they choose. They frequently invite us to dine with them, and if we agree to the proposal, they generally ask any other of the chiefs whom they, meet to be of the party and join. dinners. ^ The place selected for these pic nics is commonly under the tree^, in a cool spot, where a mat is spread on the grass ; and every thing being laid out in great order, the party lies down in a circle, and seldom breaks up till the sackee pot is empty.
An artist of the island brought a drawing of the Alceste on board to-day for Captain Maxwell : it is about two feet by one and a half, and is altogether a most extraordinary production, in which perspective and proportion are c»^ riously disregarded. The captain and officers are introduced in full uniform, and a number of the sailors on the rigging and masts. With all its extravagance, however, it has considerable merit ; there is nothing slovenly about it, and there is enough of truth in it to shew that it was sketched on the spot.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. I6l
A dispute has arisen between John the interpreter and the chiefs, who it seems had positively promised to get a horse for Captain Maxwell to ride ; as they have not kept their word, John declares that he will have nothing to say to people who do not speak truth. They have again pro- mised, however, that a horse will be got ready, 9txd in the mean time, a fresh stock of beef and vegetables has been sent to both ships, which has pacified John a little. We have had much occasion to lament not having been accom- panied by one of the gentlemen of the factory acquainted with the Chinese language, for although to have John is miuch better than to be without any interpreter, it is probable that he is not very delicate in his requests, and makes use of expressions and arguments unsuited to our character, and contrary to our wishes and instructions.
19th of October, — In the morning, before breakfast. Captain Maxwell was informed by one of the chiefs, that a h^rse was ready for him on the beach; he landed ac- cordingly, and found a little pony saddled, and two of the chiefs mounted.- They objected to his riding in the country, where the roads were uneven, so that for the present hi^ ride was confined to the beach. The saddle is made ^f wood, and so uneven as to be very unpleasant : it is pro- posed to have one made of a blanket and mats in future.
Digitized by
Ifi2 VOYAGE TO THE
To tbe stirrup there is tied a box, large, enough to receive the whole foot *
A dinner was given to-day bj Captain Maxwell to the daefe Ookooma, Shayoon^ Issacha. Sandoo^ Jeema, and Iseacha Hacke^boocoo ; Jeeroo was also invited to it, but idid not attend ; being the junior, he had probably been left in charge of the beach and store-rooms. Midera also made one of the party, though not originally included, in. the invitaticMCi. As he bad nev^er laid any claim to an equality in rank with the chiefs, it bad not. been thought right to invite him along with them: but M4dera, who probably knew that he would be very welcome, put himself in Captain Maxwell's way just before dinner, and was prevailed upooy ^fter a little persuasion, to remain. ' » . ' v
Dinner was served at five o'clock in as sumptuous a style ^s possible. Ookooma was placed on Captain Ma&well s Tight, and Shayoon on his left; I sat beside the fonper, and Mr, Clifford next the other ; then the two chiefs n#xt in rank, and 'beside tjiemtwo of the officers of the ship: the first lieutenant, Mr. Hickman, sat at'the foot ef the table, with Hackeeboocoo on his rights and Madera on .his Ifeft They were all in great spirits, and ate and drank •freelyj and though they complained of the size q£ the glasses, and of the strength of the wine, tasted every thing
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 163
from punch to champagne : the briskness of the last mdeed surprised them not a little, and effectually muddled two, of them for some time* Cheese was the only thing they all objected to, probably on accouht of its being made of milk, Yhich they never taste. The interpreter not being present, the conversation was carried on through Mr. Cli^ord and Mddera, and partly by signs* Whether intelligibly ornoi, every body wai talking. M&dera has dined often on board the ship, and is quite perjfect in our customs. On this occasion he took great charge of the chiefs at his end of the table, speaking sometimes in one language and sometimesiip the other. Observing Jeema eating ham vrithout mustard, he called to Captain MarwelFs servant, and pointing to Jeema, 'said, *' Tom, take mustard to him.'* When the desert was put on table, and the wine decanters ranged in a line, they exclaimed in a&tonishment, ^^ Moo eeyroo nod sackee,'* six kinds or colours of wine ; but the sweetmeats and prepared confectionary pleased them most.
After sitting about an hour and a half after dinner, and drinking with tolerable spirit, they rose to depart ; but this they were not allowed to do, and they were informed that it was the English custom to sit a much longer time. They represented that the sun had set, and they would never be able to find their way on shore, but would all be drowned in
Digitized by
164 VOYAGE TO THE
attempting it. This alarming difficulty was easily over*- ruled by a promise of the barge, and they sat down again. While the discussion was going on between Captain Max- well and his guests, M4dera kept his seat, and looked about him in his keen observant way, to discover, if he could, what was likely to be the issue of this adventure* Having observed that in general we were anxious to keep our com-^ pany at table as long as we could, he naturally enough thought that we would not let this opportunity pass of entertaining the chiefs according to our fashion. He appeared to have settled this question with himself just as the chiefs resumed their seats, for rising half off his chair, and with a mixture of archness and simplicity, as if he had made an amusing discovery, cried out in English, ".When, all drunk then go ashore V Though M4dera, as will be. seen,, was not quite right in his guess, there was enough of truth in his remark to raise a hearty laugh among those who understood him ; and as he joined in this laugh at his owa joke, it was some time before he could explain what he had said to the chiefs, who, being in a merry humour themselves^ took it in perfect good part, though their mirth was evidently, dashed by a little apprehension of the fate which Mddera had anticipated for them.
The health of his Royal Highness the Prince Regent wa«.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 165
then giveiiy all the company standing in the most respectful manner. This was followed by the health of the King of Loo-choo, which was drank with similar observances. On sitting down after the latter toasts the chiefs, conferred a few minutes across the table, and then all rose to propose Captain Maxwell's health ; their wishes being explained by Mddera. When they sat down, Captaib Maxwell proposed the health of Ookooma and the other chiefs, but as we in return stood up to drink to them, their modesty disclaimed this part of the compliment, and they rose likewise; nor was it till a good deal of persuasion had been used, that thej consented to be seated while we were standing.
These four bumpers made the party very merry, and it now was intimated to them, that as all the usual formalities had been observed, they might drink just as much as they liked, or pass the bottle altogether ; a permission of which few of them took advantage. They lighted their pipes^ laughed, joked, and seemed so happy, that it was agreed on all ha'nds, that conviviality is no wheite better understood than at Loo-choo. After a time^ at our request, they played some games, of which we had heard them speak. The object of these games was drinking ; a cup of wine being the inva^ ria>le forfeit. That every thing might be in character during the games, some of their own little cups were p\it ou tabl^.
Digitized by
466 VOYAGE TO THE
One person holds the stalk of his tobacco-pipe between the palms of his hands, so that the pipe rolls round as he moves his hands, which he is to hold over his head, so as not to i^e them. - After turning it round for a short time, he sud- denly stops, and the person to whom the bowl is directed has to drink a cup of wine. Another is a Chinese game: one peraon holds his hand closed over his head, he then brings it quickly down before him with one or more fingers Extended; the person he is playing with calls out the number of them, aijd if he guesses right, he has to, drink the cup of wine. These and other games caused a good deal of noisy mirth, and at length it was proposied by them to go out, in order to look at the sailors who were dancing on deck; Before leaving the cabin, they shewed us a Loo-choo dance round the table: Mddera placed himself at the head before Ookooma, while the others ranged themselves in a line behind him; he began by a song, the air of which was very pretty, and nearly at the same time commenced the dance, which consisted principally in throwing the body into a variety of postures, and twisting the hands about. Some- times the hands were placed flat together, at others separate, but generally the former; the movements both of the body and hands were regular and of a waving description. The head was made to incline slowly from side to side, so as
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. Jtfi?
almost to touch the shoulders ; the feet were moyed with a slight shufBing motion, with an occasional long streeping step to ^one side and then back again ; but the perfection of the dance appeared to be in the proper use of the haAids and body. The words of the dance song were " Sasa sang- coomah, sangcoomee ah ! sangcoomee ah ! kadee yooshee daw/' when they came to the last word they all joined in the chorus and clapped their hand^. Although Mddem was the leader both* in the dance and song, he was occa- sionally joined in the latter by several of the others, the whole party repeating the last word several times over^ In this way they went several times round the table. M&- dera ha^a graceful carriage, and his dancing, though fan^ tastic, was really elegant; his singing too was in good taste. The others danced clumsily, though in perfect good time, and joined with some spirit in the chorus.
The ship was illuminated, and the sailors were dancing on the upper deck. The chiefs were rnnCh pleased with this scene, which was lively enough. After watching the dance of the sailors for a few minutes, M4dera, who, to use a common phrase, " was up to every thing,'' ran among the sailors^ an4 seizing one of them by the shoulders, put him. out of the dance, took his place, and kept up the reel with the same spirit, and exactly in the same style and step as the sailors.
Digitized by
168 VOYAGE TO THE
The other dances were left off, and the whole ship^s company assembling round Mddera, cheered and clapped him till the dance was done. The chiefs joined in the applause, seeming no less surprised than ourselves at M4dera^s skill, for his imitation of the sailors' odd steps and gestures was as exact as if he had lived amongst seamen all his life. The officers^ then danced a country dance, after which the chiefs, un- asked, and with a sort of intuitive politeness, which reii- dered every thing they did appropriate, instantly stepped forward and danced several times round the quarter-deck, to the infinite gratification of the sailors.
On returning to the cabin to tea, they were all in high spirits, and while amusing themselves with a sort of wrest-- ling game, Ookooma, who had seen us placing ourselves in sparring attitudes, threw himself suddenly into the boxer^s position of defence, assuming at the same time a fierceness of look which we had never before seen in any of them. The gentleman to whom he addressed himself, thinking that Ookooma wished to spar, prepared to indulge him ; but Madera's quick eye saw what was going on, and by a word or two made him instantly resume his wonted sedateness. We tried in vain to make Madera explain what were the magical words which he had used to Ookooma. He appeared anxious to turn our thoughts from the subject^ by
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 169
sayings " Loo-<:hoo man no fight ; Loo-choo man write — Ho fight, no good, no, no, Ingerish very good, yes, yes, yes; Loo-choo man no fight/' Possibly he considered that Ookooma was taking too great a liberty ; or, perhaps, he thought even the semblance of fighting unsuitable with the strict amity subsisting between us.
Before they went away. Captain Maxwell, who had re- marked the satisfaction with which the chiefs received any attention shewn to their children, ordered a large cake to be brought him, which he divided into portions for the fiimily of each. The chiefs were in a proper mood to feel this kind* ness, and they expressed themselves, as may be supposed, very warmly upon the occasion. When they put off for the shore they began singing, and never left off till they landed. 20th. of October. — The forenoon was passed at the Observatory, and afterwards we walked in the country without being observed, for the chiefs had not yet recovered from the effects of last night's gaiety : but we had not gone a mile before Jeeroo overtook us. We were very anxious to gain the brow of a neighbouring hill, from which we imagined there would be a good view of the palace^ but although Jeeroo was the most obliging creature in the world on every other occasion, he was resolute now in not letting us go far beyond our usual limits ; we tried to over-*
Digitized by
170 VOYAGE TO THE
rule bif objectio&s by telling him that we should do no misi' chiefs and would not go farther than the adjoining height. He would listen, however, to nothing ; and as we still walked slowly on, he at last sent oS a messenger for assistance, but before this reinforcement arrived we had turned back, to Jeeroo's great relief. Although the object proposed had not been accomplished, we got a better sight of the palace than we had yet obtained. It is so much enclosed by treat that parts only can be seen, but it is undoubtedly a veiy large building. On returning we met Hackeebo6coo^ the fat chiei^ coming puffing and blowing up the hiU; he had set out to overtake us on being told by Jeeroo^s messenger what we were proposing to do. He had drank a good deal of wipe yesterday on board, and said he had been ^ weetee'^ (drunk)^ and that his head ached very much. After he joined us we passed neax a village, where we met two women at t^e turning of a road : they did not see us till, within a few yards, and their alarm was great ; they threw down the bas)c,ets, which they were carrying on their heads, and fled into th^ wood. Our two companions were very uneasy at this rencontre, and would not listen to our reasoning upon t]b)e absurdity of their apprehensions, looking quite miserable tiU the s\ibjeqt, wluch seems to be an interdicted <me, was chaj[^ed. W^ ^m% aft^^Dnwds to the Ingh ground If^mA
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 171
the hospital, in order to fiU up by eye the edges of tiie neis in our charts, for which regular triangles could not be taken in the survey. While I was thus engaged, Mr. Clifford endeavoured to learn from Jeeroo whether or not the King lived in the large house spoken of before ; Jeeroo as usual denied any knowledge of the King, and could not be pievaded upon to say wbat the house was, or who re* nded there ; a peasant, however, who happened to be along with us was more communicative, and was giving all die informatioii desired, when Jeeroo, observing what he was about, reprimanded him sharply. On coming down from tiie height we found all the chiefs seated in a long room eracted -on the outside of the garden gate : they were ytry merry on the sabject of last night's adventure.
filstof October.— While Mrs. Loy was employed at the weU kMday waging dotlies, at a moment when every body eiife was out of the way, lAie was visited by a Loo-choo lady^ aiocompanaed by a numerous guard of men. She describes her as bemg about eighteen years of age, well dressed, fair m tomplexion, with small dark eyes, and ttot without beavty ; her hair was of a glossy jet Mack, made tip into a knot on one side Gi the head. She won a girdle tied at die skle, and had on sandals like the men. Mrs. Loy wished to tooch her, bat she shrunk back in idarm. Whether
Digitized by
173 VOYAGE TO THE
these details be quite correct or not, the circumstance of a lady of rank having visited Mrs. Loy is so far interesting a» it denotes a considerable degree; of curiosity on the lady's part, together with the power of gratifying it, which, in a country where the women are strictly secluded, perhaps would not be allowed.
22d of October. — Ookooma and Jeeroo came to the Observatory to-day, together with a number of the most respectable of the natives ; they were desirous of seeing the reflected images of the sun in the artificial horizon through the telescope of the ses:tant. As this was placed on a. stand there was no difficulty in satisfying their curiosity, for they had only to place their eye to the tube, the angle having been previously arranged. Many of them were amused by the changes of colour in the reflected images by means of the difierent shades ; others were more struck with the ap« parent motion of the two sung, which is very perceptible when a high magnifying power is used ; a few endeavoured to understand the meaning of what they saw, but vs^ith the exception of Jeeroo, I think they had no conception of its cause. Jeeroo appeared to have some notion of astronomy ; his idea of eclipses was more accurate than could have been expected. From him Mr. Clifibrd got the names of the days and months, and the various points of information
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 173
respecting Time, which will be found in the Vocabulary. Whenever we were actually taking observations, the natives invariably remained at a considerable distance. ; They had been told that the least motion disturbed, the surface of the quicksilver, and prevented our taking observations«t . They had much patience, and sometimes sat quite.still and silept for several hours, till invited to come: forward to look at the instruments. When Ookpoma and Jeeroo came to us, we observed that they were in great distress, and upon our asking the cause, the former explained that Captain Maxwell during his ride this morning had fallen down, or rather that his horse, which was too weak for his weighty had fallen with him, and that his finger was broken : " Tayin ma tawrittee, Tayin no eebee ootee'' (the Tayin's horse fell, Tayin's finger broke). A Loo-choo doctor, he said, had gone on board, who would soon cure it. .
On going to the Alceste we found that the Loo-choo surgeon had placed Captain Maxwell's broken finger in a thick paste made of eggs, flour, and some other substance which he brought along with him. He then wrapped the whole in the skin of a newly-killed fowl. This skin dried in a short time and held the paste firm, by which the broken finger was kept steady. The doctor went through a number
Digitized by
174 VOYAGE TO THE
of ceiemonies^ such as feeling the pulse, looking at the tongoe, and so on. He had a box along with him, con- taining upwards of a hundred medicines.
Captain Maxwell mentioned, that while he was sitting m a shed after ihe accident, he was surprised to see a pereon enter the door crawling on all fours, and half dead with terror. This it appeared was the surgeon, who had been sent for by the chiefs. He was horror-struck at the accident, but soon recovered himself on observing Captain Maxwell's perfect tranquillity.
Captain MaxwelFs gentleness and forbearance, and his uniform attention to the wishes of the natives, and the great personal kindness which he had sliewn to so many of them, had very early won their confidence and esteem. As our intercoffiree became more intimate, these feelings naturally became stronger, and the concern which the natives felt upon this occasion was very general, and was expressed, not only by Mddera and the chiefs, but by the lower orders, in a maimer highly flattering to Captain Maxwell.
23d of October. — ^A deputation of the chiefs went on board the Akeste early this mtoming to say, that the Prince of the island, who was the next person in rank to tlte King, and heir to the throne, meant to come on board the frigate
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 175
tbis afternooQy as well for the purpose of paying a visit of ceremony, as of enquiring into the state of Captain Maxwell's health after the accident.
At noon the four senior chiefs, dressed in their state robes and hatchee*niatchees, came to announce the Prince's api- proach, and in about half an hour afterwards he was brought in a closed sedan-chair to the boat, through a con*- course of people, to whom he seemed as much a show as to us. The state boat was a large flat-bottomed barge, co* vered with an awning of dark blue, witli white stars on it; the whole haTOig much the appearance of a hearse. It was preceded by two boats bearing flags witli an inscription upon them, having in the bow an officer of justice carrying a lackered bamboo, and in the stem a man beating a gong» A vast number of boats were in attendance, some bearing presents, and others following out of mere curiosity. One ef the Chiefs came on board with the Prince's card, which was of red paper forty-eight inches long, and eleven wide^, and shortly afterwards the Prince's barge put off* from the shore ; upon which the rigging of both ships wis manned,
* The literal translation of the card is <^ Loo-choo nation, extender of laws, Gteat Person (called Ko), Heang, bows his head and worships,^ (the oonunoA idnling expression among the Chinese.) It ought to be vemarked, that tfa« Princess name is placed on one comer of the card, which is the most respectful Hiodetfaat can be used, acemrdii^ to Chmese usage*
Digitized by
176 VOYAGE TO THE
and a salute of seven guns fired ; when he came on board he was received with a guard, and under a. like salute. Captain Maxwell, who had been confined to the cabin ever <$ince his accident, desired me to receive the Prince. No -arrangement having been made with us respecting the ce- remony of reception, I merely took off my hat and bowed : but all the chiefs fell on their knees the instant he came on the quarter-deck. I took his hand from one of the chiefs -who had assisted him up the accommodation ladder, and led him to the cabin.
When seated beside Captain Maxwell, the Prince made several anxious enquiries about his finger, expressing much regret that so disagreeable an accident should have occurred at Loo-choo. He then called to his pipe-bearer, and having prepared a pipe, presented it to Captain Maxwell, who. re- turned him this compliment, by giving him one of his own. The usual questions as to our ages and families, and various complimentary speeches, having passed, he said he had heard much of the wonders of the ship, and should hke to see them himself: he rose upon this and went to the globes, which he examined with great care. He begged to be shewn Ingeree, Loo-choo, Quantoong (China) ; Niphon (Japan) ; Manilla, and Pekin. The chiefs would not sit down in his presence, and never spoke to him without kneeling. On his
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by VnOOQlC
Jmmm^ 4» ytV *>» *i' /^ JK .
THE PmiNCIE. of ]L'U'€ CM'DG,
I'uil.ishAi Jan j ij'S. fy /i^i Murray ■ j^cMmarU Stnei<': L<-vrJ^m. .
Digitized by
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 177
expressing a wish to look at the different parts of the ship, he was conducted all round the decks. He observed every thing with attention, but without betraying any great degree of curiosity : he had heard of the boatswain's wife, and asked to see her ; the lady, in her best dress, was presented to him ; he stood for about half a minute looking at her with a sort of pleased surprise, and then, as if suddenly re- collecting that this was somewhat rude, he drew his fan from his breast, and with an air of the utmost politeness, held it towards her, and upon Mrs. Loy curtsying in acknow- ledgment, he sent it to her by M4dera. He asked to see the fire-engine worked, and appeared much gratified by seeing the water thrown to so great a height. He had heard of the African negro, and begged that he might be sent for. When the black man was brought before him he looked exceedingly surprised, and probably was in doubt whether the colour was natural, as one of his people was sent to rub his face, as if to discover whether it was painted or not. The natives, who had flocked on board in crowds, fell on their knees whenever the Prince passed.
On returning to the cabin, the Prince was invited to a collation prepared for him in the foremost cabin: for a long time he refused to sit down, nor could we con- jecture what his objection was; at length, however, he
A A
Digitized by
176 VOYAGE TO THE
coipplied) while the chiefB, who are neither allowed to sit down nor eait in his presence, retired to the after^-cabin. He tasted every thing which was offered him, but seemed afraid of the wines, having probably heard of the proceed*- ings on the evening of the 19th. In about half an hour he rose and went to the after*cabin ; the chiefs and the people of his suite, to the number of fifteen, then sat down at the table he had left, and made ample amends for the tem«» pertiQce and moderation of his royal highness.
As soon as they rejoined the party in the ailer*>cabin, business was entered upon by Captain Maxwell's returning thanks, in the name of the English government, for the Uberal way in which we had been supplied with every kind of refreshment, and for the other assistance which had been given to us. The Prince replied, that the King of Loo-choo was anxious to do every thing in his power for the King of England's ships. Upon this Captain Maxwell observed, that he was very desirous of seeing his majesty, for the pur* pose of expressing in person his gratitude for the kindness we had received in this country. The Prince answered, that it was contrary to the laws and customs of Loo-choo, for any foreigner to see the king, unless sent by his own sovereign, and charged with compUmentary presents. Coming from such high authority, this assurance was con-
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 179.
elusive^ and as nothing further could now be said on the subject, the hope of opening a communication with this court, which had been 80 anxiously desired, seemed now destroyed. The Prince, however, unexpectedly resumed the subject, by saying that a letter would be written to the King of England, if Captain Maxwell would undertake to deliver it; his answer was, that nothing could give him more satisfaction than being made the bearer of sueh a communication: that he had earnestly desired the honour of paying his respects to his majesty, but from the moment that he had heard that it was contrary to the customs of the country, he had ceased to think Qf it« As soon as it waa interpreted that Captain Ma&well was willing to carry tb0 letter alluded to, and that he no longer urged his detire to see the King, the Prince rose and pressed Captain Maxi* weirs hand and mine between his, while all the chiefs fell on their knees in a circle round us, shewing by the expression of their countenances, how great the anxiety had been from which they were relieved by Captain Maxweirs ready acquiescence with their wishes: the Prince in particular, who had hitherto looked full of anxiety, became all cheer* fulness, and his manner assumed a totally different ch^ racter.
The inference from this curious scene is, that the real
Digitized by
180 VOYAGE TO THE
object of the Princess visit was to dissuade Captain Max** well from urging his request to be allowed an interview with the King ; and we conjectured that the circumstance of his accident was taken advantage of to pay a visit to the Alceste, where they naturally thought that the remonstrances of a man of such high rank as the Heir Apparent to the throne, would carry more weight than any which had yet been tried.
When the Prince again alluded to the letter, it appeared that it was to be written by the minister, and not by the King. This altered the case materially, and Captain Max«^ well most respectfiilly informed the Prince, that such a letter as he described could not be received, as it would be an indignity to our sovereign to offer his majesty a letter written by another king's minister. The Prince at once seemed sensible of the propriety of what Captain Maxwell had said, and calling the chiefs round him, entered into a long discussion with them : at the close of which, he declared himself incompetent to decide upon so important an occa** sion, but said that he would consult with the King, whose pleasure would be communicated in a few days. Captain Maxwell expressed his willingness to abide by his majesty^s decision as far as was consistent with the respect due to his own sovereign. The Prince seemed entirely satisfied with
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 181
this answer, and said something to the chiefs, upon which they again fell on their knees before Captain Maxwell, not* withstanding all his efforts to prevent them. Nothing more of any consequence passed.
In the early part of the interview the present was brought in, or at least such parts of it as were capable of being thus displayed. T%ie whole consisted of two bullocks, three hogs, three goats, and a quantity of vegetables and fruit ; besides fifteen webs of the cloth of the island, thirty fans, and twelve pipes. The Prince said he had sent a present to me, which I found to consist of half the above mentioned things. He shortly afterwards rose to take leave. The rigging was manned on his going away, and similar honours were paid him as were shewn when he came on board.
The Prince of Loo-choo, whose name is Shang Pong Fwee, and title Pochin Tay Foo, belongs to the highest of the nine orders of chiefs on the islands, the distinction of which rank is a hatchee-matchee of a pink ground, with perpendicular rows of black, yellow, blue, white, and green spots. He was clothed in a robe of light blue silk, lined with silk a shade lighter, over which he wore a girdle richly embossed with flpwers of gold and different coloured silks : in other respects his dress was like that of the chiefs. He
Digitized by
182 VOYAGE TO THE
is about fifty years old^ his beard is full and white, and his figure well proportioned. In manners he is genteel and sedate, but occasionally a little awkward, which his retired habits sufficiently account for. Towards the close of his visit, when his reserve had in some degree worn off^ we observed him smile for an instant, now and then, with a shrewd expression in his eyes, as if he was observing what W»8 passing more narrowly than we at first suspected. It was thought, too, that in making inquiries about different things on board, he shewed more discrimination than most of those who had preceded him ; but on the whole, there wfts nothing very interesting in him besides his rank. While he was looking over the bdoks and other things in the cabin^ a picture of hi& majesty King George the Third was shewn to him. As the interpreter was not present, we could not immediately explain who it was intended to represent^ till it occurred to us to join our hands and bow to it in the Loo* choo manner : the Prince instantly saw what was meant, and turning towards the picture, made a low and respectful obeisance.
His suite consisted of several chie& whom we had not seen before, and six or seven personal attendants, two of whom stood behind to fan bim and light his pipe. It is curious that these men, who from their dress and manner were
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 183
certainly servants, derived a sort of rank from being about the Prince's person ; for when the chiefs sat down to table aftier he had left it, they all stood by as if expecting to be invited to sit down also ; but Mr. CUflford, to whom Captain Maxwell had given the party in charge, having observed how particular they were with respect to the distinctions of rank, did not think of asking thein to be seated, till Jeema requested him to do so ; still suspecting some mistake, he applied to Mddera, who said it was perfectly correct, and they were accordingly asked to sit down with the rest.
We had never been able to obtain from the natives any clear account of former visitors^ and as the Prince.was thought a likely person to be in possession of the desired infc^rmation, questions were asked him upon thip subject. He said that a vessel had been here about twenty years ago, and that she went away immediately without holding any communication with the court. This must have been the schooner in which Captain Broughton visited Napakiang in July, 1797^ after he had been wrecked in his majesty's ship Providence, on the island of Typinsan*. He said that he knew of no other
* See Broughton^s Voyage, Book II. Chap. 2. for a very interesting account of tbe natives of Tyfnnsan, who appear to resemble the people of the Great Loo-choo Island. In Book II. Chap. 3. Captain Broughton ^ves an account of his visit to Napachan. He was received by the inhabitants with great kind- ness ; they supplied his wants, but objected to his landing, and sent back to the schooner some of the officers who had been sent on shore to examine the town. We found Captain Broughton^s account of the people quite aocurate.
Digitized by
1 84 VOYAGE TO THE
stranger who had visited Loo-choo. On being interrogated as to the knowledge of other countries, he declared that they knew nothing of the English or French, or any nation indeed but the Chinese, Corean, and Japanese. Something was said about Manilla, and from its riot being very remote, it is possible that some communication may have existed between that place and Loo-choo. Their accounts, how- ever, were vague and unsatisfactory, and it is not impossible that we ourselves may have first suggested the name, and afterwards ascribed the use of it to them*.
Nothing, however, that occurred to-day, attracted more notice than Mddera's assumption erf his long concealed rank. He came for the first time dressed in the robes and hatchee-matchee of a chief, and not only took precedence of all our old friends, but during the discussion in the cabin with the Prince, maintained a decided superiority over them all. While all the rest were embarrassed in the Prince's presence, and crouching on their knees every time they spoke, Madera, though always respectful, was quite at his ease ; and we could not help fancying that he addressed the Prince as if accustomed to his society. It was no less remarkable, that the Prince referred much oftener to him than to any of the rest, and listened to what he said with
* At Manilla we found that the Great Loo-choo Island was known only by name. There iqprpeared to be no intercourse between the two places.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 185
greater attentioa. Whether M4dera owed such distinction to his actual rank, which may have placed him about the court, or to the ascendancy of his talents, or to the ac* cid^ital circumstance of his having had better opportunities of knowing us than any other of the natives, we could never discover. He admitted , when interrogated, that he had often seen the Prince before, while the other chiefs confessed their ignorance even of his person, before to-day.
As soon as the Prince was placed in his chair and car* ried away, M&dera came on board, and entered with great good humour into all the jokes which were made upon his new character. He declined telling why he had kept his rank so long out of sight, but it was sufficiently obvious that his main object was to establish an intimacy with all the different classes on board the ships, and in this he com* pletely succeeded ; for he had gradually advanced in hb acquaintance, first with the sailors, then the midshipmen, next with the officers, and last of all with the captains. By this means he gained the confidence and good will of each class as he went along ; and by rising in consequence every day, instead of putting forward all his claims at once, ac« quired not only substantial importance with us, but gained a much more intimate knowledge of our character and customs than he could have hoped to do in any other way.
B B
Digitized by
186 VOYAGE TO THE
24th of October. — Mr. ClifFord went along with me to- day for the purpose of sketching the bridge, which, though not above three hundred yards from the landing place, the chiefs have always objected to our examining. We took Jeeroo with us without telling him ojar object, which he no sooner discovered than he became quite alaimed, and sent off for Madera, who came to us immediately, and upon learning that nothing further was proposed than a mere examination of the bridge, he said that we might go on ; having first made us promise solemnly not to go any further. While Madera was binding us down in this way, I expressed some little impatience at his doubting our simple declaration of nothing more being intended than what we avowed; but his duty I suppose was imperative, and he would not leave us till the matter was arranged in his own way. As soon as he was satisfied on this point he said something to Jeeroo and left us ; but turning back again, he came up to Mr. Chfford, and whispered, " captain no sulky?'' meaning, we supposed, to express his apprehension that I had been angry at the stipulations so positively required by him. Mr. Clif- ford, having assured him that I was not sulky with him, detained him to ask him what it was he feared ? what he had seen in us to excite such dread of our going near the town ?> He replied, '* Loochoo woman see Ingeree man, Loocho<a^
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 187
woman cry !'^. He then returned ; and Jeeroo, who remained in a boat close to the bridge while I was employed mea- suring it and drawing it stone by stone, was greatly in- terested by Mr. CliflFord's ^iccount of the great age of our venerable Sovereign, and the ntimber of his family, which excited his astonishment and admiration* He conversed freely while the subject was the King of England, but the moment the slightest turn in the discourse was made to*- wards the King of Leo-choo he drew up, and became im- penetrable. " He did not know,'' he said, " how old he was, nor how many children he had f in short he seemed scarcely to admit that he had ever heard any thing about him.
From Mddera, however, who had no concealments, we learnt afterwards that the King has only one wife, but has twelve concubines ; he is an old man^ and has seven child* ren. It is curious that none of the chiefs will inform Cap- tain Maxwell whether or not the Prince who visited the ships yesterday has any children ; it is hardly possible that they can be ignorant of the fact ; but either they are kept strangely in the dark as to what passes in the palace, or they carry their reserve on royal topics to a singular length.
From the bridge we went to the top of the hill above the well, where Jeeroo sung several songs. On the way up we stopped at one of the large horse-shoe tombs mentioned
Digitized by
188 VOYAGE TO THE
before, which resembles in all respects the tombs of China« On this similarity being pointed out to Jeeroo, he became anxious to explain that it was a Loo-choo tomb, and not exclusively Chinese ; meaning probably that Loo-choo per* sons were contained in it. He informed us that these tomba did not contain a single person only, or a single generation, but were used as cemeteries from age to age^. The bodies,, according to his account, are put into coffins, and allowed to he untouched for seven years, by which time the flesh is entirely decayed ; the bones are then collected, and being put into cases are preserved by the families of the deceased with great care.
35th of October. — ^This being the anniversary of His. Majesty'^ accession to the throne, the ships were dressed in colours, and a royal .salute fired. Upon the natives this, produced a great effect; they had never seen any other flags than the single ensigns hoisted on Sundays, and this, display of several hundred flags was well calculated to sur<^ prise and dehght them. They were informed some day& before that there would be some ceremonies in honour of our Eang, and great numbers of people had assembled on the shore in consequence. This morning had also been fixed upon for returning the Prince's visit ; accordingly we left the Alceste at one o'clock, forming a procession of four boats^
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CH0O ISLAND. lfi[9
with flags in each. Captain Maxwell took twelve of his officers and young gentlemen, and six accompanied m)e from the Lyra, all being dressed in full uniform. We entered the harbour, and landed at the same part of the causeway as before, where the chiefs were in attendance^as on the occasion of our visit on the 23d ult.
The Prince advanced a few yards on the outside of the gate, and having taken Captain Maxwell's hand, conducted him to the temple, where an ingenious device was adopted to preserve the etiquette, requiring, that none of inferior rank shall sit down in the Prince's company. The temple was divided into three rooms by ranges of columns, which were deemed a sufficient separation ; and, at the same time, no person in the other rooms could feel himself slighted by the exclusion, since the division by the pillars was merely nominal. The feast was sumptuous, consisting of twelve fegular courses, besides tea and sackee. There were many new dishes, principally of meat, dressed in various ways in large bowls. We saw what seemed to be wheaten bread for the first time to-day. It being necessary to make some return for the presents brought on board by the Prince two days ago. Captain Maxwell now gave him several pieces of scarlet and blue superfine cloth, and samples of every species of cloths, from the finest damask to the coarsest sail
Digitized by
190 VOYAGE TO THE
canvas ; also a set of cut crystal decanters and glasses, aiid three dozen of wine of ten different sorts, with several books, and a number of smaller articles. It was also stated to the Prince, that a cow and calf had been left on shore in order to be offered to the King as a small mark of our sense of the kindness which we had experienced. The Prince ex- pressed much satisfaction at this gift, as the calf had become a great favourite with the natives. My present consisted of half the quantity of wine given by Captain Maxwell, a mirror taken from a dressing-stand, samples of English stationary^ Cary^s map of England, an atlas, and a small brass sextant; which latter present had been suggested by the wonder which it had invariably excited at the observatory. Mr. John Maxwell, to whom the Prince had sent a present of cloth and pipes after he landed yesterday, gave him a spy- glass and a map of London ; the map was coloured, and round the edges were the palaces, Greenwich Hospital, and other public buildings, all of which he examined with great attention. After he had looked over most of the things, and was satisfied with the explanations, he rose and said that a great deal too much had been given, to which it was replied, that a great deal too little had been given, and that they were not offered as being, in any respect, an equivalent for the supplies sent on board, but merely to shew our
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND.
191
sense of the kindness and attention with which we had been received *. During the time that we sat at table to- day, the interpreter was hardly ever called in, as M4- dera and Mr. Cliflford contrived between them to explain every thing, if not as clearly as could have been wished, yet in a more satisfactory manner than could have been done through the medium of John the Chinaman, of whose fidelity we were nowise certain, and whose taste and de- licacy in conveying our sentiments v^e had great reason to doubt.
* LIST OF SUPPLIES RECEIVED AT LOO-CHOO BY
H. M. SHIPS.
Bullocks . . . . -
Pigs
Goats . - - .
Fowls - • . - .
Fish ....
Eggs . - - - .
Bags of sweet potatoes - - -
Squashes - - -
Jars of Samchoo, each containing about fifteen gallons - - - -
Baskets of oranges - - - -
Bundles of mns^rhread
anions Radishes Celery ' Garlick
— — Candles
Wood
Pumpkins
Baskets of yermicelli
Boxes of sugar
Bolls of printed linen
Bundles of papec
|
Alcette. |
Lyra. |
|
19 |
8 |
|
23 |
10 |
|
16 |
7 |
|
♦216 |
102 |
|
29 |
12 |
|
920 |
455 |
|
•59 |
27 |
|
84 |
14 |
|
6 |
8 |
|
9 |
4 |
|
8 |
3 |
|
16 |
8 |
|
80 |
12 |
|
12 |
S |
|
8 |
4 |
|
7 |
8 |
|
16 |
8 |
|
60 |
80 |
|
7 |
8 |
|
2 |
1 |
|
14 |
7 |
|
6 |
I S |
* Not inclodio^ extra sappliei to the officers.
* Not indoding ditto.
Digitized by
19« VOYAGE TO THE
The Prince, after a time, rose aod proposed the King ef£ England's health, which was accordingly drank in a cup of sackee. In return we gave the King of Loo-choo. As the surgeon had desired Captain Maxwell to drink no wine, there was very little drank at the Prince's table ; but at the others every art was used to circulate the sackee pot. Indeed, little persuasion was required, for the sackee, though not strong, was very good- Ookooma presided at the table occupied by the officers, and Jeero at that where the midshipmen sat.
Ookooma having remarked onboard, that whenever the King's health was drank, whether his Majesty of England, or of Loo-choo, the cups were always freely emptied, took advantage of this loyalty of sentiment, and gave " The King of Injeree's health'' three or four times over, to which, of course, the officers were obliged to reply, by giving " The King of Loo-choo" as often. He carried this rather farther than is customary with us on similar occasions, for observing that the company were rather backward in eating a bowl of sweet rice-meal porridge, he stood up with his bowl in his hand, and calling out " King of Injeree health I'' swallowed the whole of it, and invited the rest to follow his example.
The Prince seemed to enjoy the mirth of the other
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 193
tables very much ; he was himself more cheerful and dis^ engaged than when we first saw him, though he appears to be naturally a silent man. Ookooma, by overacting tiis part, got, we thought, a little tipsy, and came several times into the state chamber, talking louder than was proper, but of this the Prince took no notice. When Ookooma came near my chair, I whispered to him, ^' Ya weetee," (you are drunk ;) he turned round, and affecting to be angry, called out, " Weetee nang,^^ (I am not drunk) in a voice and manner which were in direct contradiction to his assertion : his subsequent behaviour, however, waa so correct and sedate when the feast broke up, and all were again upon duty, that he was probably merely pretending to be tipsy, in order to suit what was considered to be the humour of the company.
On rising to depart, the Prince led Captain Maxwell by the hand, not only through the gate, but about twenty yards along the causeway ; here he stopped and took leave. Cap* tain Maxwell availed himself of this opportunity to repeat, for the last time, his thanks in the name of his government, for the numerous attentions and marks of kindness which we had received. He requested that what he had said might be communicated to the King, and assured the Prince, in the most earnest and respectful manner, that all the circum-
c c
Digitized by
194 VOYAGE TO THE
stances yofour reception and entertainment should be stated to our own government. The Prince bowed to this in a manner which seemed to express his satisfaction at what was promised . Captain Maxwell next observed, that besides the high pubUc benefits of which he had just been speaking, he felt individually greatly honoured and obliged by the particular attention which had been shewn to himself, and to the captain of the little ship, and hoped that the Prince would accept from himself a small mark of his respect and gratitude. As soon as this was interpreted to the Prince, Captain Maxwell took from his neck a sikiall thermometer, set in silver, and presented it to the Prince, who leaned bis head forward, and requested that it might be hung round his neck«
This may be supposed a curious place to hang a ther^ moineter,but we^had learned during our intercourse with the chiefs, that some management of this kind was necessary wheneva: it was intended to ofier than presents ; for their extreme delicacy made them unwilling to accept any thing Qf value, test it might appear in the light of remuneration for their hospitality^ Whenever any thing merely orna- mental, or of little value, wtis ofiered, and particularly if worn about the person, no objection was made to receivii^ it. It thus became the practice^ as bding the most oodv^ent
Digitized by
GREAT. LOO*CHOO ISLAND* 195
method, to tie the proposed gift by a ribbon round the neck ; and after a time, every one had rings, seals, watch-* keys, or bank tokens with holeif drilled in them, pre* pared for these occasions. The thermometer which was given to the Prince had particularly attracted his notice when he was on board*
After Captain Maxwell had given his present, the Prince turned to me, and I put over his neck a cornelian omam^it, suspended by a ribbon, in the same manner as the ther* moqieter.
He was greatly delighted with these compliments, and immediately resuming Captain MaxwelPs hand, led him along the whole length of the causeway to the bo^t^ and then stepped upon the top of the parapet to see us row away.
As soon as we had put off, every one in the boats stood up and gave three cheers; to which the Prince bowed several times, with his hands closed and raised to his breast. He remained on the parapet, and continued waving his fan to us as we rowed down the harbour, as long as we could see him. As the boats rowed in procession out of the harbour, all the chiefs ran along to the end of the cause* way, where they continued, along with a vast crowd <^ natives, waving their handkerchiefs and fans till we were
Digitized by
196 VOYAGE TO THE
a great way from the shore. On each side of this group of chiefs a gong was beat incessantly. On every side; the rocks, the trees, houses, and boats, in short, every spot was crowded with people, waving their hands, and cheering us as we went along. This brilliant scene had less of novelty in it, to be sure, than what we had witnessed at the same place on the twenty-third of last month, but it .was 3tiJl more pleasing, for we had now become acquainted with many of the individuals forming this assemblage, and could feel assured that their expressions of kindness and respect jvere. sincere. On the first occasion, too, the natives being ignorant of our intentions, were very generally alarmed tx% Our appearance ; and accordingly, though there was much curiosity shewn, ^profound silence and stillness prevailed over the whole crowd, very different from the friendly shouts and signs with which they greeted us as we passed among them to-day4
Precautions had been taken to prevent the ladies from, indulging their curiosity as they had done on the first visit, hot a female being seen any where.
26th of October. — Last night both the Alceste and Lyra were illuminated. At nine o'clock a feu de joie was fired^ and a number of fire-works let off from the yard-arms^ A great concourse of the natives, who had been apprised of
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
A
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 197
our intentions, assembled on the shore; and were very highly delighted with this brilliant exhibition.
The sick, as w^ll as the remaining stores belonging to the Alceste, were removed on board this morning, and every preparation made for sea. While employed in completing the series of observations at the observatory, Mddera joined us, having in his hand the sextant which I had given to the Prince yesterday. It seemed that he had been ordered to make himself acquainted with the use of it; and a more hopeless enterprise could not have been proposed to any man. But Mddera was not a man to be thrown into despair by difficuTty ; on the contrary, he persevered in observing with this sextant, and the more the difficulty was made apparent, the more keenly he laboured to over-^ come it. The progress which he made in a few hours in the mere practical operation of taking angles . and altitudes was hot surprising, because there is in fact not much dif- ficulty in it; but he was nowise satisfied with thi^ pirofi« ciency , and seemed anxious to apply his knowledge to some tisefulpurpose^
t With a sextant on a stand, I made him take the distance between the sun and moon, four or five times; on every occasion he was wonderfully near the_truth. We endeavoured
I Digitized by
198 VOYAGE TO THE
to confine iiim to one object, merely to ascertain the time of apparent noon ; and I think we succeeded in explaining to him how this was to be done. He expressed repeatedly hi3 regret at our approaching departure, in which sentiment he was joined by Jeeroo and the rest of the chiefs, who were quite out of spirits. Jeeroo, poor fellow, had prepared a handsome dinner for us under a tree near the observatory. He made us drink what he called ^^ wackarittee,^^ or the parting cup, several times over. We had a number of vi-^ sitors at the observatory, who saw the instruments packed up and sent off with looks of real regret. They all said they were sorry we. were going away. One man gave Mr. Clifford, as a farewell gift, a curious drawing of the Alceste dressed in flags, and executed, he said, by his 3on. The children^ too, were all much affected by our preparations, and the wonted hilarity of the lower orders was quite gone.
Having taken our final leave of the shore, we went to the Alceste, where we found the chiefs in conference with Captain Maxwell, who made each of the chiefs a present of a cut wine glass, which he knew they had long desired to possess. To Ookooma he gave a finely cut tumbler, in a red morocco case. This was much beyond his ex- pectations, and perhaps his wishes, for he appeared to
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 199
observe the wine glasses of the others with somewhat of a disappointed look. Captain Maxwell perceiving in a moment that Ookooma had set his heart upon a wine glasB^ opened the case, and placed one inside the tumbler, to Ookooma^s great satisfaction; and soon afterwards the whole party went on shore, saying, before they left the ship, that in the morning the Bodzes would come on board in order to perform some sacrifice. As they never came, it is probable that the interpreter misunderstood them, part- ticularly as Isaacha Sandoo said to Mr« Clifford, ^^ Acha hbonee nittee Doochoo mang hoonee oocooyoong/' V Tok morrow the ships will go, and all the Loo-choo people wiU pray for them, or wish them well ;^' which was probably what was meant when the interpreter reported that the Bodzes were to come on boards
While we were at dinner, Mddera came into the Alceste's cabin for the purpose of asking some questions about the sextant. He had not been aware of our being at dinner, and looked shocked at having intruded ; and when invited to stt down, politely, but firmly declined. From the cabin he went to the gun room, to see his fri^ad Mr. Hoppner, the junior lieutenant of the Alceste, with whom he had formed a great friendship. Mr.^Hoppner gave him a picture of the
Digitized by
200 VOYAGE TO THE
Alcwte and some other presents ; upon which M4dera) who was much affected, said, " To-morrow ship go sea; I. go my father house, two day distance : when I see my father, I show him your present, and I tell him, me, Henry Hoppnw all same (as) brother,*^ and burst into tears I
- Sunday, 27th of October. — At day-break we unmoored, and the natives, on seeing us take up one of our anchors, thought we were going .to get under weigh inunediately^ and give them the sUp, which was not at all intended. This, alarm, however, brought the chiefs off in a great hurry 5 not in a body in their usual formal way, but one by one, in separate canoes. Old Jeema called on boa.rd the Lyra on his way to the frigate; lienvas a good deal agitated, and jthe tears came into his eyes when I put a ring.on his fingen He gave me in return his knife.
The other chiefs called alongside on their way to the frigate, but went on when I told them that I was just going to the AlCeste myself. In the mean time Mddera came on board, with the iSextant in his hand ; he was in such distress tbd't he scarcely knew what he was about; In this distracted stQ^tei he sat down to breakfast with us, during which he continued lighting his pipe jand smoking as fast as he could ; drf linking and eatipg whatever was placed before him.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 201
After he had a little tecoveted himself, he asked what books it would be necessary to read to enable him to make use of the sextant; I gave him anautiqal almanack, and told bim that he must understand that in the first instance : he opened it, and looking at the figures, held up his hands in despair, and w»s at last forced to confess that it was a hopeless business. He therefore put the sextant up ai]^ bad^ us ferewell. Before he left the Lyra he gave Mn CKfford his pipe, tobacco pouch, and a crystal ornament ; saying, as he held out the last, " You go Ingeree, you gire this to jrour chijds."
Mr. CUfford gave him a few presents in return, and expressed his anxiety to be considered his friend. M&dera, with the tears streaming down hb cheeks, placed his hand JBeveral times upon his heart, and cried, *^ Eedooshee, edposhee !'' My friend, my friend I
To me be gave a fan and a picture of an old man looking up at the sun, drawn, he said, by himself: he probably meant in his picture some allusion to my usual occupation at the observatory. After he had put ofFin his boat, he called out^ ^ LagCTee noo choo sibittee yootoosha,*' I shall ever remember the English people. When he went to the Alceste, one of the chiefs remarked that he had neither his hatchee-matchee on nor his toheh ^nd told him that it was not respectful to
D D
Digitized by
20S VOYAGE TO THE
^4dt upon Captain Maxwell for the last time, in his ordinaff dress; particularly as all the others were in full anay. M&dera, who, poor fellow, had been too much concerned about other matters to think of dress, was shocked at this apparent want of politeness, and went immediately to apologize to Captain Maxwell, who took him by the hand, and gave him a present, telling him, at the same time, that Ke was always too happy to see him, to notice what dress h^ had oiu
On going into the cabin, I found the chiefs seated in a TOW, all very disconsolate, and apparently trying to conceal emotions different, in all probal»lity, from any which they had ever before experienced. Captain Maxwell'had made them his parting present, and I therefore gave to each cluef some trifle, receiving from them in retilrn, their knives, pipes, pouches, and fans. In the mean time the ailchor was hove up, and every thing being ready for making sail, the chiefs rose to take leave. Ookooma wished to say something, but was too much affected to speak, and before they reached their boats they were all in tears.
Madera cried lutterly as he shook hands with his numerous friends, who were loading him with presents. ' The chiefs, as well bs the people in the numerous canoes which had assembled round the i»hips, stood up, and con*
Digitized by
GBEAT LOaCHOO ISLAND. 303^
liaued waving their fans and handk^chiefs till we were beyond the reefs» and could see them no longer. .
. ^LHOST every thing respecting the manners and customs of Iioo-choo, with which we have had an opportunity, of becoming acquainted, has been laid before the reader intbe foregoing narrative. It is proposed to insert here a lew :j^t^ ticulars which in the hurry of the moment were noted dowA without date. They might easily have been embodied with the narrative, but it has been considered of less con- sequence to sacrifice arrangement, than to interfere in any Way with the integrity of the Journal, in which ikothinghas been inserted out of the exact order in which it is known ttf have happened.
The religion of Loo-choo appears to be that of Fo, said to be introduced by the bodses one thousand years ago \ We found great difficulty in discovering any thing precise on this subject &om the natives; but from all that we could gather, reUgion does not appear to be made a matter of general instruction as in Europe;, being left, as in China, to tiie priests. This we infer from the careless way in which* the subject was at aU times treated by the natives, and the
* .See Lettw Edifiantes et Curieuies, vol. fti. '
Digitized by
Sto4 . VOYAGE TO THE
igftoranoe wliich tliey professed of thje forms and cereDaonieJI used in the temples. The fiod^es are not respected oi esteemed in society; they are prevented from marrying, and are not allowed to eat meat: few people associate with them, and even the children turn them into ridicule. On the occasion of the Loo-choo funeral service over the grave of the seaman, the bodzes stood behind^ and were not, called upon to oificiate, the service being entirely per*
formed by Jeeroo. ' .: . j ,
. In the large temple we saw three gilt idols and Varibii9 pictures ; but with the exception Of the. funeral servica just alluded to, we .never met with any thing in the least degree resembling a reUgious ceremony. The bodies, kept the. temple dean swept^ and took care of the walks .and hedges, and this appeared to be their only employment. It is fair to ^suppose, however, that the occupation of the temple by us may have caused a teivporary cestoiion of ihdur religious observances.
^.' They. have large tombs or cemeteries for their dead^ being mostly of the Chinese form, viz. that of a horse*^shoe«: They iafe £3nned of stones and mortar, and are covered with a coat of cheenam, (shell lime), which is always ^ept nicely white^washed and clean swept : some are more highly finished than others ; their size varies from twenty to thirty feet in lengthy by twelve to fourteen broad. The coffin,
Digitized by
GREAT X0Q:CB001SX:aND. ftOS
Ifrhm dosed, is placed m the vault under the tombjEuadii tiot toudied for six or seven years, by which time the iles){ is;foimd to have separated and wasted away j the botitojuid tli^n collected, and put into jars ranged in rows bn' the iQ^ side of the vault. ' Burning is.never Used ia,t . any stageisf ^He proceedings, nor iinder iany circumstances. Iiiitlte'£dUrse of tiine^ when these vaults become . crowded, the vas^s ard removed to houses appropriated to their reception above ground : such must have been the bmlding described bjf Mrv Cfiffdrd in the jirilla^e near Port Hdville. The loMref orders,' si^ho jcanoibt »S$rd .{these .expensive, tombs, takd advantage. of holIow-lil^Qes ii^'; the.. rocks, ivhich hy alittte assistance jirejiilide secure; vaults^. .In the dijSs behind th6 viUagie of Gonting, the galleries cut. for the reception of the vases must have been thc^t^ork of men possessed of ^wer and authority.. Not Jbjeing fully aware irhat the Chinee customs are with respect to the di6ad, in ordinary cases, it is impossible for iis to say how nearly thej-feskmhl^ those of Loo-chooi but there are certainly some points.nf les^nblance^ ■.*'..'■
from'Mr. Clifford's notes on the Loo-choo inscriptions^ I have extracted the following particulars. . ** A number of carved stones, called by the natives Kawroo, were found at many plaices, particularly in- fhef groves on the. failL The Kawioo is. two feet l<^g).by diMt
Digitized by
ftOS TOYA6E TO THE
itide* ^d one high.; it ia excavated a little on the'ii^er pBxU oa which aa ofierki^g of rice is placed. . On the udet of tbisAtfMie axe carved a vanetj of characters, denoting the nuik of. the person who makes ,the offering,, as well as the fib^eet of Ins petitioo, togedier with the date. - *'Twoofthe8ein8criptioiis,co{Hedat the time, have sinoQ been translated by a gontiieman acquainted with the Chinese oharacters. The ficst gives an account of a man about to sail in Ghiira, 'm, the leign of .Kien Lung, the late monarch of thaft country; this penoa implores the divine aid in pr6» tecting him during his voTage. The other is dated in the twenty-first yeaer of the reign of Kia>King, the prewnt emperor of CSiiaa, answering to the year 1816, in which we tisited |/x>«hoo. ThM is an invocation to the deity for ilttcdess ilk a;litemry pursiut ...
' "Two narrow strips of paper,, with characters inscribed on diera, which by consent of tibe natives i^ere taken froia a pillar in the temple, and which have rinoe been traaalBtedj prove to be invocations, one to the aopreme deity, and the other to the evil spirit. The first is en a fdip^ of paper, two feet long,, by two inches wide, and contains a supplication for pardon.. The latter in* ▼oealaan' begins by seven rows of the character sym- boical of the Devil. In the upper line there are seven, and id the iMt one, so lAxai a triangular page is fi»nned of
Digitized by
GREAT tOO.CHOO ISLAND. aO?
fwentj-eight characters^ each i»gnifymg the Devilj |^ the prayer itself is vritten ia a nant>w perp^otdicul^^ 1km waidenieatib; tlie whote inscripticin resoiabliog itK lonn a kite ifith a long tail attached to it/^
Polygamy is not allowed in Loo*choo as in Chun^mtdl the king^ it appears^ is the only perscm permitted h(7:lwfit ti» hAv^ concubines ; they inmriaUy spoke with horfor oi the Chinese pracitice, which aUows^ftplaraMty of wives^ aod ¥iefe» liiuch gratified on learning that the Enghsh eutitoms in thii respect were ^milar to those of Locm^oo. Thd women aov not treated so well a^ ^a were led to expect from'lhe miASm ness of character in the men^and their liberality of thinking in general* The upper classes of women are/confined a^ good deal to their houses^ and the lower ordecs 'p^nftsm much of the hard work of husbandry. We saw thenif.at a distance, in great numbers, cdrrying^ loads on th^ heaids^^ Mddera says that the women are not treated with modn indulgence, being even restn<^ted-from using -fan^r and^ that when they are met out of doors by the men, they teke no notice of one another, whatever may be the degpe^^: of relationship or intimacy siAfsii^^ between them. Hie perseverance with which they kept the women from ouf sight is curious^ and leads us to conjecture that the g^eraL practice of the ijdand is to secliide the women at all tunesv In this respect they di£^ from the Ji^anese,* who 9t»
Digitized'by
a08 VOYAGE TO THE
said to ^ allow wives to every stranger. This degree of seclusioa does not prevail in China^ as we had opportunities df observing at several places never before visited by EuncH peans. The Chinese account quoted in the Lettres Edifiantetil ^ CurieuseSy voL ^3f states that the young men and women marry on this island by choice, and not, as in Chin{|[> by- a contraict made without any personal knowledge of each other. We took every opportunity of interrogating them on this subject, but as the question was always evaded» we fear that their practice in this respect is not so praiser worthy as that account would make it appear.
Of their literature we could get but few satisfactory 9^ counts; they say that they have few books in their own language, die greater number on the island being Chinese* T^ young men of rank are sometimies sent to China to be educated. Jeeroo had been there when a boy. None but the Upper classes understand the spoken Chinesei and the pefti^ santry are in general ignorant both of the spoken and written Chinese language.
They appear to have no money, and from all we could 8^ or hear, they are even ignorant of its use. Those, how- ever, who have visited China cannot be so ill informed, and jet ncHie of them set any value upon Spanish dollars, or upon any gold coins that we had. Though we were inoessantly trying to make out iroip M&dera aqd the
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 209
others, what their medium of exchange was, we could never learn any thing distinct upon the subject, nor could they be made to comprehend our questions about money; a diffi- culty, it may be observed, which we should expect to meet 'with among people whose only mode of purchase was by barter. The only circumstance which came to our knowledge bearing at all upon this question, was during the time when the garden was under preparation for the reception of the Alceste^s stores ; it was then remarked that each of the la-i- bourers employed had a little piece of paper stuck in his hair, with a single character written on it ; this naturally excited our curiosity, but the inquiries we were enabled to make at that early stage of our knowledge of the language, led to nothing conclusive. Afterwards, when our means in this respect were more ample, we could not recal the cir* cumstance to the recollection of the chiefs. As these papers were called by the people wearing them, " hoondtee,'' and as ^^ ho6nee'' means ship, Mr. CliiSbrd has conjectured that they may have been written passes to enable them to eoter the gate on the ship's business.
We saw no arms of any kipdt and the natives always declared that they had none. Their behaviour on seeing a musket fired certainly implied an ignorance of fire-pnns. In a cottage at the north end of the island, we saw a spear
E £
Digitized by
eiO • VOYAGE TO THE
ivhich liad the appearance' of a warlike weapon, but we had every reason to beUeve that this was used for the sole purpose of catching fish, having seen others not very dissimilar actui- allyemployed in this way. They looked at our swords and cutlasses, and at the Malay creeses and spears, with equal surprise, being apparently as little acquainted with the on6 as with the other. The chiefs carried little case knives in the folds of their robes, or in the girdle, and the lower orderfi had a larger knife, but these were always of some imme- diate practical utility, and were not worn for defence not as ornaments. They denied having any knowledge of war either by experience or by tradition.
We nev^ saw any punishment inflicted at Loo-choot a tap with the fan, or an angry look, was the severest chajs* tisement ever resorted to, as far as we could discover. Iii giving orders, the chiefs were mild though firm, and the people always obeyed with cheerfulness. There seemed to be great respect and confidence on the one hand, and much consideration and kind feeling on the other. In this par- ticular, more than in any other that fell under our Dptice^ Loo-choo diflers firom China, for in the latter country we saw none of this generous and friendly understanding between the upper and lower classes. ^ .
One day wh^n we were drinking tea and smoking pipes
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. fill
with the chiefs, on the top of the hill, a boy began to ex- hibit feits of tumbling before us ; in a short time all eyes were turned towards him, and his modesty caused biin to desisti We offered him buttons and various things, but he would not resume. his^ tumbling : we then asked Jeema to interfere ; he did so, and told the youngster to go on ; but he kept his seat, and Jeema became angry, or rather pre- tended to be so, yet the tumbler sat obstinately stilL " Well/^ said Jeema to us, *V what is to be done? It was for hia pwn amusement that he began, and probably for his amusement lie.will do so again/' The boy, when left alone, in a^ort tinie resumed his tumbling. I mention this to she^ Jeema'i good &ense in not forcing the boy to do' that as a task, Khich he had begun as an amusement, and which he had discernment enough to know would be unpleasant for us to y/itness in any other way. By this treatment of their children, mutual cordiality and freedom of intercourse are encou- raged/ It was probably owing to this mode of education that the children became at once fahiiliar with us. Oiie day xtrhUe I was employed sketching the village and trees near the bridge, a boy stopped hear me, and without saying any thing, epdeavoured to attract tny. notice by performing various gambols before me, I took no npticfe of him for some tim^ but at last lookedup and smiled ; upon which the boy cried
Digitized by
«18 VOYAGE TO THE
out in perfectly good English, " How do you do? Very weU, I thank you;'' and ran off, quite delighted at having displayed his proficiency in English.
The chiefs were generally accompanied by one or two of their sons, who took their places near them, and were always put forward when there was any thing curious to be seen. In this way they were encouraged to make themselves ac* quainted with every thing, and yet nothing could be more respectful or affectionate than they always were. Great pains were taken to form the manners of the children, and we never observed an instance of rudeness in any one of them, though they were as full <xf life and spirits as the wildest English school-boys. John the Chinaman afforded them much amusement: he was a great coxcomb, and therefore fair game for the boys; they used to surround him and pretend to pull his long tail; but they never actually puUed it, but merely teamed him a little, and then ran away. These little traits seem, worthy of notice, as they belong to a style of education quite different from what we had seen in China and some other eastern countries, where the ctil* dren are made to look like men in miniature.
During our intercourse with these people, there did not occur one instance of theft. They were all permitted to come on board indiscriminately; to go into the cabins, store*
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 313
rooms, and wherever they liked, unattended. At the temple the Alceste's stores of every kind were lying about, as well as the carpenter's and armourer's tools ; and in the observatory, the instruments, books, and pencils were merely placed under cover ; yet there was not a single article taken away, though many hundreds of people were daily admitted, and allowed to examine whatever they pleased. This d^ee of honesty is a feature which distinguishes the people of Loo* choo from the Chinese, as well as from the inhabitants of the islands in the South Sea and of the Malay Archipelago; among whom even fear, as was ascertained by Captain Cook and other voyagers, is altogether insufficient to pre« vent theft* At Loo-choo the people are considerably civilised ; but they have few wants, and they appear to be perfectly contented. Honesty is perhaps the natural ponsequence of suck a state of society.
We saw no musical instruments of any kind ; they were, however, aware of their use. The natives almost all sing, and we heard several very sweet airs, principally plaintive : they had many jovial drinking songs, one of which we wrote down from their singing; it was inscribed on a drink* ing cup, and is as follows :
4( XyVack koo, tawshoo, shee kackoafing, ^^ Chaw uDg, itchee ahaw, ahooha nceboaroo; ^ Ting shee, you byee, cbee taroo shoo mnnee
Digitized by
214; VOYAGE TO THE
^ NooBoo cadsee meese^ cannt shaw jeeroo ^^^ .Sbing ooodee sackee oochee noo shing.^
/ The. Chinese characters: on the drinking-cup were thus, tf apslated iiL China^ ^' Tywack hoo *, inspired by a jar of wine, writes an hundred pages of odes or verses with^ out end. At the market town of Chawt-ung-f- he entered a wine shop to sleep. The Emperor summoned him to ap* peaf ; in his haste to obey the summons^ he forgot to put on his neckcloth, and rushing into the royal presence, ex-* claimed, * I am the wine-loving immortal/ ''
The Loo-choo dres^ has been so frequently mentioned, that a brief notice, in recapitulation, will suffice in this place. Their loos6 robe was generally made of cotton, and of a great variety of colours* The robe of a grown up persotf was nevjer flovered or printed over with figures, bein^ generally of a uniform colour, though instances occurred of striped cloths being worn by the chiefs. This robe opened in front, but the edges overlapped, and were concealed by the foldd, io as to render it difficult to say whether or not the robe was continued all round: the sleeves were about three feet wide: round the middle was bound a belt or girdle about four or , five inches wide, always
* A man celebrated in the Tung dynasty for bis oohviyial disposition : be is known in China by tb'b name of Jai-pe.
f The town of Chang-ngan in China, near the Great Wall.
Digitized by
Digitized by
^Jtytf^tn^UASm.
Digitized by
—\
Digitized by
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 215
of a diflferent -colour from the dres^, ahd in general richljr ornamented with wrought silk and gold flowers. : The folds of the. robe OA^erhang the belt, but not so much as to hide it: the- whole of the dress folds easily, and has a graceful and picturesque appearance. The garments worn by the thildrerf were often gaudily printed with flowersl In rainy or cold weather, a sort of great coat was worn by the chiefs only, of thick blue cloth, buttoning in front over the robe, and tighter both in body and sleeves than the other* This cloth resembled the coarse, cloth used in China ; and it looked like woollen manufacture, and may possibly have been originally brought from England. The sand^^ls worn by all ranks were exactly the same; they were. formed of straw wrought into a firm mat to fit the sole of the foot, smooth towards the foot, and ragged underneath : a stifi* smooth band of straw, about as thick as one^s little finger, passes from that part of the sandal immediately under the ancle and over the lower part of the instep, so as to join the sandal at the opposite side ; this is connected with the foremost part of the sandal by a short small straw cord which comes between the great toe and the next one. The upper classes wore stockings of white cotton, not unlike our half stock* ings, except that they button at the outside, and have a place like the finger of a glove for the great toe* •
Their hair is of a jet black, and is kept glossy by juice
Digitized by
«16 VOYAGE TO THE
expressed from a leaf. There is no variety in the fashion of dressing it ; it is pulled tight up all round, and is formed at top into a compact knot, so as to conceal the crown of the head, which is shaved ; through the knot are thrust two metal pins, one of which has a square point and flowered head consisting of six leaves or divisions : the other pin has one end sharp, and the other shaped like a scoop : the length of these pins is from four to six inches. We did not see the Prince's, as he remained covered during all the time of his visit ; but the Chief of high rank, who visited the Alceste on the 2Sd of September, had the flowered end of one pin studded with precious stones. The higher orders wear, on state occasions, what they called a ^^ hatchee-matchee,'^ which is a kind of turban, apparently made by winding a broad band round a cylinder, in such a way, that a small segment of each fold is shewn at every turn, in front above, and behind below ; this is efiected by giving a slight diagonal direction - to each fold. The lower orders occasionally tie a coloured cloth or handkerchief round the head; this they call ^ sadjee :'* next the body they wea;? a thin cotton dress. The men wear no ornaments through their flesh, nor are they tattooed : we saw, indeed, some fishermen who had fish spears marked on their arms, but this does not prevail generally. An etching of these marks is given by Mr. Clifford in the second part of the Vocabulary.
Digitized by
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 31?
/ "The cattle on this island^ which. are of a small black breeds are used exclusively for agricultural purposes. Hogs^ goats, and poultry, with rice and a great variety of vege-^ tables, form the food of the inhabitants: milk is never used* We saw no geese, so that those left by Captain Broughton most probably did not thrive. They have no sheep . nor asses. Their hcmies are of a small slight make, and; the natives are very fond of riding. W^ si^w no carts or wheeled carriages of any kind, horses being used to carry loads ; for thi9 purpose ^ the roads are numerous, alld kept in excels lent order, being from six to ten feet wide^
Their mode of dressing the ground is neat, and resem<^ bles the Chinese, particularly in manuring and irrigating it. This is most attended to where the sugar-cane is cultivated: they have, besides, tobacco, wheat, rice, Indian com, millet, sweet potatoes, brinjals, and many other vegetables. The fields, which are nicely squared, have convenient walks on the raised banks running round each. Along the sides of the hills, and round the \ullages, the bamboo and rattan grow to a considerable iAze. The pine is the most conspicuous tree on the island, growing to a great height and size, which we infer from seeing canoes built with planks several feet wide'; the trees,
F F
Digitized by
S18 VOYAGE TO THB
howefver»ii«ar tlie temple at Kapakiang were not above ninety fieet high» and from three to four in girt. The baDjan-trof of India was seen at several places ; the finest one overhung the small temple at Napakiang, which circumstance led to tiie enquiry whether, as m India^ this tree is held sacred, but we could gain no information on this subject. ' In a little plot of ground in the temple garden, Mr* I^iUips, purser of the Alceste, sowed mustard-seed, peasi and a variety of other seeds, the natives taking his direct tions for their culture. Our total ignorance of botany preN vented our making any observations on this subject while at Ix>o-choo ; but to supply this deficiency, we collected specimens of every plant at the place. These were pre^ served between sheets of brown paper, and given afterwards to Mr. Ab^, the naturalist of the embassy, in order to be arranged ; but they were subsequently lost, alon^ with the whole of that gentleman^s collection.
Of their manufactiu^es it is difficult to speak with cer- tainty. By their own account the silks which they weax are Chinese, but the cotton cloths are made on this and the neigUbouring islands; the printed patterns of these are not nithout elegance. We saw no weaving looms, but as we i«ere only in ^ km houses, this is not surprising : the webs
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 819
are thirtj^ix feet long, and fouiteen inches broad. Tobutxio^ pipes and fans are made at IxK>choo ; as well as the sepal** chral vases, of which there is a manufactory at Napakiang, from whence they are exported to Oonting, and other parts of the island. Some of the pouches of the chiefs were made of cloth, which they say comes from China ; it is exactly like our broad cloth. We tried in vain to learn what goods they send to China in exchange for silks : perhaps sulphur forms a part, which these islands are said to produce^ as well as tin. From the number of vessels constantly sailing out and in, it appears that they must have some trade, but our enquiries on this and many other topics, though se-^ dulously pursued, led to nothing satisfactory, owing pro- bably rather to our ignorance of the language, than to any wish on their part to withhold information; because, on topics which had no reference to the royal family or the women, they in general spoke freely.
We had frequent opportunities of seeing their method of making salt, and an account of it may, perhaps, be in- teresting. Near the sea, large level fields are rolled or beat so as to have a hard surface. Over this is strewn a sort of sandy black earth, forming a coat about a quarter of an inch thick. Rakes and other implements are used to make it of a uniform thickness, but it is not pressed down.
Digitized by
2«0 VOYAGE TO THE
During the heat of the day^ men are employed to bring Kater in tubs from the sea, which is sprinkled over these ^elds by means of a short scoop. The heat of the sun, in a ?hort time, evaporates the water, and the salt is left in the sand, which is scraped up and put into raised receivers of masonry about six feet by four, and five deep* - When the receiver is full of the sand, sea water is poured on the top^ and this, in its way down, carries with it the salt left by evaporation^ry When it runs out below at a small hole, it is a very strong brine; this is reduced to. salt by being boiled in vessels about three feet wide and one deep. The cakes resulting from this operation are an inch and a half in thickness. . .
Of the population of this island we know nothing sa- tisfactory : the natives invariably pleaded ignorance them- 9elvesj and as we had no precise data, our estimates were made at random, and as they never agreed with each other^ they. are. not worthy of notice. From the south point of this island, to five or six miles north of Napakiang, an ex- tent of sixteen or eighteen miles, the country is highly cultivated, and is almost entirely covered with villages. AH round Port Melville too there are populous villages, but the north, north-east and eastern places are thinly peopled, and not cultivated to any extent. We saw nothing hke
Digitized by
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISI-AND. ^l
poverty' or distress of any kind : every person, that we met seemed contented and happy. We saw no deformed people^, nor any who bore indications of disease, except a few who
were marked with the small^pox.
»
The style of living of those with whom we associated is generous and free ; their custom of carrying about their dinner in boxes, and making little pic-nic parties^ is pe* Culiarlyr striking, and they appeared fully sensible of the advantage of bringing people together in this way, and ex* pressed much satisfaction at the ready way in which w^ fell into a custom from which all formality, was dismissed. They shewedjUioreover, a good deal of discernment, and could adapt themselves to the character of the particular persons they happened to be in company with, in a manner very remarkable; but this was evidently the result not of cunning, but of correct feelings, and of a polite habit of thinking.
Of their manners, little need be added here to what ever^ page of the narrative will show. It ought to be par- ticularly noticed^ however, that they are an exceedingly timorous people, and naturally suspicious of foreigners. A stranger visiting Loo-choo ought therefore to keep these features of their character constantly in mind. By imitat- ing Captain MaxwelFs wise plan of treating the natives with
Digitized by
in VOYAGE TO THE
gentleness and kindness, and shewing every consideration ibr their peculiarities, he will stand the best chance of gaining their good-will and confidence. But if he shpuld betray any impatience, or be at all harsh in treating with tiiem, he may rest assured that he will lose much time, and in all probability fail at last in his attempts to establish an unreserved and friendly intercourse.
As Loo-choo, however, ^lies quite out of the track of trading ships, and does not appear to produce any thing of value itself, and as the inhabitants seem indifferent about foreign commodities, and if they wished to possess them are without money to make purchases, it is not pro- bable that this island will be soon revisited. _^
APPENDIX.
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
:^. r-. I r (, E AT Napa :<. zi^^^.
r>yt^n dLt jp*t if uvt'H'tj:.
uigitize€i -^y ^i^£f.^i^^Q IC
.' ,' Ia '.! .mn A^' ' .<i rlf S'-^<-ff J^tujsii.
Digitized by
APPENDIX:
CONTAININQ
CHARTS
OF THE GULF OF PE-CHE-LEE, THE WEST COAST OF COREA, THE GREAT LOO-CHOO
ISLAND, NAPAKIANG ROADS, AND FORT MELVILLE: WITH BRIEF
EXPLANATORY NOTICES.
TABLE OF OBSERVATIONS
I^UDE WITH DR. W0LLAST0N*9 DIP SECTOR; WITH AN ENGRAVINO, AND A DESCRIPTION OF THIS INSTRUMENT, AND DIRECllONS FOR ITS USE.
METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL,
FROM JULY TO NOVEMBER 1816. WHILE THE SHIPS WERE IN THE YELLOW AND
JAPAN SEAS.
ABSTRACT OF THE LYRA'S VOYAGE,
FROM LEAVING ENGLAND TILL HER RETURN; SHEWING THE DISTANCE BETWEEN
THE DIFFERENT PLACES AT WHICH SHE TOUCHED, AND THE TIME TAKEN
IN PERFORMING EACH PASSAGE.
GEOLOGICAL MEMORANDUM;
BEING A DESCRIPllON OF THE SPECIMENS OF ROCKS COLLECTED ON THE SHORES OF THE YELLOW SEA, COREA, LOO CHOO, MACAO, AND THE LADRONE ISLANDS.
a
Digitized by
Digitized by
CHARTS
OF THE
GULF OF PE^HE-LEE, THE WEST COAST OF COHEA, THE
GRilAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, NAPAKIANG ROADS, AND
PORT MELVILLE.
WITH BRIEF EXPlANATOny NOTICES.
Digitized by
. ' ■ '
Digitized by
Digitized by
40 W
M
Sc"
Si
30-'
a
nB-
»■ 30-
rna*^
xH
^
/
h
WcX,
\
\
^M
ZfwJkMft^tm
M
9^
iJ^
.-A>
Law MmdyBetuk ^
\
\
\
\-
—4-
\
\
\
\
\
Lyra and Em^Om^'^Mfp investioator
GULPH ofPETCHELEE
1816.
\
\&o
Z<mSi
i
XmitrfenmmU^
■■■■•■' T7-
TTr^.^^....T....-t...)
jtf
:^
Digitized
by Google
, I
I
NOTICE EXPLANATORY OF A CHART
OF
THE SOUTH SIDE OF THE GULF OF PE-^CHE-LEE,
YELLOW SEA.
In constructing this chart, I have assumed the longitude of Fi»t meridimi
^ • . •^ used in «m-
the fort at the mouth of the Pei-ho to be 11?" 4&' east of 'H^^-fi^ Greenwich; or 11' west of the place where the squadron lay at anchor. From this the difference of longitude was mea- sured by two chronometers. The latitudes were ascertained by frequent observations of the stars^^as well as of the sun. .
The coast on the south and south-west sides of this Atpeetofthe
•ottthaodKMBtlt-
Gulf is very low, resembling, in this respect, the shore at '^^^^•^ the entrance of the Pei-hp, or Pekin river, where it is uniformly low and sandy ; occasionally a few houses are to be seen, and also square mounds or buildings like forts, but generally,: a low white beach isi all that can be discovered • The coast is not visible till within about three leagues distance, and the eye elevated eighty feet. from, the sea, which is the height of the Lyra's foretoprgallantyard. The soundingi, depth of water when the land firs t came in sight, was generally five fathoms ; at some places only four fathoms, and at the
Digitized by
vi APPENDIX.
very bottom of the Gulf, it could not be discerned till in three and a half fathoms. It may be said generally, that at ten miles distance the soundings are from four and a half to six fathoms; at twelve miles, from six to eight fathoms. There is a wonderful uniformity in the depth from the Pei-ho round to the south-east comer of the Gulf; the bottom is mud, sometimes a little gritty, particularly towards the southern parts. Colour of ihe Thc colour of the water was mostly of the same dirty
water. •^ •'
yellow or green which was observed off the Pei-ho, but we did not observe any red colotrrcd water, as was frequently noticed at that place ; at the bottom of the Gulf, indeed, there were several changes in the colour of the water, accompanied by long lines of foam, indicating, it would seem, the vicinity of a great river. Tides on the Qu tlie wcst sidc of tlic Gulf thc ebb tide runs to the
weflteru tide of
the Golf. southeast by south, and the flood north-west by west; the periods are very regular, being . generally about six hours : tliey vary, however, in rapidity. As we anchored on the flood we were enabled to measure its velocity ; as we got deep in the Gulf it decreased : at the Pei-ho it frequently fan two and two and a half knots, but far south it was sometimes hardly perceptible ; it is worthy of notice, too, that the perpendicular rise and fall decreased from ten feet off the Pei-ho, to one, or at most two feet, in the bottom of the Gulf. Bottom of the The most southern point of our track was 37* 15' north ; at this time we could perceive the low coast stretching to the east and west; the distance it is diflScult to assign very accurately, but it was probably seven or eight miles, for
Digitized by
APPENDIX. vii
with a gksfi we could perceive a number of people on the shore. I took great pains to ascertain the latitude stated above> by the meridian altitudes of several stars; the longitude is 1* 39' east of the Pei-ho, or 119' 38^ east of Greenwich.
The coast from the south-west corner of the Gulf to the south-c«tem
side different
peninsula of Teu-choo-foo, is of a totally different character fr^mthepppo- from that opposite to it, for it is high, and well marked : a range of mountains stretches from south-west to north-east, at the distance of three or four leagues inland ; their outline is peaked, and they are intersected by deep ravines without any verdure ; the summits are also barren.
One of these mountains is very remarkable, having two Mount i-iiii. peaks or paps by which it can be distinguished at the distance of fifty miles, and bears the same aspect when viewed from all parts or the Gulf. It lies in 37* & north, and 2' 11' east of the Pei-ho, or 120^ east of Greenwich. It has been called Mount Ellis, in honour of Mr. Ellis, the third commissioner of the Embassy.
Between this range of hills and the shore, there is a lower Aipectoftiie belt of elevated ground in a state of high cultivation, covered with many towns and villages, and interspersed with scat- tered trees and several extensive woods ; the ground, too, presents a varied surface, so that the whole offers a pleasing contrast with the rugged land behind* There are two small islands on this line of coast ; the southern one lies in 37'' ^X north,'and 2' 5' east of the Pei-ho; the other is in 37"" 2S' J«n^»ue. north, and 2° 19' east of the jPei-ho. DoogMitiand.
There is a dangerous shoal about five leagues off the i>«igwM»hoftL $hore, abreast of these islands, upon which the Lyra nearly
Digitized by
vin
APPENDIX.
Souiiduir% and
tuici.
Winds.
struck at midnight on the 17th instant. When at anchor just outside the shoal, the south island bore south 20* east, and the other, east 21'' south; on the shoal there was two and a half fathoms, hard bottom. It seems to extend in a north and south direction, and is very narrow. It lies in 3>T 32' north, which I ascertained by altitudes of the pole star, under favourable circumstances. 1 1 is l"* 58' SQf' east of the Pei-ho.
The soundings on this side of the GUilf are somewhat deeper than on the other, but not so deep as might have been expected from the bold nature of the land. The ebb tide runs to the north-eastward, and the flood into the Gulf.
The wind was south-east and quite light, from the 11th August to the 17th, when it shifted to north north-^ast tiH about eight P. M. when close in shore near the southern of the two islands ; it then blew off, with all the appearance of a regular land breeze. On the 19th it blew a gale of wind from the north-east, with a short, high sea; during the gale Meivuic Point wc lay at anchor oflf a remarkable point, connected with the main land by a low sandy neck ; the ground felt soft to the lead, but it was probably rocky under the mud, as both ships lost a bower anchor by the cables being cut- This point hes in ST 42' north, and 2'' 35' east of the Pei-ho. We found the city of Teu-choo-foo to lie in 3° 4' east of the Pei-ho. The latitude observed in Teu-choo-foo roads was 37* 53' north, and the longitude 2° 54' east of the Pei-ho. The western Meatow Island bearing north.
The latitude of a small island at the north-east corner of the Bay of Cheatow or Zee-a-tow, was determined by the sun's meridian altitude o^ shore, to be 37*" 35' 52 north,
Xeu-choo-lbo city.
Cheatow Bay.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. k
and longitude east of the Pei-ho 3"" 45'» or in 19iV S4t east of Greenwich.
The latitude of Oei-hai-oei was observed on shore to be oei-iMUa. 37' SO' 40^ north, and lies 4^ 25' east of the Pei-ho.
The variation of the compass in the Yellow Sea was ^^^H^^^^ found to be S"* l6 westerly.
The rise and fall of the tide at the anchorage of the squadron off the Pei-ho was twelve feet. It was high water at fully and change at III. The flood tide runs to the west-^-south-westy and the ebb generally about east and east* south-east. Its strength and direction are a good deal influenced by the prevalent winds.
Digitized by
NOTICE TO ACCOMPANY THE CHART
THE WEST COAST OF COREA.
ijjStffiS^ This chart extends from 34^ to 38^ north latitude, and ejja«Te..ur. ^^^^ jg^o ^^ ^^^^o ^^j. j^ngitude. Thc time of our stay on
the coast being only nine days, no great accuracy is to be expected, and this chart pretends to be little more than an eye-draught, checked by chronometers and meridian altitudes of the sun and stars. Under circumstances of such haste^ much has unavoidably been left untouched, and what is now given is presented with no great confidence. General remarks What foUows is cxtractcd from uotcs made at the time ^wed in tbe by Mr. Cliflford and myself. The longitudes by chronometer have all been carefully recomputed, and the greatest care was taken in ascertaining the various latitudes. The true bearings are in every instance set down, the variation being allowed for at the moment. The variation of the compass recorded in this notice, was determined by two azimuth compasses, and the method recommended by Captain Flinders, of repeating the observations by turning the compass first one way and then the other, was invariably followed.
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
^i"^^ r r r r r
15ft^
Cn
..^j0QlHr^: SuJdnMJbaij
37
i3f
>. N
"' r r
^- 1*6'
X
L^«^
»• ^' ^'
»«?: .Y. ....arf
V
Gnrap* *^ ^ ^W
sS
ii
T H B
IT s I, L o w
S B A^
^i- I- L i- i-
•■<iHnf|TTnhn'|im
2rrac6
AlCESTE (^ LYRA c^(w/i/
^M^FB:arnrsuLA. c/z:>
\
\
>•%
«.«
17
• «
^
yjTT
.■^
I
/
/
^
*.,.
0 .
Hi
^ r
• I
/ r
JTT
ic
T-^^
IbyVni
Digitized by VnOO
i9f ;•' Z^
LondtnLjiMMmd m thtAitdineiflyJaknJtmrn^JMmuuiatnU^^Jk^
^■|""i"np Mi»fii|inm.iiii».iiiinni So' 40- So }l«7* J0'
ai
3i
iS
■JO
O
^
jmaurScui^.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xi
His Majesty's ships Alceste and Lyra, after quitting the t^ Bhijn ie«Te port of Oei-hai-oei, which is in latitude 37^ 30l 40" north, and longitude 122'' 16' east, on the north coast of Shantung Promontory, stood, to the northward and eastward till in latitude 38^ north, and then ran to the eastward. On the Make the coast
of Corea.
morning of the 1st of September, 1816, we saw the land,
bearing about east. By sights with chronometer on the
meridian of these islands, we ascertained that the west end
of the northern one lies in 124' 44J' east. The latitude of ^i""""*"'' .
the south end of the eastern island was ascertained by
meridian altitude of the sun to be 37"^ 44J' north. There is
a rocky white islot oflf the west end of the middle island.
We had from twenty to thirty fathoms on rounding the
south-west end of the islands, but on the south side of the
southern one there is a bight with seven fathoms, black sand
in the centre : here we anchored. There is good anchorage Anchorage on
all over the bay, which is sheltered from all winds except »nWand.
between west south-west and south-east, being open to the
southward. There are two villages here. From the top of the
highest peak on this island, which is about seven or eight
hundreJ feet high, we could discern the main land of Corea,
high and rugged, stretching north north-west and south
south-east, distant from eight to ten leagues. Along the
coast abreast of us there were seen many islands. The
channel between the middle island of the group and the one
we were upon appeared clear and broad ; but the northern
and middle islands seemed connected by a reef which.shews
above water at several places.
The inhabitants were suspicious and unfriendly : we character of the saw some cattle and many fowls, but neither money nor any
Digitized by
xii APPENDIX.
thing else that we had could induce them to part with either.
J^"^*^^ In the evening we weighed and stood to the southward ;
next morning there was no land in sight. At noon we were in longitude 124* 47' 52" east, and latitude 36° 44J' north, no land in sight. We hauled in shore to the eastward, and anchored in the night in deep water.
^oi^of five g^j of September. — Weighed at 3. 30 and stood in shore ;
at 7. 45 A. M. we were due south of the western of a group of islands. Many sights were taken as we passed to settle the place of this group : it lies between 125'' 42i' east, and 135° 57 i' east, and in latitude 36° 44' north. After passing this group we stood to the south-east towards a vast cluster of islands : at noon, when we were just entering the cluster, the latitude was observed S& 18' 21' north, ^d longitude
^"^"^^ 126° 10' east. The south-west extreme of the islands bore south 40° west. There were eight islands near us between south-east and south-west, and a high bluff dark rock south one-quarter east, four miles : and on the main land a very high hill, east 19^ north. When we had got well ambng the islands it fell calm, and we anchored in eight and a half fathoms. It remained calm during the night. •
f^^^^^^l^^ 4th of September. — ^Weighed on a breeze springing up, and stood in shore. Observed in 36° 13' north, longitude 126° 30^ east; at this time the following bearings were taken.
^*'^' A remarkable peak on the main land, east.
High mountain on the main land, east 38i° north. White cliff on the east end of the fourth island to the left of the wide entrance into the cluster, north.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xiii
Small round island^ north 80"" west.
Another, north 35** west.
Extremes of a large bluff island from north 38'' west, to north 32^ west.
Rock, north 72"* west.
Outer island, north 75® west.
Extremes of the outer cluster, from north 77 J west, to west l"" south.
Large island, from west 14° 30' south, to west 18° south.
These islands being within from 'ten to fifteen miles, ifere laid down by estimated distances, but it was quite im- possible to assign places to the immense number of others which stretched away to the south and south-east, as far as the eye could reach. We stood in shore for the pur- pose of discovering whether there was any place of shelter in the main land, but in general it proved shallow and unsafe. At length we discovered a bay which promised B-fftBty. shelter, but on running into it, the depth was found not to exceed three or four fathoms. This bay is open towards the south, and is formed by a curved tongue of land on the north and west. The longitude of the south end of this point is 126° 42^ 22'' east, and latitude 36° T 38" north. We remained here during the night, and the forenoon of the 5th. The natives came on board, but made great ob- uoicKWdk-
^ pontiOD of the
jections to our landing. iihabumto.
The tide rose and fell fifteen feet and a half; it was low ndM. water at 8 P. M., and high water at 2. 30 A. M. This was two and a half days before full moon.
The Alceste's boats were sent to sound in the eastern quarter, but they found shoal water every where.
Digitized by
V
xir APPENDIX.
procerftoAe 5th of September. — At II A. M. we got under weigh
•ontii-weitwtrd. -i -i i i i
and stood to the south-west among the islands, carrying seven, eight, nine, ten, to fifteen fathoms, and occasionally deepening to seventeen fathoms. At 4. 45 we observed in longitude 12ff 2U' east, and latitude 35° 52' north at this time. B«Ming«. Two islands bore north half east, seven miles.
A remarkable small black island,- west 32% north four miles.
Another, west 22® north, seven miles.
A range of islands, from east 10° north, to east l6° south.
A long island, from south 25° east, to south 11° east.
The islands off which we anchored on the 2nd instant bearing about north 10° west.
Two' islands, from south 16° west, to south 25° west. M«]i und. The main land from south south-east to north-east, high
and rugged.
We had a sea breeze to-day, and fine weather. Varia^ tion 2° 10' westerly. We ran on by moonlight till 11 P. M., and then anchored among the islands. Latitude, observed by Polaris 35° 26' north. Longitude, at anchor by chro- nometer next morning 126° 23' 22'' east. From this spot the main land was seen from east 12^ north, to south 20^ east. Bmnip. A rock, wcst 7"" south, four miles. '
An island, from west 15° north, to west 31° north, 4i'.
Three islands, extending from west 36° south, to west 45*^ south, 3'.
Two distant ones in the same direction.
Cluster of islands, from west 64° south, to west 84i° south.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. XV
Large island, north' 12*" west, ten or twelve miles.
A cluster of islajids, from north 15^ east, to north 28* east.
Two distant islands, north 32'' east.
Two others, north 42** east.
6th of September. — ^Weighed and stood to the south- ward. At noon observed in 35 17 1 north, longitude 126^ 28 J east, being then in the centre of a semicircle of islands, extending from north-east to south-east and south-west. During the forenoon the flood tide set strong to the north norths-east against us. Most of the channels between the channeube- islands were deep, but to-day we tried one which had not 8«>e«"j<^«v* more than five and a half fathoms. At 4. 30. took sights^ when a long bluff island bore east north-east a quarter of a mile: Longitude 126^ 6' 3/ east; latitude 35^ fi' north. This island is the most westerly of the range of islands which lie between the latitude 35"" and 36^ north. High and connected land was faintly discernible to the eastward. The soundings were generally from nine to fifteen fa* thoms, deepening in most cases on approaching the bluff islands.
7th of September. — ^We anchored last night about ten noodtuenBi.
to tiie nordi*
o'clock in seventeen fathoms ; the flood tide had made ; it "•«*• ran north nearly three miles an hour, till four A. M. when we got under weigh, and drifted fast to the southward with the ebb. At 9- SO. got sights, which gave longitude ISS"" 52' 45' east, latitude 34'' 42^ north ; at this time a very remarkable hill on an island bore east &" south; it has the wiodMrCMtie. appearance of a turret or large chimney. The other bearings from this spot were —
Digitized by
xvi APPENDIX.
B^ri"*** Western extreme of a large island stretching west north-
west) and east south-east ; north S?''^ east 4 or 5^
Round rock, north 18*" east, 8'.
Cluster of islands from north SO"" west, to north 74* west.
Round bluff small island, west 9^ south.
Large island, west 42'' south, 7 or eight leagues.
Two small distant islands, west Sff" souths lOf leagues.
Small island, south 1 1* east.
Extreme of distant land, south 37** east : besides, as usual, innumerable distant islands. The flood tide made ^<'^'"^**9** against us between ten and eleven. The soundings this morning have been from twenty-three to nineteen fathcmia. * The weather extremely hot and the water smooth. The dbb made about four, and there being no wind, it carried ut rapidly towards some rocks joining two islands. We an« vtrbtionofthe cliored iu twenty*»one fathoms. The variation of the compass
compaM. "^ *
2U* westerly. The bearings at anchor this evening were as follows: Bearings. Small islaud, south S'' 22' east.
Large island, from south to south 20)" east.
A small island, south 22'' east.
Another, south 28^ east.
High bluff island, south 3 1"" east.
Island from south 9^ east, to south 18* west*
SAiarp peaked rock, south 25"" 40' west. . Island from south dS"" west, to south dS"" west.
Distant island, from south 63^ west, to south 66* west^ nine or ten leagues.
Distant small island^ west l"" 10' north, seven or dgbt leagues.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xyij
Distant island) from west 6" 3& north, to .west 9^ north, Beanogi. formed of one large flat space and five hummocks, eight or nine leagues.
Island, west iS^ 50 north.
Large island, from west SI* north, to west SS"" 19^ north.
Round bluff island, off which we observed at noon to<»daj, west 39^ 52' north.
Distant small island, west 44"" 28' north, four or five leagues.
Large island, from west 7V north, to west 8r 30^ north.
An island, afterwards called Thistle Island, south 79^ east, to east 14'' 52' north, besides numberless islands, in thick clusters^ extending as far as the eye could reach, in the north-east and east quarters. In the afternoon a boat went inside Thistle Island, and reported that there wai^ a dear anchomge.
8th of September. — ^Atnoon we wdehed and sailed round sdi bto Moi. the north end of Thistle Island, carrying seventeen fathoms, till the north end bore south ; we then shoaled to ten and eleven, and one cast nine fathoms. On rounding the island we steered south,^. and anchored in eleven fathoms, soft bottom, about four hundred yards from the middle part of the island. The islands at this place are so situated as to form a capacious and secure anchorage, with passages among the islands in all directions. The latitude observed Lxttadeob. with an artificial horizon on shore, was 54!" 22^ 39^ north ; lon- gitude by mean of two chronometers, agreeing nearly, LongHiide. 126^ 2' 52' ^Btst The tides run at the springs at the rate of luet. three and four knots, the flood to the north north-east; the rise and fall is fifteen feet. Strong eddies are felt among the islands. The variation of the compass is 2"" 30^ westerly. varMtionofthe
c
Digitized by
XV3H
APPENDIX;
Appearance of the Amherst Isles, from the top of a peaked
Difficulty of es- timating the number of islands on this . coast
Winds and weather.
Barometer and thermometer.
: Oii Ihe 9th of September Captain Maxwell and a party went t6 the summit of a high peak, on an island to the' south-east of the ships, in latitude 34* 20' north, and lonp' gitude 126^ G east. From this spot, elevated about seven or eight hundred feet above the sea, the view of the islands was very striking : we endeavoured to number them, but our accounts varied, owing to the difficulty of estimating/ the number in the distant groups ; it will serve, however, to ^ve some idea of this splendid scene, to say that the lowest enumeration gave one hundred and twenty islands.
Many of these islands are large and high, almost all are cultivated, and their forms present an endless diversity.
High land was seen to rise above the distant islandis in the east and north-^st ; this probably was the main land of ^ Corea, for it seemed more extensive and connected than> any group of islands we hacl seen*
c We had n6w ran along upwards of two hundred miles of this: coast, and at every part which we approached, the^ islands were bo less thickly sown than here; so tliat oud attempts to enimierate th^n all, or even to assign places on* tihexhart to those which we passed the nearest to, becaQae- aflter a time quite hopeless^
' During our stay upon the coast of Corea, between the 1st and 10th of September, the winds were principally: 6*om the northward; the weather was moderate and clear t and occasionally calm during the heat of the day.
The barometer rose and fell gradually between 29. t8* and 29. 98. The thermometer was never above 82?, and Ojsver, evea at night, under 72^. For further details respect^ ing. the winds and weather, see the Meteorological JournaU^
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
l^rr^H-
30 as'
■y...-..i.-..
ii8*
ID J« ««
Sp
Jo
""]
*€
jJmrXMf
^
7 Am^Trirrima
1 > K*
j<irfiitflrf*ayu/^MiA^<te«Bfr4rJ8a^^
jr«0hisM«
Digitized by
NOTICE TO ACCCHfPANY THB GENERAL CHART
OP
THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND,
AND THE
CHARTS OF NAPAKIANG, AND PORT MELVILLE.
Th is inland is called Xioo-choo, and sometimes Doo-choO| Dufoent dmm \}y the natives. In our maps it is variously written^ but iDuofitly liekayo ; the Chinese know it by the name of Low^ kov. The spelling used by Mr. Horsburgh in his directions^ Lieou^-kieoUy or lieu-chew. ' ' i
. : The island lies between 26^ 4rr' and 26° SSi", norths aud Geopmphitti
limtti and se-
between 127'' 34' and las'" 18' east, being v^ry nearly sixty ne«i«pec*. miles long in a north-east direction, and preserving a tolerably qniform breadth of about ten or twelve miles. The. north end is high and bold^ with wood on the top of the hills; The nortb-east coast is also abrupt,, but qui):e barren. The south-east side is low, with very little appearance of cul«^ tivatimi. The south, south-west, and western faces, par- ticularly the two former, are of moderate height, and present a scene of great fertility and high cultivation : it is to this quarter that the mass of population have resorted. The north-west side is generally rugged and bare.
There are two deep indentures, one on each side pf the D^imf. . island ;. that on the west has at least one hundred fathoms
Digitized by
XX APPENDIX.
depth) and appears to have no coral in it : while the eastern bight is extremely shallow, and is not only skirted by a
BwroWf Bey. broad fringe of coral, but has reefs in the centre ; and these last are very dangerous, for they give no warning either by
^^^^ breakers or discoloration of the water, or by soundings:
'**^ and this remark will apply generally to all the reefs round
this island, rendering the navigation, particularly at night, very dangerous.
I^J^^^ The most remarkable headland is the island called
by Captain Broughton the Sugar Loaf, and by the na- tives Eegooshcoond (tower or castle); it can be seen distinctly at the distance of twenty-five miles when the eye is elevated only fifteen feet. It is a high conical mountain, varying very little in its aspect when viewed from different quarters : as there is no other peak like it on or near, this island, it cannot be mistaken. The latitude of the peak is 26^ 43' north; and I have reason to believe that this is within one mile of the truth. Its longitude is IST" 4A\ ot €f east of the observatory at Napakiang, by two chrono^ meters. The base of the cone and one- third of the way up is covered with houses; and the whole island has the appearance of a garden. When nearly on the meridian ot the Sugar Loaf its top seems rounded ofi*.
Twoiafean. -. Thcrc arc two places where ships can ride in safety,
chonag placet. * * "^ '
Napakiang Roads on the south-west, and Port Melville on the north-west side of the island. The first of these is the one in which his majesty's ships Alceste and Lyra lay for ^^^^^of^ upwards of a month. By means of a base of 1319 feet on Napakiang. ^ cotol rccf, which dried at half ebb, we were enabled to make the survey which accompanies this notice. The
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
y Google
APPENDIX* xxi
latitude of the observatory was determined to be S6^ 13/ 34''^ north, the mean of three meridian altitudes of the sun by a sextant of Gary's, and five by a circle of Troughton^s, the extreme difterence being 20". The longitude is 127^ 38^ east ; this was ascertained by measuring the difference of longitude between the observatory and Lin tin ^ Island off Canton river in a run of six days ; on which occasion two chronometers on board the Lyra gave within one mile the same difference of longitude, viz. IS"" 50', with that shewn by two others on board his majesty's ship Alceste; the longitude of Lintin being US'" 48' east of Greenwich. The longitude, by lunar observations, is 127'' 37' 28". The plan n-nof of Napakiang roads will be found sufficient without many directions for ships wishing to enter it. The principal danger nirectiaps on
r o r r G appnnduDg
lies in the outer reefs, which do not show when the weather Napukiang. is very fine and there is little swell ; on such occasions a boat ought to go a*head at least a quarter of a mile, and the ship should put about instantly upon approaching the reefs, which are every where bold. A ship coming from Heefuiand. the westward ought to steer between the norths-eastern of the group of high islands to the south-westward, and a low' green island with extensive reefs to the nordiward, in la^ titude 2& 15' north. On passing which she should haul up east by south, giving Reef Island a birth of at least a mile.
On approaching the main land a conspicuous wooded Directioufor
'rr O r entering Nipt,
point will be seen, having rocks on its summit like the ruins J^^ro-^a. of an abbey ; this forms the south side of the anchorage, and is considerably more to the westward than the north-* east side. The harbour of Napakiang will soon be seen at the south side of the bay; steer directly in for this, giving
Digitized by
Kxii APPEHmX,
Abbey Point a birth of half a mile, and when directly be^
tween the south end, of the outer reefe and Abbey Point
capitin Rock, h&ul up east by north. There is a very remarkable rock on
the. south-east side of the anchorage resembling the head
of a capstan. It would be safest to anchor when this bears
about south-south«^east half a mile at most, in order to avoid
a dangerous coral tongue, which Ues north a little easterly
ftom it, three^uarters of a mile ; but as this anchorage is
exposed, the ship may proceed farther in as soon as the
exact place of the reef has been ascertained by boats ; and
if she proposes staying any time, she may warp into Bam*
poo|, taking the precaution of placing a boat on each side
of the entrance. There are two rivulets at this place, and
Beitmn^o^ probably the best anchorage is oiF their mouths, the bottom
of tworifdet*. comsisting of the mud brought down by the stream. There
is a well on the eastern ^de supplied, by a spring, ajnd theis
are landing places at the entrance of both harbours; Ther^
The northern £| a salc passagc betwecu the reef, on which the base was
measured, and the outer ones. The Lyra passed throu^
this three times ; and if the object is to go to the northward
it ought to be followed, provided the wind will admit of
* steering north and two points on each side of it. Tiie
leading mark for going by this passage is Capstan Fort or
Bock, on with a remarkable nose formed by the trees on
the highest . distant land; these are on when they beac
Not to he et- about south by east half east, it would certainly not be
■tnnger. ^* advisablc for a stranger to enter by this passage, but he
may run on coming from the northward along the shore at
the distance of two or three miles till Reef Island bears
west, and then he should Jook sharply out for the ree&,
keeping outside them till near Abbey Point, then act as
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xxiii
before directed. ' On running down tbwdrds l^ftpakianc Appearance of
^ land in comiog
from the northward a remarkable bluff table land will be fro™ ^« north- ward towards
seen to the southward of Abbey Point. The west face of ^'^^'*^' " Abbey Point ought to be kept just on with the ea$t end of the table land; this will take you further out thao if absolutely necessary ; but it is safe; and when Reef I^lftQn) is just on with the northern of the group of distant islands you will be exactly off the north entrance*
On coming from the southward tbe only danger tha^ ^IbSTt'foS^' Hes in the way is a coral reef even with the water's edge ; it iJJS^^y'^'^j" is of a circular form, and at low water several rocks sheT? kiTg. " on it On every occasion that we passed the sea broke high upon it ; but from what we saw of other similar reef^, i^ seems very probable that when the water is smoQth it wiU give no warning : it i^ about eight miles west^ 15^ north i>f the extreme south point of the island, and lies in latitude 9& 7' north, and longitude IS?"" 26' east of Greenwich. : *Port Melville is <»i.tl^ north*-west side of the inland/ PortMeiviUe. A ship wishing to enter it ought to make the Sug^r Loaf ^^?^^*p' Peak, and steer between it and the cluster of islands to the northward, directly for the bottom of the bight, which lies between the Sugar Loaf and the north end of the islands here Herbert's Island will be seen close to the shore, run in towards its western end, anchor when it bears east one-third of a milje, and the Sugar Loaf west one-quarter north, barely to anchor pre- shut in with a low dark green point of land ; here you; will theharb^n™^ have from seventeen to twenty fathoms.
The entrance of the harbour is narrow, and ought n6t Boats shodd be
' ® ' sent to buoy tba
to be attempted without previous examination by the boats •'^°°*'- of a ship wishing to enter Jt r With a very littie trouble tlsa
Digitized by
xxiv APPENDIX.
passage might be buoyed : a large ship will probably find it expedient to warp in and out. pJrtlSfaie^^ The eye-draught, with the directions on it, render much further notice here superfluous. The harbour is secure, and sufficiently capacious for a numerous fleet. It extends in a north and south direction for about two miles, varying in breadth and form in a very remarkable manner ; at the lower or north end there are two basons of a circular form, and have from nine to fifteen fathoms, soft bottom; these are about one-third of a mile across. At some places the steep rocks which form the banks approach within an hundred yards of one another ; here the water is sixteen, eighteen, and twenty fathoms. There are many fine coves^ Some with shelving shores, and others steep- to* Every part of the harbour is secured from the sea, and many parts frott all winds : it is well calculated for the re-equipment of ships^ for it IS not only secure as an anchorage, but offers con« veniences for landing men and storesi and also for heaving down or careening a ship. ^^jj^ST' There are several large villages on the shores of an extensive bay, communicating^ with the sea to the norths eastward, at the upper or south end of the line of harbours, and one called Oonting on the west side of the lower harbour; there is another of some extent, on the south side of Herbert's Island, called Cooee.
By permission of Captain Maxwell, I have named this excellent harbour, Port Melville, in honour of Lord Viscount Melville, First Lord of the Admiralty.
From the top of a range of hills which we ascended,: rising on the south side of the upper bay of Port Melvill^^.
Digitized by
Tie wheU of thu i^kt
(port-^melville)
i>i<5^0FriCERS of LYRA
X.CW C¥ltJBHUed rwtngr
Si^h Mnmtabu cule»aied
"Dire c t ions
Xmrhour hSJShS. Offtk^ poitte /hrminf «i» SJS Jtdm 9^Aemu^ur.tken art Iteo sonjpuauw^ rvumd blmdt rocket iks0Utm»oiu mutt be kept on wUk the tcpofa dittnu tUu- Ue teppeet hOi. oh. a JUbS tmankf. tOi tkemuieuropen^. wkukwMnetkm.tmmUm, Tkm hMmlupa^utSSW.tmJL *t»«reioee€U9i^tkremtienieh»rem,T.6.54uuL4tAthf, The TtOm^ wiUj'eem.ekomMttke wiatnnsiU end whrnpeH thm. luwroDfeUpertaktrtk mugr beeeieetedatpUmJure, Jtei*»uUiermmrfititkmttl^dittmMh^hMiMiHtm^teheh.4Uotu ef title iemdiM^ martu it net the hi^Aett, but teceni, kiphett efthertmpe-
Leiulen, TuhUihtd at AeAtttUredtlyJehiiJitutf^JUhenmtle Street 2l*Jm»UiiS.
uigitized Dy "^^s^kjkjj^w^
JVMarJSmtft
Digitized by
APPENDIX. XXV
we could see the south-west corner of the great western bay, the whole range of Port Melville, and the coasts adjacent.
The latitude of Herbert's Island, which lies directly off Geogmphicai
^ pontionofPert
the entrance of Port Melville, is 26° 42t north, by meridian Meiwiic. altitude of the sun observed on shore. Its longitude, which is also the longitude of Port Melville, is 127** 55' east, or 17' east of Napakiang observatory . The Sugar Loaf bears from the centre of the island, west 4J^ north, about ten miles.
As the whole part of this coast is skirted by dangerous cowttkirted coral reefs, the greatest attention should be paid to the lead, and the ship ought to be put about the instant that the water shoals to eight, seven, or six fathoms. On rijinning in for the west end of Herbert's Island, on the morning of the 11th of October, we passed over a coral ledge having nine fathoms on it. The west point of Herbert's Island bore at this time south ^ 40' west, distant four or five miles. Before and after passing this we had from thirty to sixty fathoms ; whether it was shoaler than nine fathoms at any place, was not ascer- tained, but the circumstance is deserving of notice, and. ought to teach the necessity of constant vigilance, when near coral reefs.
The cluster of islands to the northward of Port Melville Montg^merj
iflbncU.
lies between 26*" 54' and 27° 4i' north, the north end of the northern one being in longitude 127' 57' east, or 19/ east of the observatory. It does not appear that there is any good anchorage about them ; and there are dangerous reefs off the south and south-western ones.
The north end of the Great Loo-choo lies in 26° 52 J' Hope Point. north, and this is probably within one, or at most two miles
d
Digitized by
XXVI APPENDIX.
of the truth. We observed in 27^ OO 15" north, at which time the northern extreme bore east 59° south, nine miles by estimation, an inference which was checked by the distance nm on a direct course afterwards. The longitude is 128** 9^ east, or 31' east of the observatory.
The coast from the north point runs south-east by east, with some minor deviations, nearly four leagues : great pains were taken to ascertain this precisely, as the former charts not only place it many miles further north, but make the coast
sidmouth Point at tliis end lie east and west. The north-east point lies in 26° 47' north, and longitude 128° 18' east, or 40' east of the observatory. The latitude was determined by the meridian altitude of Siyius and an altitude of Polaris, so near daylight that the horizon was well defined; but as this point, off which there is a small island, was some miles north of the ship at the time of observation, the above latitude may err possibly two miles. It was intended to have examined two islands which lie to the north-eastward of the north point, but a strong current in the night carried us so far to leeward, that we could not effect this object; the situation, therefore, of these two islands, may perhaps not be accurately laid down in the chart.
BarmWsBay. Thc dccp indenture about the middle of the east side
of the island is unsafe to enter during the north-east mon- soon : as the wind, however, had westing in it, we sailed up to within three or four miles of the top, carrying from thirty to twenty fathoms water; but when about to haul in for the north side, where there appeared to be a bay, we shoaled suddenly from twenty-four to eight fathoms : the helm was instantly put down, and when head to wind, we had only
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xxvii
five fkthoms. While in stays the water was observed to wash on a rock not a hundred yards to leeward of us, on which we must infallibly have struck, had we bore up instead of tacking.
From the north-east to the south-east point, the coast sooth-eaatcowt
''' dangerotiB.
runs south 40** west ; the shore to the north-east of this deep bight is bold, and seems clear ; that on the south-west side of it presents a formidable barrier of islands and coral reefs, which break to a great distance : in fine weather this part of the coast ought to be approached very cautiously.
The southern extreme of this island lies in latitude south Pomt. 2& 4 46" north, determined with great care by the meridian altitude of the sun on shore ; and in longitude 127° 35' east, or 3' west of the observatory. There is good anchorage from twenty to thirty fathoms, south a little easterly, of this point. Between this point and the group of islands to th6 Reef. westward, there is a dangerous reef, already spoken of; it lies in 26^ 7' north, and 127° 26' east ; it bears 26' west, \6- north from the south point of the island, distant eight miles. Im* mediately round the point on the west side, there is a shallow harbour, formed by coral reefs, but the entrance is narrow and intricate.
We stood over to the largest of the south-west group, on sonth-westcm the east side of which there stands out a conical rock, behind which it was thought that a harbour might lie, but upon examination, it proved only fit for boats ; it lies in 26^ ir north.
Reef Island lies west by north, about two leagues from Kecfidand. Napakiang Roads ; on the north side the reefs stretch a great way, but the south is^ more clean
Digitized by
xxviii APPENDIX.
Between Napakiang and the Sugar Loaf there is no place for ships to lie in safety ; the bay immediately to the north was examined by Mr. Mayne, master of his Majesty's ship Alceste, when two shallow harbours were found.
Tidei. The flood runs to the northward and eastward, along
shore, and the ebb in an opposite direction. The rise and fall is about nine feet perpendicular. High water at full and change IX.
VHriationoftb« Thc variatiou of the compass, determined with great precision by the transit azimuth instrument, was 52' westerly. •
The longitude of the Lyra's observatory at Napakiang by the mean of thirty-six lunar observations on both sides of the moon, is 127° 37' 28' east ; by four chronometers, agreeing nearly, 127'' 38' SO*' east. The latitude is 26" 13' 39' north.
COIupM*.
Digitized by
OBSERVATIONS
MADE AT
NAPAKIANG OBSERyATOBY, GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND.
Liuuurs with a Sextant. 0 West of d
Lunars with a Sextant * a Arietis, East of J
25th September, 1816.
0 d 187''.88'. 16" East 35 . 15 86 . 15 34 . 45 33 36
00 00 30 . 45 S8 . 30
32 81
15
80 127° . S3' . Sd'' Mean 26th October, 1816.
0 ([ 127 . 88 89 41 44 44
80 45 30 15 80 82 . 15 33 . 00
4th October, 1816.
• J 127* . 31' . 00" East 37 . 00 43 . 00 52 . 30 54. 80 88 . 45 52. 45 50 . 15 50 . 80 41 . 45 40 . 80 84 . 15 43 . 15 39 . 45
Meui by sextant 127 . 43 . 20 « East of D
Lunars by Circle. O West of d
81 81 27
45 15 80 127". 86*. 16" Mean
4th October, 1816. 0 « 127° . 88' . 45" 82 . 80
Mean by sextant 127 . 34 . 58 0 W. <( Mean 127 . 85 . 87by circle.
Mean by sextant 0 west D 127° . 84' . 58" • East d 127 . 48 . 20
Mean lon^tude by sextant 0 * D 127 . 89 . 9 by drcle © * <[ 127 . 85 . 87
Mean lonntude by 86 lunars 127 . 37 . 28 Longitude by chrononieters 127 . 38 . 80 east of Gremwich.
Digitized by
XXX APPENDIX.
LATITUDE OF NAPAKIANG.
By Meridian Altitudes of the Sv/n and AUitttdes taken near Noon.
By meridian altitudes observed By meridian altitudes deduced in the
usual way from sights taken near noon.
1816. ^ 1816.
Sextant. 8th Oct. mean of 3 A. M. \ q«o t «/ qa// • w* i
17th Oct 26° . 13' . 43" and 3 P.M. | -^o . id . Mr circle.
20th Oct ^.13. 44 ^^o^^ A.M.{g.l8.46|^^^
Circle. f 26 . 13 .SS)
26th Oct 26 . 13 . 29 20th Oct. . P. M.^ 26 . 13 . 47 J-sext.
( 26 . 13 . 57 j
22dmean2A.M.&2P.M.26 .13 .241 . , 26th 3P.M. 26 . 13 . 29 j ^^''*^'
Latitude by mean of 3 meridian altitudes 26° . 13' . 39'' sextant and circle, mean of 5 altitudes near noon 26 . 13 . 50 sextant, mean of 3 do. do. 26 . 13 . 28 circle.
Mean latitude - - 26 . 13 . 39 north.
VARIATION OF THE COMPASS AT NAPAKIANG.
The declination of the magnetic meridian was ascertained with considerable precision by means of the transit azimuth instrument : the needle seldom showed the same variation, as it oscillated about ten minutes, but the mean position of the magnetic meridian was 52' 10" west of the true. A coral reef was selected for the place of these observations, in order to avoid the attraction arising from buildings', or &om inequalities in the ground.
Variation observed on board by Walker'*s Azimuth Compass.
29th Sept 1816, P. M. ship's head W. by S. variation by
1st azimuth - 0^ . 51' . 30" west
2nd - - 0 . 63 . 90
3rd - . 1 . 17 . 80
Amplitude - 1 . 15 . 00
30th - A. M. - 1st azimuth - 0 . 55 . 30
2nd . - 0 . 34 . 15
3d Oct. A. M. ship's head E. N. E. 1st azimuth - 0 . 37 . 00
2nd . - 0 . 48 . 00
Variation by mean of 7 azimuths and 1 amplitude - 0 . 52 . 39 west.
Digitized by
-^
TABLE OF OBSERVATIONS
MADE WITH
DR. WOLLASl ON'$ DIP SECTOR:
WITH AN ENGRAVING, AND A DBSCRIPnON OP THE INSTRUMENT, AND DIRECTIONS FOR ITS USE.
Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
c
|
,?. |
--D- |
"^ |
! |
|||
|
.•'' |
_..••■■' |
\ |
||||
|
1 |
fc^=r=: |
...■ -'V..\- i. - |
||||
|
t^- |
- fri-^ i |
|||||
|
• |
'■•'.._ |
/ ....•■■■' |
||||
|
N |
JVoflasiofUf Dip Sr(?^or.
Fuihstud'A! t/iejln^dvr>ett hyjyurr^^.Jlbemyu-U'J^ Jd*T-^2-*iAS
Digitized by
Googk
j^.
Digitized by
Digitized by
EXPLANATION OF THE DIP SECTOR,
AMD
REMARKS ON IHB OBSERVATIONS MADE WITH IT IN HIS MAJESTY'S SLOOP LYRA.
In our tables for apparent dip of the visible hori2on at different heights from the sea, as calculated from the known cuirvature of the earth, allowatice is made for the refraction of the atmosphere, oh a supposition of its being constant, but as it is known to vary, the tabular dip will often be er- roneous, and, consequently, altitudes taken under different states of the atmosphere, will exhibit differeiit instead of corresponding results.
It is foreign to the present purpose to shew what the causes are which have most effect in raising or depressing the apparent horizon. It may be sufficient to mention, that changes in the relative temperature of the air and the sea must produce changes in the refraction near the surface. Dr. WoUaston has pubUshed two papers in the Philosophical Transactions on this subject, in the volumes for 1800 and 1803, and to these I beg to refer the reader for precise in-? formation upon this very curious subject.
The object which this sector proposes to attain, is the adtual admeasurement of the dip angle ; that is, to ascertain how much the visible horizon is depressed below the hori* zontal plane passing through the eye of the observer. The
Digitized by
xxxiv APPENDIX.
instrument is so contrived as to measure double the dip angle twice over, so that we obtain four times the required dip, and one quarter of this angle is what must be applied to vertical angles, measured from that part of the horizon which has been observed.
Figure I. is the instrument seen in perspective, and Fig. IL is a plan of it with the telescope removed. In order to explain its use, let A and B (Fig. II.) represent the two reflecting glasses at right angles to the plane of the instrument, and also nearly at right angles to each other. It. is clear that. when the plane of the instruinent is held vertically, an eye situated at £, and looking through the \msilvered part of the glass A at a distant point C, will at th.e*same time, see by joint reflection from both glassee^ another distant poini; D at 180"^. from C ; and P wiU appeat to ciorrespbnd with .C, if a jsuitable. motion be* given to the index glass B by the tangent screw F. t . Xh^^ instrulmedt ; may . np w. be supposed to measure ' the afc CZp., If the points C and D be each three minutes (atftber horn the zenith than dO%. the entire angle will thetf exfieed IfiJO'' by double that quantity. The relative position of the glasses, then corjesponds to ISO"" 6', and the six ilMttutes of. excess. would be. shewn on the arc at F if there Dii^lievnaindQ?: error* But^ by reason of. the index error, tlu$ ceal quantity will not be known till a similar observa-t tion has been made with the instrument. in an opposite diri^ction. .
^ If the instrument be now. inverted, so that the unaik v^red glass is uppermost, the arc intended to be meaauFed ig GND, or the. sum of the distapcea of the points C and H
Digitized by
APPENDIX'. x^jtxvc
from the' Nadir instead of the Zenith, wKidh of course felW short of 180* by as much as the former arc exoeedefd thali quantity.
The diflference of the two arcs is conseqilently twelv^ minutes, and if the index be now mov€d till the objects C and D appear to correspond, the amount of this double difference will be shewn by the change of position of th^ vernier.
Hence it is evidently unnecessary that the ihdex erroi» should be previously known, and even preferable that its amount should be such as to avoid the needless introduction of negative quantities by positions on diflferent sides of zero. :)
In the preceding description, it is supposed that the ey^ is looking directly through the unsilvefed glass at the horizon, and that it also 'perceives the opposite horizdri after two reflections ; but an inspection of the figure will shefw that the observer's head would necessarily intertept the rays from the horizon behind him. To obviate this,' both the direct and the reflected rays are received in coming from the unsilvered glass, (arid after passing through th^ field-glass of the telescope) on a mirror placed at an angle of 45% which reflects them to the eye. By this ingenious con- trivance, the obstruction is removed, and the opposite points of the horizon may be both seen at one moment;
In practice, ii is most convenient to direct the telescope to the same part of the horizon in both cases. Thus, if the east and west parts of the horizon be observed, and that the mdex glass be uppermost, and ttelescope pointing to the west, the observer is on the south 'side, and his face must
Digitized by
xxxvi APPENDIX.
be turned to the north. When the instrument is inverted, if the observer turn himself round at the same time, so as to face the south, then the telescope will be pointed as before to the west; but since the index glass is now under- most, the inferior arc will now be measured precisely as if his face were to the north, but with the advantage of the same lights seen in the erect position of the instrument.
In using this instrument at sea for the first time, con* siderable difficulty arises from the constant change in the plane of the instrument from the perpendicular position, in which it is absolutely necessary that it should be held, in order to obtain a correct observation. What at first appears to be a defect, however, is a real advantage, namely, that whenever it is held in the least degree out of the vertical plane, the two horizons (that seen direct, and the reflected one) cross each other, and it is only when the plane is ver- tical that the horizons can appear parallel.
The object is to get the two horizons to coincide exactly, and for this purpose it will often be necessary to have them of different shades. This is managed, as in the sextant, by means of the screw, which raises or lowers the telescope. When the telescope is brought nearer to the plane of the instrument, the reflected horizon becomes dark and distinct, but when scriewed off it becomes fainter, and is not so well defined. Practice alone can teach the degree of intensity which is most favourable. In general it is best to have one horizon dark, and the other light; then bring them very nearly to coincide, and wait till the ship is steady, at which moment a slight touch of the tangent screw brings them exactly to cover one another. It will happen^ of course.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xxxvii
that when the coincidence is perfect, there is only one ho- rizpn to be seen, and a doubt remains whether all is right, but a slight motion of the instrument, by making the horizons cross each other, defines them at once.
It is advisable to take several observations, and the safest way is to take one first with the index glass upper- most, and then with the instrument inverted, after which to return to the first, and so on for two or three times each way.
In the pages which follow, there is given a table con- taining the result of all the observations made during this voyage, preceded by several sets of observations in the fullest detail. From the table it will be observed how seldom the dip, actually measured, agrees with that inferred from the mean refraction. Some of these experiments shew very remarkable difierences^ and point out the great utility of this instrument.
The practical navigator, particularly if he has been in hot climates, will recollect how discordant his observations for latitude always were, and how few even of the best ob- servers agree in their determination of the latitude of the same place, simple as the observation is thought to be. The cause is quite clear ; and though it equally affects al- titudes taken for absolute time, the disagreement is less obvious, and it will often happen that a chronometer going extremely well appears to vary every day from inaccuracy in the observations. Thus it is, I think, generally admitted, that it is almost impossible to rate a chronometer from al- titudes observed with the sea horizon. Nor is this diflSculty removed by taking equal altitudes, because the refraction
Digitized by
xxxviii APPENDIX.
in all probability will be different at the two observations «' With an artificial horizon, indeed, the changes in refraction are not felt, because, at a considerable elevation above the horizon, the changes are very trifling. But it often happens in practice, that the artificial horizon cannot be used, and we are then reduced to the sea horizon, where the changes of refraction are always the greatest. In the Yellow Sea, for instance, we had no opportunity of landing during all the time that the squadron was at anchor, till the day before we sailed. So that during nearly a fortnight that the ships were at anchor, the sea horizon was necessarily used. I need only to refer to the observations taken off the Pei-ho, viz. from No. 37 to 62, to shew how extremely fallacious the results must have been.
^ It is much to be wished that this excellent instrument should be brought into general use in navigation.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xxxix
THE FOLLOWING EIGHT OBSERVATIONS ARE SET DOWN IN THE FULIJ:ST DETAIL, IN ORDER TO SHEW THE METHOD USED IN RECORDING THEM.
No. 31. YELLOW SEA,
jviy as; i8m->6 p. m.
Index uppermoat InstnimeBt inverted.
A + 8M(r B-»r.lOf
8.06 7.10
8 . 00 7 . 10
Mean 8 . 05 Mean 7 . 10 B.
Mean + 8. 05 A.
16.16
8. 49 Dip. 8 . 60 Tabulur. 1 Difference.
Heij^t of the eye, 16 feet, 8 inches. Parts of the horizon obaenred, WSW. and ENE.
Barometer - 9Q . TSinches
Thennometer|^ ??
Latitude . - 86° north. L(»g^tude - 124° east
Windlig^tr^gamioatfa; hdrinmimoonunonly well defined and sharp; sky dear,
and sea pofectly smooth.
Digitized by
x\ APPENDIX.
No. 40.
OFF THE PEI-HO, YELLOW SEA.
/if;^«9, 1816.— 9 A.M.
Index uppermost Instrument inverted.
A + S'.JW" B-ir 40"
8 . 4S 11 . 85
8 . SO 11 . 50
Mem 8.82
|
Mean Mean + |
11 8. |
.4SB. 8SA. |
|
4) |
90. 5 8 1 |
14 . 8 Dip. .50 Tabular. . ISINfference 4- |
Heieht of the eye^ 15 feet, 8 indies. Parts of the hoiiztm observed, NW. and SE. The low land just -nabie in the NW. distant 1ft or 14 miles. Depth of the sea, 18 feet Bamneter • 89 . GO inches..
Thermoineter|^ ^°
Latitude ■ ■ 88° . 50^ north. Longitude - 118*. 00' east
There has been little wind this morning, after a veiy dose night.
No. 43.
OFF THE PEI.HQ, YELLOW SEA.
ilt^tM< 6, 18161— 1 P.M.
Index uppermost. Instrument inverted.
A + r.48" B-11'.6S"
7 . 48 11 . 45
7 . 65 11 . 46
Mean 7.50 Mean 11 . 48 B.
Meai+ 7. 50 A.
4) 19.88
4. 64 Dip. 8 . 58 Tabular. 1 • 1 DificTCDoe -It
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xli
Height of the eye, 15 feet,' 6 inches.
Parts of the horizon observed, SW. by S. and NE. by N.
Depth of the sea, 29 feet.
Barometer - 29 . 64 inches.
Thermometer }|^ I?!"
Latitude - - 88*» . 50' north. Longitude - 118*» . Off east
Moderate breeze from SE. by & ; rather hazy, but the horizon sharp and disdnct.
No. 50-
OFF THE PELHO, YELLOW SEA.
August 8, 1&16.— 6. 15. A,M.
Index uppermost Instrument inyerted.
A + 10'. 20" B-12'.60'
10 . 18 12 . 46
10 . 35 13 . 00
Mean 10 . 24, 3 Mean 12 . 51.7 B.
Mean + 10 . 24.3 A.
4) 23 . 16 5 . 49 Dip. 3 . 50 Tabular. 1 . 59 Difference +
Height of the eye, 15 feet, 3 inches.
Farts pf the horizon observed, NNE. and SSW. dear of the land.
Depth of the sea, 26 feet
Barometer - 29 . 65 inches.
Air 69i
Sea 78
Wind NNW. moderate.
Latitude - - 38*» . 50^ north. Longitude - ll** . 00' east
f Air Thennometer^ ^^
Jlffm.-^The top ci the fort at the mouth of the river, is just visible at SO feet fiiDm liie snr&ceof the water.
/
Digitized by
xlii APPENDIX.
No. 53.
. OFF THE PEI-HO, YELLOW SEA.
Augutt 10, 1816.--6. 10. A.M.
Index uppermost. Instrument inverted.
A + 18'. 66" B-7'.30' 18 . 60 7 . 16
13 . 46 7 . 26
Mean 13.60 Mean 7. 23.3 B.
Mean + 13. 60 A.
4) «1 . 18.3 6 . 18.8 Dip. 2.20 Tabular. 2 . 68 Difference +
Hdght of the eye, 6 feet, 6 inches. Depth of the water, 6 feet Parts of the horizon observed, N. by E. and S. by W. just dear of the land. Barometer - 29 . 69 inches.! On board His Majesty^s
ri^k«..»..»»^.» f Air 76° > ship Lyra, distant three
Ihermometerjg^ TT J ortouriSes.,
Wind WNW.
About (me mile from the fcfft of Tung-co(^ at the entrance of the Pei-ho river. JVbto.->In8trument re-adjusted.
No. 58.
OFF THE PEI-HO, YELLOW SEA.
Augutt 10, 1816—2 P.M.
Index uppermost Instrument inverted.
A + W- 40" B-8'. 60' 16 . 30 8 . 60
16.86 8.60
Mean 16.86 ' Mean 8.60B.
Mean + 16. 86 A.
4) 24.26
6. 6.8 Dip. 8.60 Tabular. 2 . 16 Difference +
Digitized by
APPENDIX. xliii
Height of the eye, 15 feet, S inches. Parts of the horizon observed, N. by £. and S. by W. Depth of the sea, S7 feet. Barometer - S9 . 68 inches.
Thermometer ^^"^ ^"^
Latitude - - S8f^ . Bff north. Longitude - 118'^ . 00' east
No. 59.
OFF THE PEI-HO, YELLOW SEA.
Jugust 10, 1816.— 2. 16. P.M.
Index uppermost Instrument inverted. A + 16'.aO" B-7'.60r'
16.10 8.10
16 . 10 8 . 06
Mean 16.13*3 Mean SOl'TB.
Mean 4- 16 • 13-8 A.
4) 23 . 16
6 . 48-7 Dip. 3.60 Tabular. 1 . 69 Difference.
Hdght of the eye, 16 feet, 3 inches.
Parts of the horizon observed, NW. by N. and SE. by €.
Depth of the water, 27 feet
Barometer - 29 . 68 inches.
Thermometer 4 « «qo
Latitude . -, 38<' . 60^ north. Longitude - 118^ . 00' east
Tht vessels in all parts of the horizon have an inverted image under them ; this is very considerable, some having about a third of the sail, others only the hull.
Digitized
by Google
itliV APPENDIX.
No. 110.
OFP THE CAPE
/ui^ 28, 1817.— 2. 30. P. M.
Index uppermost. Instrument inverted.
A + ff.36" B-5'.OO"
6.35 4. 55
6.40 6.00
Mean 6 • 367 Mean 4 . 583 B.
Mean + 6 . 367 A.
4) 11 . 35
2 ' 53-7 Dip.
3 < 49 Tabular.
55 Difference
Height of the eye, 15 feet Parts of Ae horizon observed, SE. and NW.
Thermometer{|^Jj ^
Depth of the sea, S23 fee|;.
Latitude - S4P . 5T south. Longitude 20^ . 15' east
Cape LaguUus due north, distant 6 or 8 miles.
Cakn all day; sky dear, and weather hazy.
On the 29th and 80th of July we were off the Cape, but the weather was so bad as to prevent any sights being taken.
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
xk
|
Height of eye. |
Dip. |
Differ. Therm. |
Differ. |
Long. • J:a5t. |
l&l 1 |
||||||||||
|
No. |
Date. |
Obs. |
Tab. |
+ - |
Sea. |
Air. |
+ |
- |
Baro. |
tat. |
1-^ feet |
Remarks. |
|||
|
1816. |
f. i. |
/ // |
9 U |
// H |
o |
e / |
o / |
||||||||
|
16 |
Jiiae 16. |
15 3 |
4 85.0 |
3 50 |
45 |
83 |
82j |
§ |
29.86 |
5 11 S |
106 3 |
GO |
Weather hasy. The low land of Suraatnijiist visible. The land wind has been blowing gently for aboot foar hours. |
||
|
19 |
Jane 16. |
15 3 |
4 33.0 |
3^ |
43 |
83i |
82 •h. (85 Jsb. i95 |
1* |
29.86 |
5 05 S |
106 10 |
56 |
East and west parts of the ho- rizon observed. Coast of Sumatra just visible. Hazy. The land- wind dying away. .^ |
||
|
90 |
Jone 16. |
14 0 |
3 59 |
3 41 |
18 |
84] |
i |
29,83 |
5 05 S |
106 10 |
48 |
The day has been extremely'^ |
|||
|
Qsu. |
breeze not yet set in, only a few light flaws. |
||||||||||||||
|
21 |
Jane 16. |
14 |
4 01 |
3 41 |
20 |
83 |
81 |
2 |
29.85 |
5 05 S |
106 10 |
57 |
' |
||
|
83 |
Junes?. |
16 |
4 21.0 |
356 |
25 |
84 |
82 |
2 |
29.81 |
6 49 1>J |
107 49 |
||||
|
98 |
Jane 28.^ |
16 |
4 92.2 |
3 56 |
26 |
84 |
82 |
2 |
29.80 |
8 00 |
lOS 10 |
||||
|
94 |
July 8. |
16 |
4 08.2 |
3 56 |
12 |
84i |
81 |
H |
29.77 |
13 29 |
112 .59 |
A fresh breeze from WNW. The san set in fiery dirty red clouds. Weather squally, with occasional showers of rain. Paits of the horizon observed east and west. Weather remarkably fine -, sky |
|||
|
25 |
July 6. |
16 |
853 |
3 56 |
3 |
84 |
^1 |
i |
29.75 |
20 00 |
114 |
||||
|
clear ; and a gentle breeze from |
|||||||||||||||
|
the south. The sun set about |
|||||||||||||||
|
five minutes after these observa- |
|||||||||||||||
|
tions were taken. IHurts of the |
|||||||||||||||
|
horizon observed east and west |
|||||||||||||||
|
27 |
JoIyT. |
15 3 |
4 3 |
3 50 |
13 |
85 |
85 |
29.79 |
21 11 |
114 |
The forenoon has been ex- tremely hot and oppressive. A rolling swell Irom Uie $W. |
||||
|
28 |
Jaly8. |
14 6 |
3 49 |
3 45 |
4 |
844 |
82 |
2* |
29.72 |
Parts of the horizon observed SSW and NNE, the first clearto seaward, the other dear horizon, but the mainland of China behind it, and various islands on each side oftheNNE line. |
|||||
|
20 |
July 16. |
15 3 |
3 27 |
350 |
23 |
79 |
79 |
29.75 |
24 37 |
118 56 |
Very baay weather: sky fiery. Clear weather, with a light |
||||
|
80 |
Joly21.. |
15 8 |
3 44 |
3 50 |
6 |
77i |
76 |
n |
29.78 |
34 |
124 |
270 |
|||
|
breeze from the eastward. San |
|||||||||||||||
|
set behind a low range of &uk |
|||||||||||||||
|
clouds : sky in that quarter was unusually red. A long swell |
|||||||||||||||
|
from the northward. |
|||||||||||||||
|
31 |
JoIy23. |
15 8 |
3 49 |
3 50 |
1 |
77 |
83 |
5 |
29.78 |
35 |
124 |
Wind light fifom south ;hori. zon uncommonly well defined and sharp; sky clear; and the sea perfectly smooth. These sights, and the two following, may be depended on, I think, within ten seconds. |
|||
|
32 |
Jaly 23. |
453 |
8 49 |
3 50 |
1 |
77 |
82 |
5 |
29.78 |
35 |
124 |
Circumstances sunilar to No. 31. ParU of the horizon observed |
|||
|
38 |
Jaly 83. |
15 3 |
344 |
350 |
6 |
77 |
82 |
5 |
29.78 |
35 |
124 |
||||
|
were that immediately under the |
|||||||||||||||
|
setting sun; viz. W 31* N, and |
|||||||||||||||
|
the opposite £ 21« S, the sun ' |
|||||||||||||||
|
bdng about 4» high. Day has been renmrkably clear, although the wind has beoifirom the south- |
|||||||||||||||
|
1 |
|||||||||||||||
|
• |
|||||||||||||||
|
ward, which in these seas is said |
|||||||||||||||
|
generally to bring fi)g8. |
|||||||||||||||
|
86 |
July 27. |
15 8 |
402 |
3 50 |
12 |
76 |
76 |
29.70 |
38 55 |
118 50 |
72 |
Weathersomewhathazy; wuid easterly. |
|||
|
36 |
July 27. |
18 |
885 |
3 33 |
2 |
76 |
76 |
29.70 |
38 55 |
118 50 |
78 |
Wmd easterly. |
|||
|
87 |
July 28. |
15 3 |
4 21 |
3 50 |
31 |
88 |
84 |
1 |
29.62 |
38 50 |
118 00 |
20 |
These sights were taken while at aikhor off the mouth of the Pei-ho. The fort of Tung-coo, ' on the south bank of the river. |
||
|
■ |
four or five miles. |
||||||||||||||
|
38 |
July 28. |
15 3 |
406 |
3 50 |
16 |
83 |
84 |
1 i |
29.62 |
38 50 |
118 00 |
20 |
} |
Digitized by
Google ,
xlti
APPENDIX.
|
No. |
Date. |
Height of eye. |
Dip. |
Differ. |
Therm. |
Differ. |
Baro. |
Lat. North. |
Long. East. |
1^ |
Remarks. |
||||
|
Obs. |
Tab. |
+ |
m |
Sea. o |
Air. o |
+ |
- |
||||||||
|
1816. |
f. i. |
/ M |
/ H |
/ // |
o ' |
o / |
feet |
||||||||
|
39 |
July 28. |
15 3 |
3 40 |
3 50 |
4 |
82 |
83i |
i4 |
29.r>j. |
58 50 |
118 |
23 |
The day has been exceedingly |
||
|
40 |
July 39. |
15 5 |
5 3 |
3 50 |
I 13 |
84 |
81 |
3 |
29.60 |
38 50 |
118 |
18 |
close, wiih Gttie wind. There has been Uttlewind this |
||
|
42 |
July 29. |
15 3 |
4 00. |
3 h^ |
10 |
84 |
83 |
I |
29.58 |
38 50 |
118 |
20 |
rooming, after a very close night. Nearly calm, there being only a very light air £rom the S£. — |
||
|
i2 |
Aug. 6. |
15 3 |
5 19 |
3 50 |
I 2i |
80 |
79 |
1 |
29.G4 |
38 50 |
118 |
22* |
Day sultry. Weather hazy ; sky dear over- head; sea remarkably unootli; |
||
|
43 |
Aug. 6. |
15 6 |
4 54 |
3 53 |
1 1 |
8Ii |
83i |
2 |
29.64 |
38 50 |
J18 |
29 |
wind north. Moderate hreese ifom S£ by S ; rather hazy ; but the boiiaoo sharp and distinct. And tfaia^ together with the Ibor foUowiiig observations, may be taken «• very accurate, every drcuin- |
||
|
44 |
Aug. 6. |
15 3 |
4 47 |
3 50 |
57 |
81i |
83i |
2 |
29.64 |
38 50 |
118 |
29 |
stance bdng most fiivourable. |
||
|
45 |
Aug. C. |
15 3 |
4 59 |
3 50 |
1 9 |
81i |
83 |
1| |
29.64 |
38 50 |
118 |
29i |
Parts of the faoriaon observed |
||
|
46 |
Aug. 6. |
3 9 |
8 39 |
1 54 |
45 |
81 |
84§ |
34 |
29.62 |
38 50 |
118 |
30 |
E by N and \V tfy S. Parts of the horizon observed SSEandNNW. Wind S£. |
||
|
47 |
Aug. 6. |
6 |
3 S6 |
2 25 |
1 1 |
81 |
84i |
34 |
29.62 |
38 50 |
118 |
30| |
Wind SE. |
||
|
48 |
Aug. 6. |
15 3 |
4 59.2 |
3 50 |
1 9 |
82 |
80 |
2 |
29.59 |
38 50 |
118 |
30 |
Parts of the horizon observed E and W. The day, which baa been remarkably fine, has as- |
||
|
sumed towards sunset a wild. |
|||||||||||||||
|
stormy aspect. Wind fresh at SE. Rirts of the horizon observed |
|||||||||||||||
|
49 |
Aug. 8. |
15 3 |
5 47 |
3 50 |
1 57 |
78 |
69§ |
8* |
39.65 |
38 50 |
118 |
26 |
|||
|
EbySandWbyN. Thbmom- ing unusually dear ; so that wben the sun's semi-diameter only was above the horizon, it was painfiil to look at him. The horizon has |
|||||||||||||||
|
50 |
Aug. 8. |
15 3 |
5 49 |
3 50 |
1 59 |
78 |
69§ |
84 |
29.65 |
38 50 |
118 |
26 |
a rugged apfeanmce. Parts of the horizon observed NNEandSSW. WindNNW, moderate. |
||
|
61 |
Aug. 8. |
15 3 |
5 47 |
3 50 |
I 57 |
77i |
73 |
44 |
29.66 |
38 50 |
118 |
24 |
Weather remarkably dear; horizon stiUrugged ; wind NNW, moderate. |
||
|
52 |
Aug. 9. |
15 3 |
4 30.4 |
3 50 |
40 |
79i |
75 |
44 |
29,72 |
38 50 |
118 |
This morning doudy,and looks ndny, but the air seems clear. Parts of the horizon observed NWbyWandSEbyE. |
|||
|
53 |
Aug. 10. |
5 6 |
5 18.3 |
2 20 |
2 58 |
77 |
75 |
2 |
29.69 |
38 50 |
118 |
5 |
Parts of the liorison observed NbyEandSbyW. Instrument readjusted. Wind WNW. |
||
|
54 |
Aug. 10. |
5 6 |
4 28.3 |
S 20 |
2 8 |
38 50 |
117 55 |
ParU of the faoriaon observed WSW and ENE. Wind NW. dose to the low land, near the mouth of the Pei-ho. Theiught had been cold, and the momuig was stiH keen ; but unfortunatdy there was no thermometer in the boat; I suppoflie, however, that the air was about 66*. At the time these sights were takeii, I observed a vesld bearing N by W, the lower hairof *J%»se sul |
|||||||
|
' |
was inverted. = WindNW. • r . |
||||||||||||||
|
55 |
Aug. 10. |
5 6 |
4 7 |
2 20 |
1 47 |
77 |
75 |
2 |
29.69 |
38 50 |
117 55 |
12 |
WiiidNW. Parts of the ho- |
||
|
56 |
Aug. 10. |
5 6 |
3 55 |
2 20 |
I 7>b |
77 |
75 |
2 |
29.69 |
38 50 |
118 |
13 |
rizon observed NW and SE. |
||
|
' |
tf |
54, 55, 56) the vessels near the land had more Qr less an invelted ^ image under them. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
xivii
|
Height |
Dip. |
Differ. |
Therm. |
Differ. |
Lar. |
T.ong. |
|||||||||
|
I-- feet |
|||||||||||||||
|
No. |
Date. |
ejre. |
Ob*. |
Tab. |
+ |
Sea. e |
.\ir. o |
+ |
**■ |
Barr. |
North. |
East. |
Remarks. > |
||
|
1816. |
f. i. |
t 0 |
/ tr |
o / |
e t |
||||||||||
|
57 |
Aug. la |
15 3 |
5 37 |
3 50 |
1 4'7 |
78 |
76^, |
1* |
89.70 |
38 50 |
118 |
26 |
Weather very clear. Parte of the horizon observed £N£ and wsw. |
||
|
56 |
Aug. 10. |
15 3 |
6 6 |
3 50 |
2 It. |
83 |
84 |
1 |
29.68 |
38 50 |
118 |
27 |
Parts of the horizon observed N bv £ and S by W. The vessels in all parte of the |
||
|
59 |
Aug. 10. |
15 3 |
5 49 |
3 50 |
1 59 |
83 |
84 |
1 |
89.68 |
38 50 |
118 |
27 |
|||
|
horizon have an inverted image under them ; this is very consider- able, some having about one-third of the sail, others only tlie hull |
|||||||||||||||
|
60 |
Aug. U. |
15 3 |
5 3 |
3 50 |
1 13 |
79 |
76 « |
3 |
89.78 |
38 50 |
118 |
26| |
Dght wind from SE. Sky cloudy, somewhat hazy ; but the horizon sharp and unbroken. |
||
|
61 |
Aog. 11. |
15 3 |
5 13 |
3 50 |
I 83 |
80 |
79 |
1 |
29.73 |
38 50 |
118 |
24 |
The inversbn of the vessels as the horizon observed £S£ and |
||
|
WNW. |
|||||||||||||||
|
62 |
Aug. 18. |
16 |
4 58 |
3 56 |
56 |
80 |
79 |
1 |
89.79 |
38 50 |
118 |
84 |
A light breeze from the SE. Cloudy and close.— N. B. Instru- ment readjusted. |
||
|
63. |
Aog.l«. |
15 3 |
4 35 |
3 50 |
45 |
81 |
79i |
li |
89.77 |
38 36 |
117 56 |
89i |
Part of the horizon observed N and S. |
||
|
64 |
Aug. 13. |
16 |
4 4 |
3 56 |
8 |
79 |
78 |
1 |
89.80 |
38 31 |
118 09 |
48 |
Part of the horizon observed £ and W. A moderate breeze from the SW. Clear over-head; hazy in the horizon. Parts of the horizon observed |
||
|
65 |
Aug. 13. |
16 |
4 6 |
3 56 |
10 |
79 |
7S |
1 |
89.80 |
38 31 |
118 09 |
48 |
|||
|
N and S. |
|||||||||||||||
|
66 |
Aug. 13. |
16 ' |
4 30 |
3 56 |
84 |
81 |
83 |
8 |
89.80 |
38 21 |
118 04 |
44 |
WiudSR Sky clear, and the |
||
|
67 |
Aug. 14. |
15 3 |
4 30 |
3 SO |
1 |
78 |
79 |
1 |
89.71 |
38 30 |
118 84 |
Light breeze from ESE. Parte observed NE and SW. |
|||
|
68 |
Aug. 14. |
15 3 |
4 85 |
3 30 |
55 |
79i |
80i |
I |
89.70 |
38 30 |
118 35 |
50 |
Light breeze at£S£. Ctoudy, with a haze in the liorizon. Piarts observed N£ and SW. |
||
|
69 |
Aug. 15. |
15 3 |
4 39 |
3 30 |
1 9 |
80 |
79 |
1 |
89.77 |
38 00 |
118 35 |
48 |
Parts of the horizon observed £andW. Moderate bieeze from ENE. Remarkably clear wea- ther. |
||
|
70 |
. Aug. 15. |
15 3 |
4 53 |
3 30 |
1 83 |
81§ |
79 |
n |
89.76 |
38 00 |
118 54 |
44 |
Steady moderate breeze at ENE. Very clear. Horbon .iharp, and well defined. |
||
|
71 |
Aug. 15. |
15 3 |
5 4 |
3 30 |
1 34 |
88 |
79 |
3 |
29.70 |
37 54 |
118 56 |
4U |
|||
|
79 |
Aug. 16. |
15 3 |
4 43 |
3 30 |
1 13 |
81 |
76 |
5 |
29.17 |
37 38 |
118 57 |
39 |
Wind at East Sky cloudy, and rather hazy. |
||
|
73 |
Aug, 17. ■ |
15 3 |
4 38 |
3 30 |
1 8 |
80 |
79i |
i |
89.73 |
37 81 |
119 88 |
30 |
Ught wind at SW. Hazy weather. |
||
|
74 |
Aug. 17. |
14 |
4 39 |
3 41 |
48 |
81* |
81 |
i |
89.75 |
37 19 |
119 44 |
33 |
Dght breeze from the North- ward. Weather hazy. Parte of the horizon observed SE and NW. |
||
|
75 |
Aug. 17. |
15 3 |
4 48 |
3 30 |
1 18 |
8li |
88 |
* |
29.70 |
37 21 |
119 44 |
30 |
Parts of the horizon observed NE by E and SW by W. |
||
|
76 |
Aug. 18. |
16 |
4 S9 |
3 56 |
43 |
80 |
77 |
3 |
89.76 |
37 89 |
119 37 |
48 |
Moderate breeze from £ast. Parts of the horizon observed WNW and ESE. |
||
|
77 |
Aug. 90. 1 |
16 |
4 80 |
3 56 |
84 |
77 |
78 |
5 |
89.85 |
37 50 |
120 16 |
The wind has been blowing hard for two days firom NE; this evening it has lolled, and the weatlier has cleared off: there remains however a high swell. |
|||
|
79 |
Aug. 81.' |
15 3 |
4 48 |
3 50 |
58 |
77 |
71 |
6 |
89.80 |
37 58 |
180 27 |
Land-wmd South* Fine clear |
|||
|
80 |
Aug. 81. |
4 |
8 37 |
1 58 \ |
39 |
77 |
79 |
8 |
89.80 |
37 58 |
120 27 |
60 |
morning. Parte of the horizon observed SW by S and NE by N. |
||
|
81 |
Aug. 81. |
15 3 |
4 8 |
3 50 |
18 |
77 |
76 |
1 |
89.7G |
60 |
The inversions which were so conspicuous this morning have been entirely removed since the sea breeze set in. In some distant islands there is a slight inversion at the ends, bjit very trifling. | |
||||
|
' |
Digitized by
xlviii
APPENDIX.
No.
Date.
Height cje.
82
83
84
85 86
87 88
90 91
93
1816. Aug. 31.
Aug. 21. Aog. 23.
Sept. 4. Sept. 4.
Sept. 5. Sept 7.
Sept 7.
1817. March 3. March 5.
March 5. March 5.
94
94
March 8.
March 6.
f. i. 14
15 3 16
12 12
15 15 8
15 3
14 14 8
14 8 14 8
14 8
14 8
Dip.
Obs.
3 26
3 29 3 52
3 46 3 42
3 47 3 33
8 27
3 57
4 49
4 50 4 53
4 33
4 58
Tab.
/ It 3 41
3 41
3 56
3 25 3 25
3 49 3 41
3 41
3 41 3 46
3 46 3 46
Differ.
+
16 1 8
1 4
I 7
3 46
3 46
47
1 12
Id
Therm. Differ.
Sea.
o
76
83
84
84
Air.
75
84.i 85
85
84
82i
li
Baro.
29.74
29.74 29.80
29.86 29.86
29.80 29 84
29.84
29.74 29.73
29.73
29.86
29 86
Lot. North.
36 10 36 8
35 40 34 32
34 22
2 18 8 40
5 12
Long. Eait.
I&
126 30 126 35
126 17 126 34
126 34
102 20 100 35
100 14
feet
165
190
120
Reoarki.
ThU and tha IbUowuig wen observed towards sunset; they exhibit a oonsidefabie degree of refiractiofi above what is osoaL The sights on this momiiig in the same place gave Hpwwds of 1' greatrr dip.
All other circimsteaees tbe same as in No. 82.
Fresh breese from SE, with a remarkably clear skv. The ho- riaon nnoommooly sharp.
Wind moderate fiR>m WNW. Qear weather.
All other drcunatancea tbe same as in Na 85. Farts of the horiflon observed SSW and NNS.
Pttrts of the horiaon observed WNWandESE.
The morning has been exceed- ingly hot before the bneaes aet m from sea at 11 A.M.
Ail other circamstaiioes llie same as in No. 88.
After a very hot day.
Puts of tbe horizon observed £SE and WNW. See further remarks under 93. ^istromeot readjusted.
PailB of the faoriaoB observed NEandSW. All other dream, stances as in No. 91.
Parts of tbe horizon observed SSE and NNW. These three observations (Nos. 91 » 99, and 93) were made under the mo&t favourable circumstances, and may be considered as shewing the accuracy which the instru- ment is capable of attidning. The sea was so perfectly smooSi, that not the slighter motion ooald be detected. The horiaon atall the parts observed was sharp, and better defined than- 1 recollect to have seen it ; and, what is not (Aea the case, the opposite parts were alike in strength of fight, &c. The day has l^n hot» but not close, with a light breeae fimn die Southward. The dip is very great, bat the observations were made with such core, that there Cfui be no doubt of their accuracy.
Tliere had been a I|g^ bfeese from the Nortli in the morning; but for an hour before these sights were taken it had lieen calm.
Nearly the same place as No. 94(a); but the otner circum- stances were changed, as the sea breeze at NW had set in about a quarter of an hour, whereas in the last instance it, was calm. The above angles were taken with great bare. The horiaon sharp. Farts of the horiaon observed NW and SE. I
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
xlix
No.
95
06 96
100
101
103
104
105
Date.
1817. March 19.
March 19. March 30i
March 21. March 22.
March 23.
March S4.
Jol^ 22.
Jnlj 24.
Jul^ 25.
July 26.
Height
of
eye
f. i. 14 8
14 8
14 8
14 8 14 8
14 8
14 8
15
15
15
15
Dip.
OU. Tab.
3 51
348 3 48
8 48 3 39
3 47
3 53
3 36
3 16
3 36
3 30
3 46
3 46 3 46
3 46- 3 46^
8 46
3 46
3 49
3 49
3 49
3 49
Differ.
5
13
33
13
19
Therm.
Sea. Air.
80
80 79i
80 79
78i
78
71
59
58
82 82
82 79§
79
80
72
63
60
Differ.
+ —
Lat. Baro. North.
29 84
29.78 29.83
29.84 29.84
29.80
29.78
18 30
14 30
15 00
16 00
17 00
17 30
Soath. 34 0
34 25
35 S
35 S
Long. East.
11
89 30
89 15
89 00
88 30
88 00
88 15
24 56
23 45
23
feet
400
372
462
462
s
Remarkf.
The wind steady and moderate at N£; atmosphere clear; hori- zon wdl defined; a Ions swell fromSW. This swell, which was not lugh, produced an olrvioQs effect on ue dip angle, as oh« senred, the two horiaons aliens ately separating and oTerliq[>ping ; this change was however so slight that I have not been able to mea- soreit
All other circnmstsnces as in No. 95. Farts of the horiaon observed N£ and SW.
During the night there has been a light breese finom East ; at this moment it is freshening up a little. The atmosphere Is dear ; horizon sharp ; a long low swell from SW, as yesterday.
It has been calm, or nearly so, doring the night; occasionally a light air from SE and S. All drcumstances ^vourable.
During the night there has been a H^bt wind from SW. The weather u more hazy than when the wind was from the Eastward, ; and the horizon not so distinctly * marked ; but t6e above sights are • good. There is still a swell finom I S W, which causes some little un- j certainty as to the exact moment of takmg the angle.
In the night there has been a light breeze from W by S. WeiUher hazy ; but the honzon sharper than yesterday morning.
Durmg the'^night almost calm ; just now a light air from the NE. Parts of the horizon observed NE and SW.
Fine Ciir clear weather, but with so high a swell as to render the observation difficult Wmd lieht from N, after having been bbwing fresh.
light breezes from the North- eastward; smooth water, and a clear cool mr: hazy about the land. The distance from the South coast of Africa was about 8 or 9 leagues. Alldrcomstances favourable. No current : we have probably been too near shore for It
Light breeze frt>m the SW, with a long swell. Hazy weather. The wind has been from the West for 24 hours; at first blowing hard, but latterly moderate, the current setting us to the SW about a mile an hour. A veiy heavy dew fiilling this evening. Farts of the horizon observed East and West
Moderate breeze from the NE ; air hazy ; long high swell from the Westward. From observations by stars and duonometers, it has been ascertained that tbeie IS not
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
|
He^ht |
Di |
r- |
Differ. |
Therm. |
Differ. |
Ji«g. |
P |
||||||||
|
No. |
Pat^ |
«ye. |
Ob*. |
T«b. |
•f , |
-- |
Sea. |
Air. |
+ |
^ |
Bmo. |
IM. |
£Mt |
Aem.^ |
|
|
' |
1817. |
f. i |
/ tt |
/ M |
M |
1 n |
• |
« |
• ' |
• « |
feet |
tfaeleartcuient DitlweefimB the Sonth coMt of Afirica fbout 50 miles. Ahigh rangeiAagfat to the Northward. Parts of the horixoB observed North and South. |
|||
|
106 |
JolySO. |
15 |
%m |
349 |
19 |
60 |
63 |
3 |
34 52 |
22 23 |
420 |
A light breese fimn the NE; ur haay; a loDg swell £rom the Westward. About 50 miles dis- taot from the land. |
|||
|
107 |
July 27. |
15 |
265 |
3 49 |
54 |
56 |
59 |
3 |
35 |
21 |
24 |
The wind has been moderate fram the land aU night ; air ha^ ; |
|||
|
weather raw ; a Teiy heavy dew fiJliDg all night. The land in sight to the Northwaid. dbiast |
|||||||||||||||
|
one end to the other. |
|||||||||||||||
|
166 |
July 27. |
15 |
2«7 |
3 49 |
1 2 |
56 |
59 |
3 |
35 |
21 |
240 |
Pkrts of the horisoa observed NNEandSSW. AU other cir- cumstances as in No. 107. |
|||
|
100 |
Jal7 28. |
15 |
3 17 |
349 |
32 |
58 |
64 |
6 |
34 58 |
^ 15. |
Parts of the horiion observed N£ and SW. Cape Ligullas North 2 or 3 leagues. A light breexe from the Eastward. Air Parts of the horizon obaerred |
||||
|
110 |
July 20. |
15 |
254 |
349 |
55 |
59 |
64 |
5 |
34 57 |
20 15 |
222 |
||||
|
SE and NW. Cape Ligullas due North, diftant 6 or 8 miles. |
|||||||||||||||
|
C^maU day; sky dear; and |
|||||||||||||||
|
weather hasy. |
|||||||||||||||
|
. |
N.B. On the 29th and30th of July we were off the Cape, |
||||||||||||||
|
1 |
but the weather was so bad as to |
||||||||||||||
|
1 |
_» |
prevent any sights bang taken. |
Digitized by
METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL,
FBOM JULY TO NOVEMBER 1816, WHILE THE SHIPS WERE IN THE YELLOW AND JAPAN SEAS.
Digitized by
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
liii
|
Barom. |
ThenDom. |
Windi. |
Lat |
Longr |
|||
|
Boon. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
SO*. 01" 80.01 |
83° |
84« |
South SSW SW |
N 8ap.or |
E 116^.26' |
Sunday, July 14, 181& The wind continued quite light during the night, with one or two sli^t showers, but no squalls. About 8 A. M. the wind hauled to alxri SW, from which quarter it blew a light breeze. |
|
1 S 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
S9.94 89.98 |
• |
SE Coast of China. |
||||
|
1 ft 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
S9.89 89.89 |
88 |
83 |
sw SWbyW WNW |
N 3a».48r |
E |
Monday^ July 15, 1816. Thie same winds during the nig^t • Found that we had been driven by a current, setting about E by N, 9i miles an hour. |
|
1 ft 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89.80 89:76 89.80 |
West WSW SW |
SE Coast of China. |
About 3 oVlock it became extremely ha^; the sun set in fiery clouds, and ^ blood red tint was riven to the low clouds all round the hoiizon, |
Digitized by
Ut
APPENDIX.
|
BtfDm. |
Thennoni. |
Windt. |
Ut. |
iMlg.' |
|||
|
How. |
Air. |
Set. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29'. 74^ 29.83 29.74 |
88'' |
SW wsw West WSW sw |
N 24''.37' |
E 11»».60' |
Tfiefdasf, Jukf 16, 1816. During this day there has been a moderate breese finom the SSW, with a thick Itaoe, and dew at night Soundings fix>m 8S td 26 r fathcMns: dark itie dand |
|
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 |
29.76 29.78 29.76 |
80 80 |
79i 79J |
sw |
Stnats of Ponaosa, China. |
We have seen no land all dajr, hatinff ran alon^ nearly parallel with £e coast aSdut Chnsafi, at the distunce of about 80 ot 40 leagues. |
|
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.74 29.76 29.80 29.81 29.80 29.81 |
8» 82 82 |
80J 81 80 |
ssw sw SWbyS |
N 2e°.2i' |
E |
WednescUy, Jufy 17, 1816. The weather is remarkably haay , and there is a very di». agreeable sea coming after us. |
|
1 2 3 4' 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.80 r 29.76 29.76 29.76 29.79 29.80 |
82 82 81 |
81 80 80 |
ssw Soudi SbyW |
StraitB of Formosa, China. |
At night hazy with li heavy dew; soundings 5S fathoms. To^lay we quitted the Stndu of t^ormosa, and stood towards file Yellow Sea. Last eveding we were among a cluster S larp islands Hear the coaal of way through the fltnttts ^ F<»v mote. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
1^
|
Barom. |
Tberrooiii. |
Windf. |
Lat |
Jjang, |
• |
||
|
Hoar. |
Air. |
Seiu |
' |
||||
|
1 4 |
- |
sw |
Thursday/, July 18, 1816. |
||||
|
The wind during all this day has beai from the Soudi West- |
|||||||
|
S |
99'.78^ |
ward. |
|||||
|
6 |
From noon till midnight it |
||||||
|
7 |
continuedfresh and steady, after |
||||||
|
8 |
39.80 |
81" |
80" |
wsw |
which i^ lulled. Weather very |
||
|
9 |
hazy, and at night a heavy dew |
||||||
|
10 |
!e9.86 |
sw |
faUing. |
||||
|
11 |
N ■ |
Depth of water from 86 to 37 |
|||||
|
Noon. |
39.80 |
81 |
79 |
ssw |
g6^«r |
fathoms. |
|
|
1 |
~"gW |
. |
|||||
|
a |
S9.80 |
To the northward |
^ |
||||
|
s |
of the Straits of |
||||||
|
4 |
29.80 |
81 |
80 |
SWbyW |
Formosa. |
||
|
6 |
29.76 |
SW |
No land seen to-day, bdng about 30 leagues off shore, to |
||||
|
7 |
|||||||
|
8 d 10 11 |
29.76 |
81 |
79 |
ssw |
the Northward of the Straits of |
||
|
Formosa. . |
|||||||
|
' |
|||||||
|
Mid. |
|||||||
|
~1 |
V |
||||||
|
9 S . 4 5 |
• |
Friday, Jvhf\%lSi^ |
|||||
|
29.78 |
79 |
78 |
SbyW |
During this day there has been a moderate breeze from |
|||
|
6 |
29.76 |
the SSW, with a thick haze |
|||||
|
..• 7 |
and dew at night |
||||||
|
8 |
29.78 |
78 |
78 |
SSW |
Soundings from 98 t^ 26 fathoms: mie dark sand. |
||
|
9 |
|||||||
|
10 |
29.78 |
sw |
|||||
|
11 |
29.78 |
N • |
E |
||||
|
Noon. |
29.78 |
78 |
79 |
SWbjyS |
30^.54' |
i2d».«y |
|
|
' 1' |
29.76 |
' < |
Off the Islands of |
||||
|
s |
ChusanS0or40 |
||||||
|
4 |
29.72 |
80 |
80 |
SSW |
leagues. |
||
|
6 |
o |
We have seen no land this |
|||||
|
6 |
29.72 |
day, having ran along nearly parallel yrSti the coast about |
|||||
|
- 7 |
|||||||
|
8 |
29.72 |
79 |
80 |
South |
- |
Chuaan, at the distaiiiae of idbout |
|
|
9 10 |
i |
1 |
80 or 40 leagues. |
||||
|
11 |
|||||||
|
Mid. |
29.74 |
80 |
79 |
'■ ■ |
Digitized by
Ivi
APPENDIX.
|
BuDm. |
Thermooi. |
Winda. |
LM. |
Ung. |
|||
|
Hoar. |
Air. |
Sm. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29*. 69" 29.70 29.70 29.72 29.70 29.70 |
79» 79 80 |
76» 774 78 |
SbyW South SbyW |
N 82°.S6' |
E |
Sahirdajf, Jukf 5», 1816. Light SSW winds, with thick haze and dew at night Re- gular soundings 20 fathoms: mud and black sand. |
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 29.66 29.68 29.66 29.69 |
80 79 78 |
77 77 77 |
SWbyW WSW SWbyW WSW |
Entering the Yellow Sea. |
To^y we are about half- way between the SE part of Corea and the Chusan idanda, each being about 50 leagues distant ; the mouth of the great river Yang-tse^kianfl; is nearly W 50 leagues, and £e promon- tory of Shan-tung N by W 100 leagues. |
|
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noqn. |
29.72 29.76 29.78 29.79 29.79 |
75 76 |
76 77J |
WbyN NNW NbyW North |
N 88».56' |
E 184* |
Sundagf, July 21, 1816. The wind after noon yester- day freshened up towardfs sun- set from the WI?W, and in the night it hauled to the N W gra- dually, and 90 to North; about noon it became auite light as it drew to the northward. The weather has became Quite clear since the change of tne wind. Land in sight to^ay about East from us, supposed to be Corea. |
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.78 29.80 29.78 29.79 29.79 |
77 77 |
77J 77i |
NNW EbyN East EbyS BE |
Yellow Sea. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ivii
|
fiarom. |
Tbermoin. | |
Winds. |
Ut |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
SSE |
Monday, July 82, 1816. |
|||||
|
29". 69^ 29.72 |
76° |
77» |
SbyW |
In the night there was a breeze firom the SSW with very thick weather, and much hght- ning all round. |
|||
|
29.71 |
77 |
76 |
SWbyW |
||||
|
29.71 29.76 29.76 |
78 |
77 |
ssw |
N 84».44' |
E 128^66' |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.74 29.76 29.78 29.78 |
79 76 |
79 77 |
sw Calm NNE NbyE |
Yellow Sea. |
AAer noon it fell calm till about 6 P. M. when there came a li^ht breeze from the west- wara which hauled to north, and about morning fell nearly calm. Regular soundinffs fifom 44 to 43 fathoms : mua. |
|
|
29.74 |
76 |
76 |
North |
||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
NbyW West |
Tuesday, July S8, 1816. |
|||||
|
29.76 29.78 29.80 29.80 |
76 77 79 |
76 77 78 |
Calm SSE SE South |
N 85''.06' |
E 123^06' |
About 8 this morning a breeze sprung at South, which lasted during the day, freshen- ingvery gradually — sky dear. Regular soundings 48 fa- thoms: mud. |
|
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 |
29.79 |
Yellow Sea. |
|||||
|
29.79 29.78 |
81 |
78 |
SSW |
A moderate breeze fix>m the Southward, and fine dear wea- ther. |
|||
|
8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.76 |
78 |
77} |
SE |
_ |
||
|
29.77 |
77 |
1 76 |
SSE SbyE |
Digitized by
Iviii
APPENDIX.
|
Barom. |
Winds. |
IM. |
Loiig. |
||||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29'. 76" 29.77 89.88 89.86 89.88 |
77° 76 |
76JO 73 |
SSE SEbyS SbyE NW NWbyW |
N 36».87' |
E 183».01' |
Wednesday, July 24, 1816. The wind during these 24 hours has been moaerate from the Southward.— Quite clear, not the least appearance of fc^. A very curious assemUage |
|
1 8 S 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 29.69 89.70 89.70 |
76 76 |
74 72 |
EbyS SEbyE SSE SbyE SbyW |
Yellow Sea. |
of clouds passed over us at noon from the NW. Soundings 40, 38, and 37 fathoms : brown mud. |
|
|
1 8 8 4 5 6 7 8 0 10 11 Noon. |
89.70 89.70 89.70 29.70 29.70 |
TO 71 74 |
71 66 73 |
SW SSW WNW Calm WNW NWbyW NW |
E 1220.37' |
Thursday^ July 25, 1816. The wind during the night hung to the SW, with rain occaaonally. After daybreak the weather cleared up, and the breeze fell gradually as we rounded the NE point of the promontory of Shan-tung. |
|
|
\ 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 29.66 89.66 29.61 29.61 |
77 76 76 |
72 72 75 |
East SE SSE SbyW |
Nearly on the me- ridian of the NE point of Shan- tung promontory, YeUow Sea. |
In the forenoon it fell calm, and towards sunset a breeze sprung up from ESE and SE which lasted during the night |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
lix
|
Bftrom. |
Thermom. |
Winds. |
Ut. |
I-ong. |
|||
|
Hoar. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon |
29'.61» 29.61 29.62 29.62 29.62 |
74' 74 74 |
72» 72 72 |
SbyW South SSE South SSW SbyW |
N 38».or |
E 122».0' |
Fridaj/y July 96, 1816. As the day broke, the breeze which bad been light duriiLg; the night, fre^ened up, ana th^ weather, hitherto dear, became suddenly auite foggy; this how- ever lasted only 1^ an hour, and we emoyed during the day the same fine clear weather, with the exception indeed of one thunder squall, which lasted |
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.62 29.59 29.60 29.60 29.60 |
76 78J 76 |
66 68 74 |
SSW sw WNW SEbyS SEbyE |
Yellow Sea. t |
on}y a few minutes, and paaied over, going towards the SE. N. 8. This was the only in- stance of fog during the six weeks that the ships were in the YeUow Sea. |
|
|
1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.69 29.69 29.70 29.70 |
77 76 |
77J 76 |
South SSE SE East ENE |
N 88».62' |
£ 117^40' |
Saturday, July 27, 1816. During the whole of this day we had a iresh breeze from East and ESE, with dark cloudy weather. As we drew across the Gulf of Petchelee we had the wind much stronger. |
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.68 29.61 29.61 29.80 29.84 |
76 77 |
77 82 |
EbyS EbyN East EbyN SEbyE |
Yellow Sea. |
We anchored at seven o^clock in 3} fathoms water. In the night it blew hard from the East, and at sunrise we had a violent thunder storm. |
Digitized by
Ix
APPENDIX.
|
BafDm. |
Thennom. |
Windi. |
Ut. |
I«.g. |
|||
|
How. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 S 4 5 6 |
SEbyE |
Sundayy July 28, 1816. |
|||||
|
89'. 70'' |
80» |
80i° |
SEbyS |
AAer the thunder stcmn had passed the weather deared up, and became quite fine. |
|||
|
7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.68 |
82J |
82 |
SW |
' |
||
|
29.61 29.62 29.60 |
m |
82§ |
WbyN |
N 38»52'42" |
|||
|
1 8 4 5 6 7 |
29.60 29.61 29.62 |
81 |
82 |
NbyE North EbyS SSE SbyE |
Pei-Ho, Yellow Sea. |
During the day the breeze has been moderate, with fine dear weather. |
|
|
8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.61 29.60 |
83 80 |
82 82 |
South SbyE SW |
|||
|
1 « 3 4 C 6 7 |
29.69 |
79 |
81 i |
SW wsw NNW |
M(ynday, July 39, 1816. Light breezes and cloudy weather. |
||
|
8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.60 29.62 29.60 |
82 82 |
82 84 |
EbyN NE |
N 38''.56 |
E 118°.00' |
Towards noon it fell cahn. |
|
1 2 8 4 B 6 |
29-69 29.68 29.66 |
88 |
84} |
SE ESE |
At anchor ofP the mouth of the Pei- ho river, Yellow Sea. |
||
|
7 8 9 |
29.66 |
82i |
82 |
SE |
Dunng the night a moderate breeze fiSm the Eastward. |
||
|
10 11 Mid. |
29.63 |
80 |
82 |
SEbyE |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixi
|
Barom. |
Tbcrmom. |
Windi. |
ut |
Long. |
t |
||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29'. 60^ |
82» |
820. |
SEbyE East ENE |
Tuesday, July 80, 1816. During this day there has been a li^ht ur from the East- ward, ana fine dear weather. |
||
|
29.68 29.63 29.62 |
81 |
EbyN |
' |
||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.65 29.65 |
81 |
84 |
SEbyE |
At anchor off the mouth of the Pd- ho, Yellow Sea. |
||
|
29.60 29.61 |
82 |
88^ |
• |
||||
|
29. 68 |
88 |
82 |
Calm |
At midnight it fell calm. |
|||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
Wednesday^ July 81, 1816. |
||||||
|
29.62 |
88 |
82 |
SW |
This morning there is a li^ht air from the eastward, indimng to calm. |
|||
|
29.70 29.70 |
84 |
85 |
WNW |
||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 29.71 |
88 |
86 |
ESE SE |
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho, Yellow Sea. |
||
|
29.71 29.72 29.84 |
82i 83 |
82 82} |
SSE South |
Towards night the breeze freshened up from the SE. |
Digitized by
Ixii
APPENDIX.
|
Barom. |
A^Dds. |
Lat. |
Loog, |
||||
|
Ehmr. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29*. 69" ie9.7o 29.69 29.70 |
83» 81 81 |
84" 82i |
sw West SWbyS SSW SWbyS |
Thursday, August 1, 1816. DuruL^ the night there has been a ^esh breeze from the SW, with rain and lightning. Towards noon it became more moderate. |
||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mkl. |
29.63 29.66 29.66 29.66 |
82 80 79 |
82 82 82 |
SbyE SE SbyE SSW sw |
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho, Yellow Sea. |
And at night it was very squally, with rain. |
|
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon.' |
29.62 29.68 29.67 |
78J 79 |
82 82} |
WbyS SSW |
Friday^ August 2, 181ft Durinff the whole of the night it rained. Towards morning it blew fresh from the Westward. |
||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.63 29.63 29.63 29.66 29.70 |
78} 78 79 |
83 82} 82 |
East SSE East |
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho, Yellow Sea. |
During the whole of the day it has been very hazy with slight showers of rain. Midnight, fresh breezes and dear. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
bciii
|
Barom. |
Thenaom. |
Windf. |
Ut. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 9 |
EbyN NE |
Saturday^ August 8, 1816. |
|||||
|
3 4 5 6 r 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29', 72" |
77" |
81° |
Fresh breezes and cloudy weather. |
|||
|
29.84 29.84 29.82 |
77J 79 |
81 82 |
ENE NE |
% |
Strong breezes and doiidy^ with sli^t showers of rain at intervals. |
||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29. 8» 29.80 |
76 |
8> |
NEbyN |
At anchor off die mouth of the Pa- ho, YeUow Sea. |
||
|
29.84 29.90 |
76 76 |
80 80i |
ENE NEbyN |
Towards evening it cleared up. A short swdl from the N£. Moderate breezes and cloudy. |
|||
|
1 S 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
North |
Sunday^ August 4, 1816. |
|||||
|
Light airs and fine weather. |
|||||||
|
29.69 |
78 |
81 |
NW |
• |
|||
|
10 11 Noon. |
29.70 29.70 29.70 |
78J |
81 |
West |
|||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.68 29.68 |
78 |
81 |
NW WNW WSW |
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho, Yellow Sea. |
Cloudy, with slight showers of rain at intervals. |
|
|
29.68 29.68 |
78 |
80 |
West |
||||
|
29.68 |
77 |
81 |
SW |
1 |
Digitized by
Ixiv
APPENDIX.
Hour.
1 s
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
1
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
1
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10
11 Mid.
Barom.
29*. 68'
29.68 29.69 29.68
29.68 29.66 29.65 29.64
29.59
TbertDom.
Air. Sea.
77'
78
78
29.65
29.64 29.64 29.63
81
81
80
80^
81
71
73
76
81 i
82
, Wiudi.
WbyS WSW
WbyN
sw
WbyS WSW
Lat.
I«ng.
Monday f Augutt 5, 1816. Moderate breezes and cloudy.
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho, Yellow Sea.
78
77i
81
WbyS
29.64 29.60 29.62 29.66
29.66
79
80
81i 81
82
81
SW
NW North
NNW
WSW
SWbyW
In the forenoon we had a slight shower.
Moderate breezes and cloudy.
Light breezes and cloudy.
SSE
SE
SbyE
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho, Yellow Sea.
Tuesday, Aitgust 6, 1816.
A light breeze from the SW.
Towards 4 A. M. the wind shifted round to NW, and freshened up.
Noon, a moderate breeze and fine weather.
After noon the breeze, which had hauled round to SE, freshened up considerably.
Towards sunset daric sla^ clouds drew over us from the land, moving in a contrary direction from that of Uie wind which we had.
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixv
|
Bmob. |
'rbermoai. |
Winds. |
Ut. |
LoDg. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
8«>. |
|||||
|
1 8 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Norai. |
89*. 67^ 89.96 80.00 |
79J« 77 |
81" 80 |
South EbyN East EbyN |
WednMcUnfy AuguH 7, 1816. At sunrise it was moderate, but about nineo'^clock thebreeze freshened, and towards noon blew fresh from the Eastward. |
||
|
1 8 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
80.00 89.98 89.88 89.81 |
76 78 |
80 78J |
NE |
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho, YeUow Sea. |
Fresh breeases and doudy. Towards night it moderated. At midnight a moderate breeze. |
|
|
1 8 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
89.66 89.66 89.67 89.69 89-68 |
71 78 76 |
78 77i 81 |
North NNW |
Thursdagfy Attgusi 8, 1816. Moderate and doudy. Moderate and fine |
||
|
1 8 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89-66 89-66 89.69 89.70 89.71 |
8H 79 77 |
80 79 |
NNW NE |
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho^YeUowSea. |
Light airs. |
Digitized by
Ixvi
APPENDIX.
|
Barom. |
nicrmom. |
Winds. |
Lat. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hoar. |
Air. 75° |
Sea. 77^- |
|||||
|
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
29*.73»» |
NbyE NW |
Friday, August 9, 1816. |
||||
|
29.74 |
76i |
79 |
|||||
|
9 10 11 |
29.78 |
2 A. M. a moderate breeze sprung up at NW. |
|||||
|
Noon. |
29.77 |
80 |
79i |
ESE |
|||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
29.76 29.70 |
79 |
77t |
SSE |
At anchor off the mouth of the Pei- ho, YeDow Sea. |
||
|
29.70 29.70 |
Moderate breezes. |
||||||
|
10 11 Mid. |
29.70 |
76 |
78 |
NW |
|||
|
1 3 |
NW |
Saturdajf, August 10, 1816. |
|||||
|
4 . 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
WNW |
Moderate breezes and dear. |
|||||
|
29.69 |
76 |
77 |
NW |
||||
|
29.70 29.70 29. YO |
81 |
79 |
Cfdm |
Cahn and fine weather. |
|||
|
1 8 4 5 6 7 |
29.69 29.67 |
79 |
78J |
SSE |
At anchor off the mouth of the Fei- ho^ YeUow Sea. |
||
|
29.65 |
|||||||
|
8 |
29.64 |
76 |
78 |
sw |
|||
|
9 10 11 Mid. |
29.72 29.74 |
Moderate and cloudy. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixvii
|
Buon. |
Thenwm. |
Winds. |
IM. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Mr. |
Sm. |
|||||
|
1 9 |
■ |
• |
Sunday, AuguH 11, 1816. |
||||
|
8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
89.70 |
76» |
78» |
S£ |
|||
|
89.70 |
76 |
79 |
SEbyS |
||||
|
29.76 29.74 |
79 |
80 |
Modonte and dear weatlier. |
||||
|
1 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.74 29.72 |
79 |
78 |
SE |
Off the iiTer Pes- ho, Yellow Sea. |
||
|
29.72 29.78 89.76 |
76 76 |
79 77 |
|||||
|
1 8 |
Mondo!/, August 12, 1816. |
||||||
|
4 5 |
76 |
78 |
SE |
Moderate breezes attdddudy. |
|||
|
6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
89.78 89.79 89.79 |
79 79 |
78 79 |
SEbyE |
N 8»'.88' |
E 117».44'. |
Moderate breezes hom the SE, with fine dear wedther: lightning at times. |
|
1 8 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89.79 |
6ulfofPedie.lee. |
|||||
|
89.78 89.78, 89.78 89.80 |
81 79i 79i |
88 81 80 |
SE SEbyS |
Moderate and fine weather. Moderate breezes and dear, with lightning. |
Digitized by
Ixviii
APPENDIX.
|
Barom. |
Thermom. |
Wmdi. |
L>t |
toag. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29*. 79" 29.80 29.80 |
89° 88 |
79° 81 |
SbyW SSW SE |
N SSf.M' |
E 11»'.08' |
Tuesday^ August 18^ 1816. In the evening we had iredi breezes from the SE-nsky as- suming a threatening appear- ance. Towards mMliught it moderated, 8t which time it fell calm. |
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.74 29.77 29.80 29.79 |
80^ 79 |
80 78 |
ESE SE SEbyS Calm |
GulfofPe<he.lee. |
• |
|
|
1 2 S 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.70 29.71 29.72 29.72 29.74 |
77 79 79 79i |
78 78 78 78 |
SEbyS WSW South SSE |
N 88»;29' |
E |
W^ednesday, AuguH 14^ 1816. After midni^t a npoderate breeze sprung up from.the SE. About 4 A. M. it shifted more to the Southward, and remained so the.rest of thedajr. |
|
1 2 S 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29. 71 29.74 29.70 29.72 29.76 |
66 78 76 |
80 80 79 |
SbyE EbyN EbyS ESE EbyS |
GulfofPe«he.lee. |
Weather fine. At midnight the wind drew round to the Eastward. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Isix
|
Baron. |
Themwrn. |
Wind*. |
Ut |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon |
29*. 77* 29.79 29.78 |
76» 78 78J |
79i» 80 81 |
SE East EbyN |
N 8r.68' |
£ 118».49' |
Thursday, AuguH 15^ 18llS. Moderate and fitie weather. Duriio^ the day the wind remuneaat East and ENE, blowing a moderate breeze. iTowards night it fiesbened up, and remained quite steady. |
|
1 2 S 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.76 29.74 29.74 29.76 29.86 |
80 78 77 |
82 80 |
-ENE |
GulfofPe^e-lee. |
||
|
1 2 * 8 ' 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.79 29. 80 29.80 |
79 m |
• 81 81J |
EbyN EbyS EbyN |
N 87''.80' |
118" J57' |
Friday, AugU9i\%\%\^. To-day the wind oontbued at East, the same as yesterday. |
|
1 2 8 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.74 29.74 29.74 29.74 |
80 79J |
81 80 |
Eby S ENE SEbyE SbyW |
6ulforP<M:he4ee. |
In the erening it became squaUy, with ram. Towards midnight the wind hauled to the Sou&ward. |
Digitized by
Ixx
APPENDIX.
|
Barom. |
TberiDom. |
Windi. |
Ut. |
||||
|
Hoar. |
Air. |
Sea. SO- 84 81 |
Long. |
• |
|||
|
I - 2' 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29". 74^ 29.74 29.74 29.74 29.76 |
78JO 791 81 |
SbyW SSW SWbyS SW |
N 87'.«0' |
£ 119^.83' |
Saturday, August 17, 1816. To-day we have had a breeze from the SW. |
|
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.74 29.74 29.70 29.70 29.71 |
82 79 79 |
81 80 80 |
NEbyN East EbyS |
GulfofFe^he.lee. |
During the afltemoon the wind shitted to the Eastward, where it remained, and blew a steady breeze. |
|
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.72 29.80 29.81 29.80 |
791 79 79 |
80 80 791 |
East EbyN |
N 8r.47' |
E |
Sunday, August 18, 1816. After midnight we had a moderate breeze from the East- ward,and at 4 A.M. it freshened up at ENE, where it continued until the evening, at which time it shifted to Uie SE, with rain. |
|
1 2 3 '4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.82 29.88 29.82 29.90 29.96 29.98 |
781 78 78 |
79 78 78 |
NEbyE ENE SEbyE Calm. East |
GulfofPe^he-lee. |
At eight it was nearly calm. About nine a breeze sprung up fix>m the Eastwavd, accom- panied by rain. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixxi
|
Buom. |
Thenaora. |
Wbida. |
Ut. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hoor. |
Air. |
So. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon |
29'. 98" 29.94 29.92 29.92 |
78J« 74 |
774" 77J |
NNE ENE NE |
N 37».40' |
E 119».44' |
Monday, August 19, 1816. A light ur. Towards ncNm the breeze freshened up at North-easterly, where it continued all day, and blew rather fresh, with a short sweU. |
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.92 29.92 29.94 29.99 |
76 74J |
771 76 |
NEbyN |
GulfofFe^e-lee. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.96 80.00 80.02 80.08 |
76 76 76 |
78 77i |
NbyE NNE |
N 87«.46' |
E 120».08' |
Tuesday y August 90^ 1816. During the night it blew a steady fresh breeze from NNE, in which quarter it continued all this day. The sky having athreatenbg appearance. |
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
80.00 29.90 29.90 29.90 |
74 74 |
78 77J |
NEbyN |
6ulfofPe^e.lee. |
Towards the evening mo- derated. Near midnight the wind came round to the S W, and blew a moderate breeze. |
Digitized by
Ixxii
APPENDIX.
|
Barom. |
Tbermom. |
Windf. |
Ut |
UHlg. |
|||
|
Hoar. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
. 1 |
8W |
Wednesda^y August 21, 1816. |
|||||
|
8 4 6 6 |
SSW |
The early part of the day the wind has been moderate from the Southward. |
|||||
|
7 8 9 10 11 iioaa. |
«9'.80h |
74» |
77. |
SbyW |
« |
||
|
S9.80 39.80 |
79 |
77 |
Caha |
N sr-si' |
E |
About nooD it died away, butshortly after abreeze sprung up fiiom tne Eastward, and blew |
|
|
1 8 |
89.78 |
East |
GulfofP<w5he4ee. |
pretty steady from that Quarter till the evemne, when it hauled round to the SE. |
|||
|
4 5 6 7 |
29.76 |
76 |
77 |
. |
|||
|
89.76 |
|||||||
|
8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89.74 |
76 |
77 |
SEbyS |
|||
|
29.88 |
74J |
78 |
SbyE |
||||
|
1 |
Thursday, August S2,1816. |
||||||
|
4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Nocm. |
89.80 |
During the earlv part of the day we had a moderate breese from the SE. |
|||||
|
89.80 |
77 |
78 |
|||||
|
89.80 29.74 |
80 |
78 |
SE |
||||
|
1 S 8 4 5 6 7 |
'29.74 29.74 |
78 |
78 |
OflFCheatow, Yel- low Sea. |
After noon it hauleil to the Southward. |
||
|
29.72 |
|||||||
|
8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.72 |
77 |
78 |
SSE |
|||
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixxiii
|
Bmob. |
Tbermoia. |
Windf. |
•Ltt. |
Ug. |
r |
||
|
How. |
Air. |
S«a. |
^ |
||||
|
1 2 S 4 6 6 |
! |
Fridoff, AuguH 28, 1816. |
|||||
|
29*. 70^ |
78» |
78» |
NE |
During the night the wind has been moderate, and steady from the Southward |
|||
|
7 8 9 |
29.70 |
80 |
78 |
^ |
|||
|
10 11 Noon. |
29.72 |
81 |
78J |
. - |
|||
|
1 2 « 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 |
80 |
78 |
SEbyE SE |
At anchor in Cheatow Bay, Yel- low Sea. |
In the forenoon it veered to the NE, ^JDA towards night to the Southwaid. |
|
|
29.68 29.66 |
79 |
78 |
Calm |
' |
|||
|
29.66 |
77 |
78 |
South |
- |
|||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 |
South |
Saturday, luguH 84, 1816. |
|||||
|
29.70 |
77 |
78 |
Durinff the morning the wind was steady from the Southward. |
||||
|
7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.68 |
78J |
78 |
SbyE |
• |
||
|
29.70 29.68 29.68 |
79 |
78 |
NE |
||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.68 29.66 29.66 29.66 29.64 29.64 29.62 |
79 78 |
78 78 |
East |
Che-a-tow, YeUow Sea- |
Towards night the wind hauled to the Eastwaid, bbw- ing a moderate breeze, and steady. |
|
|
29.62 |
78 |
77 |
EbyS |
Digitized by
IXPT
APPENDIX.
|
Buoiii. |
Tbennom. |
Viiid,. |
Ut |
fong- |
^ |
||
|
How. |
Air. |
Sea. |
' |
||||
|
I 2 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 rfooii* |
29.64 29.66 |
78» 79 |
78» 78 |
EbyS NbyE NE |
• |
l^undayy August 25, 1816. The wind continued to blow froni the NE quarter all the farenocm. |
|
|
1 2 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.64 |
78 |
77J |
NE NbyE EbyS |
Che^tow, Yellow Sea. |
In the afternoon it hauled At midniffht it hauled to the SW,' ifitli 4ne clear weather. A heavy dew falling. |
|
|
1 » S ' 4 K 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.56 29.56 29.56 29.56 |
77 78 79J |
77i 77J 78 |
SW WNW IVbyN |
Monday, August 96, 1816. After midnight it continued to blow a moderate breeze from theSW. |
||
|
i 2 8 4 I 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.64 29.52 29.52 29.54 29.56 |
79J 79 78J |
78 78 78 |
NW |
Che^tow, Yellow Sea. |
j^bout 4 A.M. it shifted to the NW, from which Quarter it blew the whpl^of the day. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
lix^
|
Barom. |
llienDOiD. |
Wiuds. |
Lat. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 9. |
NW North |
Tuesday, August S7> Ism |
|||||
|
8 4 B |
89*. 58" |
77* |
770 |
Towiurds noon the wind hauled more to the Westvhftrd, with mm, thunder, and light- |
|||
|
6 7 |
ning. |
||||||
|
8 9 |
99. est |
• |
|||||
|
10 11 Noon. |
29.64 29.64 |
78 |
78 |
NWbyW |
|||
|
1 8 4 6 6 7 |
29.62 29.62 |
76 |
77 |
SbyW |
At anchor' in 0ie.hai*4>ie harbour, YeUowSea. |
||
|
29.62 |
• |
||||||
|
8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.64 29.64 |
76 76 |
77 77 |
NNE |
In the evening the wind came totheNNK |
||
|
1 It 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Nooni. |
NEbyE |
Wednesday y August 28, 1816. To^y the wind has been moderate and steady from the North-eastward. |
|||||
|
29.70 |
76 |
77 |
|||||
|
29.72 29.72 |
77J |
76J |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 |
29.70 |
77J |
76 |
NE ENE |
0i6-hai-<ne harbour, YeUow Sea. |
||
|
6 7 ■ 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 29.74 |
77 79 |
76 76 |
NE |
« |
Towards night the breeze freshened, and the sky became cloudy, assuming a threatening appearance. |
Digitized by
kxvi
APPENDIX.
|
Baram. |
Tbennom. | |
Wind*. |
T«t, |
Loog. |
|||
|
How. |
Air. |
Se>. |
|||||
|
1 8 8 4 - 5.. 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noun. |
89*. 78" 89.78 89.80 89.80 |
77. 78 81 |
76» 76J 77 |
EbyN SbyE South |
Thursday/, August 29> 1816. Aflter midnight the vind hauled to the &stwiird, blow- ing fresh, the weather still look- ing very black. |
||
|
1 8 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89.92 89.90 89.98 89.98 89.94 |
81 78 79 |
78 77 77 |
SSE South SW Sfiuth |
CKe-hai-me harbour, YeUowSea. |
After 4 it moderated, and the weather cleared up and became quite fine. About 8 P.M. the w'md came to the Southward. Towards midnight it drew round to the SW, and then to South again. |
|
|
1 8 S ' 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 Nixm. |
89.96 89.98 89.98 89.96 |
78 78 80 |
77 77 78 |
SbyW • SW West Calm |
N 870.68' |
E |
Friday, August SO, 1816. All the forenoon the wind has been light from the Southward and SW. About noon it fell calm. |
|
1 8 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89.94 89.98 89.90 89.90 |
80 79 |
81 79 |
Calm NNE ENE |
YeUowSea. • |
AtSabreeze sprang up from the NE, with small dnzzling rain, and thick weather. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ix^^vii
|
Baram. |
Wind*. |
IM. |
Long. |
||||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 a 8 4 6 6 7 |
Saturday, August 81, 1816. |
||||||
|
29'. 90^ |
.79» |
79» |
WbyN |
After midnight alight breeze from the Eastward, indiiUDg to cahn. |
|||
|
8 9 |
S9.9S |
80 |
79 |
||||
|
10 |
29.94 |
||||||
|
11 Noon. |
89.96 |
80 |
79 |
NWbyN |
N 87».6ff |
E 128°.8T |
About noon a breeze qxruDg up from the Westward; wea« ther cloudy. |
|
1 » 8 4 5 6 7 8 |
29.94 |
NW |
YellovSea. |
||||
|
29.94 29.92 |
80 |
79i |
In the afternoon it died away quite light |
||||
|
29.92 |
79 |
79J |
Calm |
||||
|
9 10 11 |
Towards midnight a mode- rate breeze from the Northward. |
||||||
|
Mid. |
NW |
- |
|||||
|
1 ft 8 |
NEbyN |
Sunday, September 1, 1816. |
|||||
|
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.90 29.90 |
76 76 |
78 76 |
NbyE |
During this day thertf. has been a steady breeze at North, and North by East |
||
|
29.92 29.90 |
76 |
76 |
N 87».46'. |
E 124».20' |
|||
|
1 S 8 4 |
29. 98 |
North |
YeUoT |
rSea. |
Towards night the wmd freshened up. |
||
|
5 6 7 8 9 |
29.9^ 29.98 |
75 |
76 |
||||
|
10 11 Mid. |
Digitized by
Ixxviii
APPENDIX.
|
BaroiD. |
Themom, |
Vrindt. |
Ut. |
liOOg. |
|||
|
Hoar. |
Air. |
Seib |
|||||
|
I 2 8 4 » 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.82 29.82 29.82 29.82 |
78» 80 81 |
79* 79 80 |
• Edst ESE |
•N |
E 124f.8r |
Mondkify September % 1816. About 2 A. M. the i^d shifted to the Eastward, where It freshened |
|
1 2 8 4 B 6 7 8 9 10' 11 Mid. |
29.96 29. 98 29.98 80.04 |
80 80 |
80 80 |
SbyW SSE SbyW Soath |
WestCotstofCoioa. |
In the afternoon it freshened and shifted to the Southward, aooompaniedby a slight shower of rain. |
|
|
i » S 4 B- 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80.02 80.04 80.04 80.00 |
77 79 |
79 78 |
South SbyW SSW |
N |
E |
Tuesday y September 8, 181& itie wind during all the night has been steady from the Southward, and remained so all day until the evening, when it shifted to the Westward. |
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
.29.98 29.95 29.94 29.92 |
81 80 |
78 77 |
SW WSW Wert Calm. |
About sunset it fell calm. |
Digitized by
APPENDI?^.
l«tW
|
Baram. |
nMmnm. |
linndt. |
Xrt. |
}^. |
1 |
||
|
Honr. |
Air. |
Sol. |
|||||
|
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29". 96" 29.96 29.95 29.92 |
78« 79 80 |
780 78 82 |
(^fdin West NW |
N ?(f 13' |
E 126'> 19' |
Wj^nesfUtjf, (leptemberii, ^816. It coptinu^ calm al]| night. « About fi A* M< a %¥ l]0^eeze frpm th^ Wcistward. At nooB it freshened^ hav- ing fro^l W to NW.* Toieiuxk ok^t the wind shifted to the Northw^, and contmued to blow steiu^y. |
|
1 2 3 .4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.85 29.84 29.84 ^.84 |
81 79 |
82 80 |
Weft VfSW NbyE N |
W^StCqMtfpfCorea. |
||
|
1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.82 29.82 29.82 29.82 |
78J 80i 80 |
m 79 80} |
N Calm WNW |
N 8e».05' |
E 126«.27' |
Thurtiatf, l^epteniber B, |816. About 7 it fell cahn, Towwds noon a br^ze spnuw ^p ftoift, WWW,. wHh fine cfeur weiither. Towards midnight die wind c^me to the fJorthwarc^ |
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.82 29.80 29.80 29.80 |
80 80 |
79 79 |
WNW |
Digitized by
IXXX'
APPENDIX;
|
Buorn. |
ThennoiB. |
Winds. |
i^. |
Long. |
|||
|
Boar. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon |
29'. 86^ 29.86 29.88 29.88 |
78J» 79 79J |
78» 78 78 |
NbyE NNE |
N |
E 126^09' |
Fridatfj September 6» 1816. The moet part of this day the wind has hem from the North- ward^blowing a steady moderate breeze. |
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.89 29.90 29.90 29.88 |
79 771 |
771 74 |
North NbyE ENE Calm |
WestCoaBtofCorea. |
Towards night the wind drew round to £N£» and became quite light At midnight it fell calm* |
|
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.82 29.82 29.82 429.82 |
76 80 |
76 76 |
NNW NbyE ENE |
N 84».82' |
E 126^86' |
After midnight a %ht breese sprung up from NNW. About 4 it hauled round to NE, and at noon it was atNorth. |
|
1 2 8 4 fi 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.80 29.82 29.82 |
80 78 |
72 82 |
N NNE Calm N fe. |
At ft the wind shifted to NE, and by 4 it fell cahn. Towards 8 P^ M. a breeze sprung up from the Northward, and conUnued so the remainder of the night |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixxri
|
Bsrom. 29*. 79" 29.82 29.81 |
Themioni. |
Wiiuik. |
Lat |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
74"' 78 |
70° 71 |
NNW North Cahn NNW North |
N 84<'22'.80f' |
E 126».8' |
Sunday, SipUmber % 1816. Shortly after midni^t it fell calm; tms did not last above half an hour, before a breeze sprung up from the Northward, which oontinu^ so all day. In the night a heavy <lew feu; and much lightning was oh^rved in the NE quarter. • |
|
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.80 29.80 29.80 29.79 |
76 74 |
70 70 |
NbyE NNE |
Moored in Mw- ray^s Sound,among the islands yriaS lie off the SW ex- trente of Cotea. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.78 29.78 29.80 29.80 |
74 76 75 |
70 70 72 |
NbyW NNW |
84«.22'W |
E 126».S' |
Monday^ September 9, 1616. In the forenoon the wind came to N W^ and continued so all day, with a steady moderate bteeze^ and fine clear weather. |
|
1 2 3 4 5 9 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.80 29.78 29.78 |
74 74 78 |
71 70 69 |
NW NNW |
A heavy dew fell during the night |
Digitized by
Jlxxxii
APPENDIX.
|
Bwom. |
Thermom. |
Windi. |
L>t. |
Long. |
|||
|
How. |
Air. |
Set. |
|||||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • 8 9 10 ' 11 Noon. |
29". 76" 29.76 29.77 89.76 |
720 73 78 |
68° 68 68 |
NW |
N 34».19' |
E 126«.6' |
Tfiesdai/, September 10, 1816, The breeze continued at NW until the afternoon, when it drew round to the Northward, and freshened up from that quarter, lookmg threatening and squally. |
|
1 8 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89.74 89.78 89.90 89.90 89.74 89.76 |
72 76 76 76 |
68 80 80 80 |
North NbyW North. |
Got under weigh fiom Murray^s Sound, and stood to the Southward into the Japan Sea. Saw Quelpaert |
Midnight, strong breezes with occasional showers of rain, and a very high irr^tilar swell from the NE. This seems to be the NE monsoon, which sets in to the Northward much earlier than in lower latitudes. |
|
|
'1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
89.73 29.78 89.71 |
80 81 |
80i 83 |
NbyW NNW |
N 31°.41' |
E 126°.44' |
Wednesday.September 11, 1816. To-day we have had a stnn^ breeze from the N by W, with a high irregular swell setting after us. In the aflemoon the wind hauled round to NW. |
|
1 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 » 10 11 Mid. |
89.71 89.71 89.71 89.78 89.80 |
88 79t |
88 88 |
NW North |
Japan Sea. |
Towards midnight it mode- rated: weather cloudy. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixxxiii
|
Barom. |
Thcrmom. |
Wind*. |
Lat. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. 80° 81 i 88J |
Sea. 88» 88 88 |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
89^.74" 89.76 89.75 29.75 |
North |
N 29°.S8' |
E 127''.66' |
Thnrsdayy September 12, 1816. During the night the wind shifted to the Northward, with a moderate breeze, and fine clear weather. |
||
|
1 8 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89.70 89.70 89.72 29.78 29.78 |
83 88 m |
83 83 88 |
Nby E NEbyE NE |
Japan Sea. |
In the afternoon it became squally, with a heavy shower of rain. ITiis wind, though not fixed, has much the appearance of tlie monsoon. Latitude by Polaris 80^ 8' SCT' at2h.57mm. A. M. 18th. |
|
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7- 8 9 K) 11 Noon. |
29.72 29.70 29.70 29.76 29.78 |
88 84 |
84 84 |
NbyE |
N 27».48' |
• 128^20' |
Friday^ September 13, 1816. The wind continued at NE, with a steady fresh breeze; which towards noon freshened consi- derably, and a swell got up from the NE. At noon observed in 27* 48' N latitude. 2^ 30' P.M. it became dark and stormy in the NE, and the signal being made to shorten sail, we brought the ship under the main topttEul and foresul, and made pre- parations for a gale. At i we saw the Loo-choo Islands SW by S 20 miles. At 6 the wind shifted from N to N£, and the mountainous swell which we had experienced dujing the day rose stOl higher. The wind did not blow fredi except in short rainy squalls. After 8 P. M. it blew at times very fresh; and also in tl^e night, but when! the moon got up it liecame dear.* |
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.60 29.74 29.75 29.80 29.90 29.95 29.94 29.52 |
NE |
Off Sulphur Island, Japan Sea. |
Digitized by
Ixxxiv
APPENDIX.
|
Barom. |
Tbermom. |
1 Windi. |
Lat. |
LOD^ |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Seiu |
|||||
|
1 9. |
Saiurdatfj September 14, 1816. |
||||||
|
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29'. 52" |
Duriog the night the wind shifted from N£ to NW, and continued to blow fresh with a high irregular swell* |
|||||
|
29.52 29.54 29.54 29.56 29.60 |
as- 83 |
82J» 82 |
NW NWbyW |
N 2r.44' |
E 127^85' |
||
|
1 8 3 4 5 6 7 |
29.58 29. 60 29.64 29.52 2».54 29.66 |
83 |
82 |
NWbyN NW |
OffLoo-choo, Japan Sea. |
Towards crvetung it became moderate and clear. |
|
|
8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 29.74 |
82 81 |
82 |
NWbyN NW |
In the night fine clear wea- ther. |
||
|
1 2 8. 4 a 6 7 8 9 |
Smdajfj September 15, 1816. |
||||||
|
29.80 29.78 |
80 |
88 |
NNW |
A moderate breeze firom NNW, with a dear sky; the swell much leas, though still considerable. |
|||
|
11 Neon. |
.29.76 29.71 S».75 |
83 |
84 |
NWbyN |
N 26«.44' |
£ |
|
|
1 2 3 4 5 e » 10 11 Milt. |
29.75 29.76 29.75 |
83 |
8Si |
NbyW |
OffLoo>«boo, JafMui Sea. |
Towards nig^ the wind veered to NNE. |
|
|
2».80 29 . 81 >29.80 |
81J 81 |
84 |
, North NNE NEbyN |
* |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
IJCXXV
|
BaroiD. |
Thermom. |
Wlndt.. |
ut. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sou |
|||||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29^.84" 29.84 29.90 29.90 |
81" 82 |
83" 83 |
NNE NbyE |
N |
£ UT.39 |
Monday^ September 16, 1816. The wind continued at NME. About 4 A.M. we had several showers of rain, but soon cleared off. About noon the breeze freah- ^ ened. |
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.80 29.80 29.80 29.80 29.80 |
82 80i 80 |
83 m |
NE |
At anchor in Great Loo-choo Island. |
In the afternoon we had a Midnight, clear weather, inth lightning in the SW. |
|
|
1 « 8 4 « 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29. 7» 29.82 2^.82 |
81J 83 |
82 82 |
NEbyE EbyN |
Tuesday^ September 17, 1816. The wind continued at NE, witk a moderate breeze. At 4 tkere was a slight shower of rain, but it dearra up again in a short time. |
||
|
1 2 S 4 & e 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.78 i !29.77 29. 7» 2&.80 29.78 |
8» 81 81 |
82 [ 82 82 |
I ESE EbyN |
Moored in Napakiang harbour. |
After noon the woatd shifted to the Eastward : sqUally, with showecaofxain. Midnight, cleflr;'.:^edeKte weather. |
Digitized by
Ijdixvi
APPENDIX.
|
Buoni. |
ThenaoiB. |
Winds. |
Lat. |
Long. |
|||
|
Honr. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ii Noon. |
29*. 72" 29.75 29.75 |
80O 82 |
82i |
ENE NEbyE ENE |
Wednesdmf, September 18, 1816. To-day the wind has been at NNE. After 4 A.M. we had several showers of nun. Towards noon the breeee freshened. |
||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 29.72 29.74 29.72 |
82 82 |
82^ 82 |
NEbyE NE NNE |
Napakiang harbour. |
At night squally, with rain. |
|
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.63 29.62 29.62 |
81 82} |
82 83 |
NNE |
Thursday, September 19, 1816. After midnight it continued to rain, with occasional squalls. As the day advanced it cleared up. At noon quite moderate. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.50 29.58 29.56 29.54 29. 54 29.54 |
82 |
88i |
NE Calm East SSE |
In the evening it looked very black all round, and fell calm. About 7 a breeze sprung up from the Eastward, and it com- menced lightning. About 8 the wind shifted to SSE, and fresh- ened, with squalls. Towards midnight heavy squalls, with rain : munder and lightning. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixxxvii
|
Darom. |
Thcrmom. |
Winds. |
Lat. |
Long. |
' |
||
|
Hours. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
«9'.60'« 29.62 29.63 |
80i° 84i |
88» 831 |
SSE SbyE |
Friday, September SO, 1816. After midnight the same squally weather continued. As the day advanced it cleared up. In the afternoon it became squally, with slight showers of rain. Towards evening it looked very black all round. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.68 29.64 29.69 29.69 |
82 81 |
82 |
SSE SEbyS |
Napakiang harbour. |
It seems probable that this is the breaking up of the mon- soon. We were so completely sheltered by the land, that we did not feel the wind much; but it was evidendy blowing hard outmde. |
|
|
' 1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.68 29.69 29.70 29.70 |
80 83} |
82 88 |
SE EbyS |
Saturday, September 21, 1816. During the day the wind has been South-easterly, with ooca^ sional squalls ana showers of rain, and lightning. In the forenoon the wind hauled to the Eastward, and cleared up. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.70 29.70 29.70 29.70 29.70 |
88J 814 80 |
88i 82 82 |
ESE EbyS |
• |
Digitized by
Ixxxviii
APPENDIX.
|
Buom. |
Winds. |
Lat. |
Long. |
||||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
2 8 4 . * 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29*. 70^ 29.70 29.70 |
81" 83 |
82» 82 |
ENE EbyN |
Sunday, September 22, 1816. Ailer midnight squally, with rain and lightning. About 7 the wind hauled to the ENE, afid cleared up, and continued fine all day. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.68 29.66 29.06 29.66 |
82 81} |
82 82 |
ENE |
Napakiang harbour. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.62 «9.62 29.62 |
80 81 |
82 82 |
NEbyE |
Monday^ September 2d, 181& To-day the wind has been about NIE; saually at times, with showers of rain, and dvery appearance of approaching bad weather. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 6. 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.60 29.58 29.60 29.50 |
81J |
82i |
ENE NEbyE |
During all this day the ba* rometer continued falling, in the. evening it had reached 29.S0. The wind in the early part of the night hauled to NNE, and towanls morning to the Northward. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
Ixxxix
|
Buna. |
Thennoin. |
Wuidi. |
Lat. |
Long. |
|||
|
How. |
Air. |
Sm. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29'. 48" 29.42 29.40 |
81» |
811" |
NNE NEbyN |
- |
Tuesday, September 84, 1816. In the ni^t the unnd has been about NNE. About 4 A. M. it b^;an to blow very fresh, with squalls. About noon the wind shifted to NNW, and increased in strength. |
|
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.40 29.44 29.50 29.55 29.56 29.68 29.65 29.66 |
81 79 78 |
81J 81 80i |
NNW NWbyN * NW |
During the afternoon it blew hard, and graduaUv shifted to the North-westward, with fresh squalls of short duration. At 3 30 P. M. the mercui^ began to rise, and continued rising very rapidly. The weather at sunset as- sumed a very stormy appear- ance. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.72 29.80 29.86 29.86 |
78 79 |
80 80 |
NWbyW NW |
Wednesday, September9&^ 1816. Shortly after mid^ght it cleared up and moderated. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.84 29.84 29.86 29.92 29.95 |
78 77J 77 |
80i 79i 78 |
NWbyW NW NWbyN |
Diuing the day it has been blowing a steady moderate bieeze from the N W. Midnij^t, moderate and cloudy. |
171
Digitized by
»c
APPBNDIX.
|
Bwom. |
HicrmoiiL |
Mrnidt* |
Lat. |
toofr |
|||
|
Bmt. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 s 9 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
Thurtde^, Slumber 86, 1816. |
||||||
|
29'.96'' |
NNW |
The wind ooDtinued about NNW aU diiy, blowii« « mo- derate breeze^ with fine treither. |
|||||
|
29.96 |
78» |
80> |
|||||
|
89.99 80.00 |
79 |
81J |
NWbyW |
||||
|
1 8 |
80.00 |
Ni^Mdkki^ harbMtf. |
|||||
|
8 4 6 6 7 8 9 |
29.99 |
88 |
81J |
8 P.M. it fell calm. |
|||
|
89.99 |
Calm |
||||||
|
89.99 |
79 |
81 |
t |
||||
|
10 11 Mid. |
89.99 |
79 |
80i |
NNE |
Towards midnight a iidit breeze Bprung up fiooi NN£. |
||
|
1 t 8 4 |
NNE |
Fridag, Seftember 27, 1816, |
|||||
|
Afttf midnight the wind died |
|||||||
|
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
89.99 |
70 |
Calm |
away. |
|||
|
89.99 |
76 |
81 |
|||||
|
89.99 89.99 29.99 |
80 |
81J |
North |
Towards nodftabneae 8|miig up from the Northwatd. |
|||
|
1 ft S 4 B 6 7 |
89.98, 89.96 |
79 |
80i |
ENE |
In the aftertuxm it shifted to ENK |
||
|
89.96 |
|||||||
|
8 9 10 11 Mid. |
89.94 |
78 |
80 |
NE |
|||
|
89.94 |
77 |
79 |
Calm |
Midnight, ddm and cidudy weather. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
xci
|
Barom. |
Tbermom. |
Winds. |
Ut. . |
Long. |
|||
|
Hoar. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 s 9 4 . 5 6 7 8 |
Saturday, September 9R, lfil6. |
||||||
|
AU the e«rlj part of the |
|||||||
|
29'.90» |
76J» |
79" |
Calm |
• |
|||
|
9 10 11 Noon. |
29.94 29.94 |
81 i |
81 J |
About 8 A«M. a breeze smning up about ES£ : in the m/^xmxfa it hauled round to East |
|||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.90 |
BS£ |
Napridai^ barbour. |
||||
|
29.92 |
81i |
81 |
|||||
|
29.90 29.90 |
80 |
81} |
Sast |
||||
|
29.90 |
76 |
79 |
NE |
Midnight, the breeze sMfted to !N£, and vas moderate. |
|||
|
1 8 8 4 5 : 6 7 • 8 |
• |
Sunday^ September 9Q^ 1816. |
|||||
|
«9.90 29.90 |
US 80 |
79 81 |
NE |
• |
Duriag this day the vind shifted oocaaonally from NE to ENE, blowii^ a moddrate brteze, with line dear Weather. |
||
|
10 11 Noon. |
29.92 29.92 |
82 |
81 |
ENE |
|||
|
1 9 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.94. |
NEI7E |
|||||
|
29.94 |
81 |
81 |
|||||
|
29.96 29.95 |
80 |
80} |
NE |
TowaoxU fcoglit k beoame ddudy. |
|||
|
29.95 |
78 |
80 |
- |
Digitized by
xcu
APPENDIX;
|
Buom. |
Therrooro. |
1 winds. |
L. . |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
. . . . • : . |
||||
|
1 2 8 4. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.96 29.96 29.97 29.98 29.98 |
79» 82 |
80i"> 81 |
NEbyE |
1 |
Monday, September 80, 1816. 1 i Durii^ the forenoon Oxe wind has been light from the NS. Towards noon it freshened up. |
|
|
1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.91 29.96 29.95 29.96 |
8H 80 |
81 80i |
NEbyE |
Napokiang harbour* |
Midnight, cloudy weather. |
|
|
1 « - 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.95 30.02 80.07 30.07 |
79 J: 80 |
80 80i |
East ESE |
N 26°.84' |
E |
Tuesday^ October 1, 1816. After midnight the wind drew more to the j^tward, and the sky became very black allround: squally, with rain at intervals. We gbt under wcsffh at day- light, and proceeded i£>ng sbdre to the Northward. |
|
1 2 8 > 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
30.00 29.94 29.94 29.94 29.94 29.92 |
79} 78 |
80J 80 |
EbyS |
Sugar Loaf Point. N.24»R |
The wind contmued to the Eastward. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
kciu
|
Baram. |
Tbennon. |
WilMk. |
Ut |
Long* |
|||
|
How. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 . 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon |
29*. W 29.91 29.94 29.96 29.96 |
^8f 79 |
80» 80 |
EbyS |
N 26>.25' |
E 127°.88' |
Wednesday, OOober 2, 1816. The whole of this day the wind has been from the East- ward, blowing a moderate breeze, with fine weather. |
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.92 29.89 29.88 29.90 29.90 |
80 79 |
81 81i |
East |
Towards night doudy wcsp ther. |
||
|
' 1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.87 29.87 29.87 |
78 81 |
81 8U |
NEbyE EbyS |
Thursday, October 8, 1816. During the nidht the ^nnd shifted to NE by E. Towards noon it shifted to East,. and in the evening to ENE again. |
||
|
1 2 8 . 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.86 29.86 29.86 |
80 78 78 |
81 81 80 |
East ENE EbyN |
NiqMkiaog haifoour. |
Digitized by
xat
APPENDIX.
|
Bwm. |
Thennom. | |
VJndfc |
Ul |
i«» |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Set. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
• 29". 87* 29.87 |
78^ 79 |
81» 84} |
NE |
! |
Fridatf, OcUAer 4, 1816. To-day we had alight bfeese (ran the NE, until the after- noon, when it shifted to S£ by £, but only remained a dhort midnight, when it fell cihiL |
|
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.86 29.86 29.85 29.85 29.86 |
79 79 |
80} 80 |
ENE SBbyE NE |
Napaliang harbour. |
||
|
1 B 8 4- 5 6 •jr « 9 10 11 Noon* |
20.86 29.87 29.87 29.85 |
78 81 |
801 81 |
ElbyN NEbyE |
SaJtwrdayy October B, 18^6. In lihe morning a breeze aprung up fiom the Eastward^ where it remained until noon ; then shifted to NE, md con- imued to bW fitn thftt quarter an the rest of the day. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.84 29.82 29.82 29.88 29.88 |
,81} 79 78 |
81 80} |
NbyE NE |
'• |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
tcv
|
BwDm. |
Thermom. |
Winds. |
Lat |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 S 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mood. |
29*. 8S* 29.84 29.84 |
80 |
80|» 81 |
NEbyN North |
Sunday, October 6, 1816. The early part of the day the wind has been moderate from the NE. About noon the wind shifted to the Nonliwanl. |
||
|
i 2 8 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.83 29.83 29.83 |
79J |
80i |
NE NNE |
Napakiang harbour. |
At m^ it 4aiae back to N£, with rain. |
|
|
.8 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.80 29.94 29.95 |
78 79i |
80 80i |
IKE by E North NbyE |
Uonday^Oaober 7, 1816. After midnight the wmdeon- ofrain. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 ff 6 7 8 10 11 Mid. |
29.92 29.93 29.93 29.98 29.96 |
79 78i |
80 80 79i |
NbyE |
At 4 A.M. the wind came foN<»tlL andthe weatherckared up: it mew a ffedi breeze from that quarter all day. Towards txAisAfjtA it mo- derated. . |
Digitized by
XCVl
APPENDIX.
|
Bmm. |
Thermom. | |
Wait. |
• |
Iiong.... |
|||
|
Honr. |
Air. |
Sou |
. . .. |
||||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80».00^ 80.02 30.02 |
78» 78 |
79}' 79J |
NEbyN NNE |
Tuesday J Odober 8, 1816. To-day we have had a mo- derate breeze at N£ bj N. Squally at times. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
80.00 80.00 80.00 80.00 80.00 |
78 76 76 |
79i 78 78 |
NEbyN |
Towards midnight fine dear weather. 1 |
||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80,00 80.04 30.10 80.10 80.10 |
76 77 |
78i 78i |
NEbyE ENE |
N ae».84' |
E 127M26' |
Wednesday^ October 9, 1816. During the morning a mo- About 6 A.M. we got under wdgh, and stood to the North- warf. |
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
80.06 80.00 80.06 80.18 |
78 77. |
78 78 |
East EbyS |
In the afternoon the wind shifted to the Eastward, and continued so the remainder of the day. At night, cloudy weather. |
Digitized by
|
APPENDIX. |
Jicvii |
||||||
|
Buom. |
Thermom. |
Winds. |
Ut |
long. |
1 ♦ |
||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Seiu |
, 1 |
||||
|
1 4 5 6 7 |
1 |
Thiirsdaif, October 10,|1816. |
|||||
|
SO'.OO^ |
■ |
Durii^ this day the wind has ^ been moderate from th^ East- ward ; ; |
|||||
|
. 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80.00 |
77" |
79i<' |
ESE |
|||
|
30.01 30.01 |
78 |
79 |
E«wt EbyN |
N 26».60f. |
E |
||
|
1 8 3 4 5 6 7 |
89.98 29.98 |
79 |
79J |
ENE |
Off the Great Tioo- choc laland. |
||
|
29.98 |
NE |
• |
At night fii^e clear weather. |
||||
|
8 9 |
29.98 |
• |
|||||
|
10 11 Mid. |
29.98 |
78 |
79 |
||||
|
1 |
NE |
Friday, October 11, 181& • |
|||||
|
3 4 6 6 7 8 |
29.98 |
After midnight thei wind Aifted from NE to SE, with a light air. |
|||||
|
29.97 |
78 |
79 |
SE |
, |
|||
|
9 10 11 Noon. |
29.97 29.97 |
80 |
80 |
N 26«.42' |
E 187^68' |
Ten A. M. it fell calm. |
|
|
1 S 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29. 96 |
Off Port MelviUe. |
|||||
|
29.96 29.96 29.94 80.00 |
80 |
80 t |
West NbyE NNE |
In the afternoon a breese sprung up from the Westward ; about 8 it looked very dark dl round, and shortly afterwards b^an to blow fresh from N by E, and continued so all night |
n
Digitized by
XCVIII
APPENDIX.
|
Buom. |
TheriDnm. |
Winds. |
Lat. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hoor. |
Air. |
Sea. |
• |
||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
30'. 30" 30.26 30.26 30.22 30.22 |
76° 76 |
79» 79 |
NEbyE NE |
N 2.5°.38' |
E 127°.60' |
Saturday^ October 12, 1816. During the night the wind came to N£ with a fresh breeze, and rain at intervals. |
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
30.20 80.20 30.30 30.34 30.20 |
76 76 |
79 79 |
ENE |
OffLoo-choo. |
In the afternoon a swell ^t up from the NE; the wind moderated, and drew round to ENE. Midnight, fresh breezes and cloudy. |
|
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80.10 30.06 30.04 30.04 |
75 76 |
78 78^ |
ENE Calm |
N ar.oo' |
£ 128°.3' |
Sundaj/y October 13, 1816, After midnight it became (]|uite moderate, with rain at times. In the forenoon it fell calm. 1. |
|
1 2 8 4. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
30.00 80.00 80.00 80.02 30.02 |
75 75 |
78i 78 |
NE NE by E |
During the afternoon a breeze sprung up at NE. Towards midnight it fresh- ened considerably. 1 |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
xcix
|
— -T |
Baiom. |
'niennom. |
Windt. |
Lat. |
Long. |
||
|
Hoot. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
NEbyN |
Monday, October 14, 1816. After midnight the wind moderated. |
|||||
|
80'. 04" 30.02 80.00 |
75° 75 |
794° 79 |
NNE |
N 26°.86' |
E 127^66' |
About 8 A. M, it fell nearly calm, but shortly after it fresh- ened at NNE. |
|
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.94 |
North |
OffLoo-choo. |
||||
|
29.97 29.98 30.02 |
76J 76 |
79 79 |
NNW NbyW |
i 1 |
Towards midnight the wind shifted to NNW, and continued to blow, fresh. |
||
|
80.18 |
NNW |
||||||
|
1 2 8 • 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
Tuesday, October 16,. 1816. |
||||||
|
80.10 |
74 |
78 |
NbyW |
During this day the wind has been from the N by W, blowmg a fresh breeze, with occasional squalls. |
|||
|
80.10 80.10 |
74J |
78 |
North |
N |
E 12r.86' |
||
|
1 2 8 |
80.08 |
• |
|||||
|
4 6 6 7 8 9 10 . 11 Mid. |
80.08 30.08 30.10 |
74J 741 |
78 79 |
North |
At midnij^t it moderated |
||
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
|
Barom. |
Tncrniofn. |
Windii. |
Lat. |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
30».20* 30.20 30.10 |
73" 74 |
77* 77J |
NbyE |
N 26°.ll' |
E lar.so' |
WedfiMdin/, October 16, 1816. During the night the wind drew round to N by E, with a moderate breeze. About 7 A. M. we weighed and stood to the NW, shortly after the breeze freshened, with squalls; at 2 P. M. anchored in Napa- kiang harbour. |
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 |
74 74 |
77 77 |
NbyW |
OfTIxxM^hoo. |
■ Towards midnight the breeze freshened. |
|
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
30.00 30.00 30.00 |
n 76 |
76 77 |
NNE |
Thursday^ Ockber 17, 1816. The whole of this day we have had a breeze frtnn the NNE, with fine dear weather. |
||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
30.00 30.00 80.01 30.02 30.00 |
75 76 |
77 761 |
NEbyN |
Napakiang harbour. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
ci
|
BwDm. 80*. 00^ 30.00 30.02 |
Thcrmom. |
Windf. |
Lat. |
lilllg. |
|||
|
Hoar. |
Air |
Sea. |
|||||
|
. 1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
73J» 74 |
76» 75i |
NEbyN EbyN |
Friday^ October 18, 1816. The wind continued about NE by N. Towards noon it caikie to the eastward with a moderate breeze. At night it shifted to the NE. |
|||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
80.02 80.00 30.00 |
71 |
76 |
NEbyE NE |
Moored in Napo- kiang harbour. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 > 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
29.98 29.98 |
76 |
76 |
NE |
Saturday, October 19, 1816. During all this day the wind has been moderate and steady at NE, with fine clear wea. ther. |
||
|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.98 29.98 29.98 |
78 78 |
76 76 |
NE |
. |
Digitized by
cu
APPENDIX.
|
Boiom. |
Thermom. |
Windi. |
Lat |
Long. |
|||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 ,3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 NOOD^ |
29*. 98" 29.98 29.98 |
72° 78i |
76i |
NE |
Sunday, October SOyl616. The breeze still continues at NE, with the same fine clear weather as yesterday. |
||
|
• 1 2 8 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
29.98 29.98 89.98 29.98 |
73 72J |
75 75 |
NEbyN |
Napakiang harbour. |
- |
|
|
1 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80.00 80.00 80.00 |
78 74 |
76 76 |
NbyE |
Monday, October 21, 1816. After midnight the wind shifted to the N by E, with a moderate breeze. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
80.00 30.00 80.04 |
78 72 |
76 74J |
NNE |
Towards night it fell almost calm. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
• * •
cm
|
Bwom.' |
Winds. |
Lat. |
Long. |
||||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Se>. |
|||||
|
1 s |
NNE |
Tuesday, October 22, 1816. |
|||||
|
After midnight the breeze |
|||||||
|
4 |
freshened up at NNE, and |
||||||
|
5 |
continued so all day, with fine |
||||||
|
6 |
clear weather. |
||||||
|
7 |
|||||||
|
8 |
80*. 06^ |
71» |
74JO |
||||
|
9 |
|||||||
|
10 |
|||||||
|
11 |
30.06 |
||||||
|
Noon. |
30.06 |
73 |
75 |
NEbyN |
|||
|
1 |
30.00 |
■ |
Napakiang harbour. |
||||
|
3 |
|||||||
|
4 |
80.08 |
78 |
74J |
||||
|
5 |
' |
||||||
|
6 |
30.08 |
■ |
|||||
|
7 |
|||||||
|
8 |
80.08 |
70 |
74 |
||||
|
9 |
|||||||
|
10 |
|||||||
|
11 |
|||||||
|
Mid. |
|||||||
|
1 |
NEbyN |
||||||
|
S |
Wednesday, October 28, 1816. |
||||||
|
3 |
|||||||
|
*. |
The wind continued steady |
||||||
|
6 |
at NNE, with the same fine |
||||||
|
6 7 8 |
weather as yesterday* |
||||||
|
30.08 |
70 |
76 |
NNE |
||||
|
9 |
» |
||||||
|
10 |
80.10 |
||||||
|
11 |
|||||||
|
Noon; |
30.10 |
71 |
76 |
||||
|
1 |
|||||||
|
S |
30.10 |
||||||
|
3 |
|||||||
|
4 |
30.10 |
72 |
74 |
NbyE |
|||
|
6 |
|||||||
|
6 |
30.12 |
||||||
|
7 |
|||||||
|
8 |
30.12 |
78 |
73i |
||||
|
9 |
|||||||
|
10 |
|||||||
|
11 |
|||||||
|
Mid. |
Digitized by
(^V
APPENDIX.
|
Bma. |
Tbennom. |
Wiodi. |
Ut. |
LoDg. |
1 |
||
|
Hour. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 2 8 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
30'.04» 80.00 |
72» |
76» |
NbyE |
Thursday, October S4, 1816. After midnigfat we had a moderate breeze at NNE. Towards noon it shifted to north, and freshened up in that quarter. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 n Mid. |
29.99 29.98 29.98 |
72 |
74i |
North |
Napakidng harbour. |
After noon we liad a slij^t shower of rain, but soon after it cleared up. |
|
|
1 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80.05 80.08 80.00 30.00 |
74J |
76 |
North |
FridMfj October 26, 1816. At dayli^t the breeee fresh- ened. At 9 the weather became squally, with a shower of rain. |
||
|
1 2 8 4 ff 6 7 8 9 10 Mid. |
80.00 80.00 29.96 |
74t 78 |
74J 74 |
NNW |
After noon the wind hauled to NNW, and contimied to blow a fresh breeze all day. |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
cv
|
Buom. |
Thermom. { |
Winds. |
Lat. |
Long. |
! |
||
|
Boon. |
Air. |
Sea. |
1 |
||||
|
1 |
NNW |
Saturday, October 86,1816. |
|||||
|
9 4 5 6 |
During thid day the mnd has been at north^ blowing a fipesh breeze, with occasional squalls. |
||||||
|
7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80*. ay |
74" |
74JO |
North |
• |
• 1 .' |
|
|
80.90 80.18 |
74 |
76 |
'[ : |
||||
|
1 ft 9 4 |
80.16 |
Mapakiang ha^rbour. |
■ |
||||
|
80. 1« |
74 |
||||||
|
5 6 7 |
80.10 |
: |
tTowards nliidmgfat id mode- rated. |
||||
|
8 9 |
30.10 |
74 |
i |
||||
|
10 11 Mid. |
; |
1 |
|||||
|
1 2 |
Calm |
Sundaif, October 87, 18M. |
|||||
|
S 4 |
• |
After midnight it fell calm. |
|||||
|
o 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80.10 30.10 80.10 30.10 |
68 70 |
78 74 |
NN£ NbyE |
♦ N 26».00' |
E 127" . SC |
About 9 A. M. a breeze sprung up fiom NNE. Weighed and stood out of the harbour. |
|
1 8 8 4 5 . 6 |
80.10 |
Japan Sea. |
: 1 i |
||||
|
80.10 |
71 |
74 |
NNE |
||||
|
:80.10 |
, • |
||||||
|
7 8 9 |
80.05 |
72 |
74 |
Towiurds night the bteeze freshened. |
|||
|
10 11 Mid. |
; |
1 |
Digitized by
|
cm |
•' |
APPENDIX. |
|||||
|
Bftroin* |
ThermoDi. |
Lat. |
LoDg. |
||||
|
Boar. |
Air. |
Sea. |
WiBdf. |
||||
|
1 it |
Monday, Oddber S8, 1816. |
||||||
|
•8 6 |
i |
r |
■ |
During all this day tbe wind has been at NNE, blowii^ a steady fresh breeze. |
|||
|
7 8 9 10 11 Notm. |
SO'.lO* |
72j |
0 77c |
NNE |
|||
|
80.08 |
N 24».41' |
£ 126P.O' |
|||||
|
1 8 |
29.99 |
«^Ha8etu |
|||||
|
4 6 |
S9.98 |
74 |
79 |
NEbyN |
1 |
||
|
7 8 9 10 11 Hid. |
80.00 60.05 |
74J |
79 |
NE |
Towards nicht it shifted to NE. |
||
|
1 It 8 |
Tuesday, October 29, 1816, |
||||||
|
4 ft 6 7 |
The wind has been from the N E, and a swell rising fiom that quarter. |
||||||
|
8 9 10 11 NOOD. |
80.02 SO. OS 30.02 |
76j 76J |
79 79 |
NEbyN NE |
N 98<^.94' |
■ E 1«4^01' |
|
|
1 |
29.95 |
NE |
|||||
|
4 7 8 9 |
29.99 80.00 80.00 |
76 76 |
79 79 |
■ |
r |
Towards ni^t the sky as. sumed a threatening appear^ anoe. |
|
|
10 11 Mid. |
., , , |
- |
Digitized by
APPENDIX.
evil
|
Bsrain* |
Tbennom. |
Wind*. |
Ut. |
I^lg. |
|||
|
Honr. |
Air. |
Sea. |
|||||
|
1 8 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
80'. 50^ 80.80 80.00 89.98 |
71» 78 |
80» 79 |
North |
N 82^.10' |
E |
Wednesday^ October iO^lSi^. During the night the wind fthifted to the Northward, and continued to blow fresh, with a heavy swell. Saw the islands of Botel-Tobago-Zima, and Formosa. The breeze moderated, and |
|
1 8 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
80.50 80.85 81.10 81.00 |
78 77 |
79 78 |
NbyE |
the swell abated oonaderably as we drew near the land. But towards midnifht^ as we stood off the land, the breeze freshened up again. |
||
|
1 8 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Noon. |
Thursdayy October 81, 1816. Passed Formosa, and en- tered the China sea. |
||||||
|
1 8 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Mid. |
Digitized by
Digitized by
ABSTRACT
OF THE
LYRA'S VOYAGE,
FROM LEAVING ENGLAND TILL HER RETURN ;
■BBWINe
THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE DIFFERENT PLACES AT WHICH
SHE TOUCHED, AND THE TIME TAKEN IN
PERFORMING EACH PASSAGE.
Digitized by
Digitized by
ABSTRACT
OF THB
VOYAGES OF fflS MAJESTY^S SHIP LYRA, In 1816 AND 1817.
The Lyra, in the short space of twenty months, viz. from the 9th of February 1816, to the 14th of October T817, visited Madeira, the Cape, Java, Macao, the Yellow Sea, the West Coast of Corea, the Great Loo-choo Island, Canton, Manilla, Prince of Wales's Island, Calcuttii, Ma- dras, the Mauritius, and St. Helena ; hating run, in direct courses, a distance of 11,940 nautic leagues, or 41,490 statute miles.
An abstract of the various passages, from place to {^^6, during this voyage, illustrated by brief remarks on the par* ticular circumstances of each, will probably be eonsklared interesting.
1.
Sailed through the Needles passage on the 9th of Fe- bruary, 1816.
Arrived at Madeira, 18th of February . 9 days. sngUnd to bo.
d^ni and Capc»
Crossed the equator in longitude 25'' SCX west, ww kngaes.
4th March 15
Reached the Cape of Good Hope, 14th April 41
From JB^land to the Cape, in 9 weeks, 2 days, or 65 days.
Digitized by
cxii APPENDIX.
This is not a very good passage^ considering that we carried the north-east trade wind to the latitude of 4^ north, and longitude 23° west, where we^ot the south-east trade, without any interval of calms.
2.
^mK«: Sailed from the Cape on the 26th April 1816.
Arrived at Anjier Point, Java, 7th June . 42 days.
Six weeks.
" After leaving the Cape we had strong westerly winds, with which we ran the longitude down, in the parallel of 38** and 39"* south, till in longitude 57'' east, where the weather being very stormy, we hauled to the north-east till in $5^ south' latitude, and then ran east till in PO"" east, whan we steered to the east-north-east, and crossed the tropic in 102'' east, which was probably too far west. The south-east trade hung far to the eastward, and made it difficult to fetch Java Head, which had we not succeeded in doing at first, might have caused considerable delay, as the wind still blew out of the Straits of Sunda.
. - • ■.- ■ .3. ■ .
Java to China, Sailed from Aniier Point, Java, on the 12th June, 1816.
600 leagues. ^ *'
Reached Gaspar Straits on the 17th June 1816 5 days; Arrived off Macao, 8th July . . .21
From Java to Macao in 3 weeks 5 days, or 26 days.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. cxiii
This passage was unusually bad, it being nearly a week before we reached Caspar Straits, an ordinary run of one day: in the south part of the China sea the south- west monsoon was very light. An American brig, which sailed only one day before us from Anjier Point, carried the breeze along with her, and reached Macao twelve days before us.
4. Sailed from the Ladrone Islands oflf Macao, on the 13th If^^^l^"^
to the Yellow
July 1816. £^^
Rounded the promontory of Shantung and entered the
Yellow Sea, 25th July 12 days.
From thence to the anchorage off the Pei-ho
or Pekin River, 27th July .... 2
Macao to Pekin Riyer, in 2 weeks, or 14 days.
This voyage can be compared only with that of the Lion on the occasion of the former embassy. The Lion was nearly three weeks, exclusive of the time at anchor at Chusan. We had fine weather and steady south-west winds, with very heavy dews at night. When nearly abreast of the south point of Corea, the wind became variable from the south-east and southward. In the Yellow Sea we had easterly winds and no fogs.
P
Digitized by
cxir APPSNDIX.
5.
Mbo to od. Sailed from tihe anchorage off the Pei-ho on the 1 1th Atigost^
Ifjr^ 1816.
Arrived at Cheatow Bay, after having coasted from the anchorage along the south side of the Gulf of Pe-che-lec, 28d August 11 days.
From thence to the harbour of Oei-hai-oei, 2Sd August 1
From Pekin River to harbour of Oei*hai-oei, 1 week 5 days, or ... • 12 days.
In this cruise round the Gulf of Pe-che-lee we had con- stant easterly winds, which obliged us to tide the whole way. It blew a gale of wind on the 19th from the north-east, with a high short sea. With this exception, and a fresh breeze on the Sd and 6th, the weather was uniformly fine during our stay in the Yellow Sea, and we never experienced any fogs.
6.
Ye^ s« to Ssiled from Oei-haimei, ia Chinai, oa the 39th AugnsV 13 16^ Made the tslaoda off the coait of CSoreay 1st
September 3 dajs^
Bumungabi^the coast ofCoie* till the 10th
Sdptembeff ....,,. 9
Outm^iO
Digitized by
APPENDIX. crv
On the coast of Corea the winds were mostly from the northward, and the weather uniformly fine, with heavy dews at night.
7. From the south-west end of Corea to the Great Loo- cowatoLoo.
choo, 940
choo Island, on the 14th September, 1816, 4 days. *«v«-
. From Corea to the Great Ijoo^<2hoo Island we had north, ^easterly and northerly winds^ with one gale from the north-- ward.
8.
From Loo-choo to lintin, off Canton. 27th October to the 2d November, 1816 .
Loo-diooto ^ Cbina^aSO
0 days, ^^•e^
As the north-east monsoon was blowing fresh^ this quick passage was to be expected.
9.
From Lemma Islands to Manilla. 2d February to the 5th February, 1817
Clikm to Bil^^ iiilU,900
S days. »«ig««-
A good passage lor this season of the year.
Digitized by
cx^i APPENDIX.
<
10. Maniuato From Manilla to Prince of Wales's Island.
Penang, 600
'••«™»' 21st February to 8th March, 1817 . . 15 days.
In the north-east monsoon this is somewhat under the average passage.
11.
Swo tej^. ^rom Prince of Wales's Island to Saugor Roads, Bengal. 13th March to the 27th March, 1817 . 14 days.
ifines.
The average at this season is twenty-one days, con- sequently this passage is very good- At this season of the year the north-east monsoon has entirely ceased in the centre of the Bay of Bengal ; so that a ship which steers well out between the Nicobars and Andamans need not apprehend northerly winds ; whereas in the north-eastern parts of the bay, the monsoon still blows faintly, with long intervals of calm. A merchant brig, reputed a good sailer, left Prince of Wales's Island 6 days before us, and followed the inner route, while we went outside, and arrived 10 days before her at Calcutta.
12.
Sld^aoo ^^^^ Heads off Calcutta to Madras, against the south-
west monsoon.
From 19th April to the 7th May, 1817 . 18J days.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. cxvii
Three weeks is said to be a good passage. We beat down as far as the latitude 11** north, apd longitude 87"^ east, before we hauled across. We had fine weather all the way.
13. From Madras to the Mauritius. 1st June to the 1st July, 1817 . . 30 days. ^;^.„*^ ^,^^
leagues.
We were driven by the south-west monsoon as far as longitude 92° east, before crossing the equator ; here we had a constant high swell.. We were, much baffled, and did not get the. steady south-east trade, till in T south, and longitude 88° east. The average passage is between five and six weeks at this season of the year.
14. From Mauritius to making the land of Africa, about jjj[^|^^jjj Algoa Bay. 2&?^
8th July to the 22d July, 1817 . . 14 days.
Thence to rounding the Cape on the 30th July 8
Mauritius till round the Cape, 3 weeks 1 day, or 22 days.
The average from the Mauritius to rounding the Cape^ is twenty-eight days;. on this occasion we kept xlose in- shore : we had no current, and though in the depth of w:inter, the .weather was invariably fine, and the wiater smooth. At night a breeze generally blew offshore. There was a heavy dew every night.
Digitized by
esviu APPENDIX.
16.
§3^1!^^, FiWii ttff tbft CApe to St. Itdeuft ttn the 11th A«m.
gilst 12 days.
Mauritius to the Cape (see above) • 22. days.
FromMauritiu8toStHelenain4 weeks6daySyOr 34 days.
^^ti^o^ This is an excellent passage. It appears to be a great object in making a passage from India to England, to pass the Cape without going in ; for it is often easy to round the Cape and go to St. Helena, when it is difficult and tedioui either to go to Simon^s or Table Bay, and much delay k ^toduced by the difficulty of getting oat of the former aii<- chorage.
16.
I^rom St. £telena to Ban try Bay in Ireland. Sailed from St. Helena on the 14th August, 1817* Arrived off Bantry Bay, 14th October, 1817 6l days.
This passage was unusually long, owing to a succession of hard gales from north-east to south-east, which we en- countered in latitude 47"" north, longitude IS"" west, be* ginning on the 27th of September, and continuiiig, with little intermission, till the 8th of October ; after which period th^ weather became fine, but the wind hung constantly to the eastward, so as to render it difficult to fetch Ireland.
Digitized by VnOOQlC A
GEOLOGICAL MEMORANDUM ;
BEING
A DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIMENS OF ROCKS
COLLKCTKO AT
MACAO AND THE LADRONE ISLANDS, AND ON THE SHOBBS OF
THE YELLOW SEA, THE WEST COAST OF CORBA,
AND THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND.
Digitized by
Digitized by
GEOLOGICAX MEMORANDUM.
It is greatly to be regretted ^ that, during this voyage, our means of gaining information on this interesting jsubject were so limited. In China we were restrained, sometimes by the jealousy of the Chinese, and sometimes by an ap^ prehension on our part of giving offence, or of exciting suspicion, by following up enquiries, the nature of which it was impossible to explain when interrogated by the inhabitants. On the coast of Corea, the still greater jealousy of the natives rendered it impossible to prosecute geological investigations beyond the beach. Both in China and on the coast of Corea our stay at each place was very short, and our time b(eing often necessarily occupied by avocations foreign to such enquiries, many opportunities were lost merely for want of time. Even at the Great Loo-choo Island, where we remained much longer, our researches were confined to a coast which offered nothing interesting.
J Having therefore nothing of a general or striking na- ture to offer to the scientific world on this sqbject, I
Digitized by
cxxii APPENDIX.
shall merely give an account of the specimens collected at the yarious places which we touched at during this voyage, accompanied by brief explanations from memo- randums made on the spot.
The geologist will be struck with the resemblance which the rocks in this remote quarter of the globe bear to those with which he has been familiarly acquainted.
SPECIMENS FROM CHINA. ^
MACAp.
1. Granite, composed of white quartz, porcelain clay, and greenish steatite, with veins of white quartz intersecting each other.
3« Fine-grained granite, composed of yellowish feldspar, white quartz, and black mica.
Quartz dykes of great magnitude traverse the granite which forms this peninsula.
HONG-KONG, ONE OF THB LADRONE ISLANDS, OFF MACAO.
3. Lead-coloured compact quartz rock, with imbedded crystals of flesh-coloured feldspar.
GEBAT LEMMA, ONE OF THE LADRONE ISLANDS,
OFF MACAO.
4. Coarse-grained granite, with distinct crystals of feldspar.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. cxxiii
SOUTHERN SHORE OF THE YELLOW SEA.
CHE-A-TOW.
5. Fine-grained gneiss, composed of white quartz, white feldspar, and black mica, with a vein containing hornbleod and crystals of feldspar.
6. The strata are here very much contorted ; the cliflfs at some places being folded up like webs of cloth.
7. Granular primitive lime-stone, containing greenish steatite.
8. Quartz rock,, alternating with gneiss.
9* A specimen containing amorphous pieces of iron..
CUNG-CUNG-CHEEN ISLANDS.
10. Very fine-grained gneiss, composed of white quartz, flesh-coloured feldspar, and black mica.
11. Coarser variety of the same.
12. Compact blueish-grey feldspar, with grains of quartz.
0£I-MAI*0£l.
13. Gneiss, composed of yellowish feldspar, white quartz, and black mica*
LUNG-CUNG-TAO ISLANDS.
14. Coiarser variety of the rock described above*
Digitized by
cxxW APPENDIX.
WEST COAST OF COREA.
From an Island in Latitude 37"* 45' North.'
1. Compact stratified pale-pink lime-stone; variegated in colour ; strata highly inclined.
• 2. -Very compact slaty light-grey rock; strata inclined at an angle of 75^ dipping towards the north-east.
S. Dark olive steatitic rock, containing fragments of granular marble.
4. Very fine-grained greenish hornblend rock.
5. Vine-grained purplish slate; the strata highly in- clined.
6. Greenish-grey slate, containing crystals of white feld- spar and specks of hornblend : strata highly inclined, dip- ping towards the north-east.
SPECIMENS FROM HUTTON^S ISLAND, COAST OP COEEA.
Latitude 3& 10' north, longitude 126*" 13' east.
The following note is taken from the narrative at page 8.
We found the north-east end composed of a fine-grained granite * ; the middle of the island of a brittle micaceous schistus of a deep blue colour -f- ; the strata are nearly hori- zontal, but dip a little to the south-west. This body of strata is cut across by a granite dyke J, at some places forty feet wide, at others not above ten ; the strata in the vicinity
* Spedmen 7, infra. f Specunen 8. X Specimen 10.
Digitized by
APPENDIX. Gxxv
of the dyke are broken and bent in a remarkable manner : this di8k)cat]on and contortion does not extend far from' the walls of the dyke, though veins of granite branch out from it to a great distance, varying in width from three feet to the hundredth part of an inch : the dyke is visible from the top of the cliff to the water's edge, but does not re-appear on the corresponding cliff of an island opposite to it, though distant only thirty yards. This island is composed of the same schistus, and is. cut in a vertical direction by a whiii dyke*, four feet wide, the planes of whose sides lie north- east and south-west, being at right angles to those of the great granite dyke in the neighbourhood, which run south- east and north-west. The strata contiguous to the whin dyke are a good deal twisted and broken, but not in thei same degree as at their contact with the granite dyke; The whin dyke is formed of five layers or sets of prisms laid across in the usual way. *
Beyond the small island cut by the whin dyke, at the distance of only forty or fifty feet, we came to an island rising abruptly out of the sea, and presenting a high rugged cliff of breccia*!', fronting that on which the granite dyke is so conspicuous : the junction of this rock with the schistus cut by the granite and the whin would have been interesting ; but although we must have been at times within a few yards t)f it, the actual contact was every where hid by the sea.
The whole of the sQuth-west end of this island is formed of breccia, being an assemblage of angular and water-worn pieces of schistus, quartz, and some other rocks, the whole
• Spedmni II3 infirau f Specimen ft.
Digitized by
cxxvi APPENDIX.
haying the appeajance of a great shingle beach and cliffs. The fragments of the schistus in this rock are similar to that which forms the cliff first spoken of, (Specimen 8.)
The theory which presented itself to us pn the spot was, that the lower part of the great mass of strata which now forms the centre of the island was formerly at the bottom of the ocean ; and that the western part, now a firm breccia, had been a beach of shingle produced by the action of the waves on the upper strata, which may have formed a coaat above the sea: the granite of the eastern end of. the island had been forced into its present situation from beneath the strata, with sufficient violence to dislocate and contort the beds nearest to it, and to inject the liquid granite into the rents formed by the heaving action of the strata as thej nfere raised up. It is natural to suppose that the ragged edges of the strata forming the sides of these cracks would be subjected to a grinding action, from which the strata more remote might be exempted ; and in this way we may account for the extraordinary twisting, and separation of masses along the whole coarse of the granite dyke* In the dykes as well as in the veins which branch from it, there are numerous insulated portions of schistus. That this last was softened, seems to foUow from the frequent instances which occur of its being bent back upon itself without producing cracks. The same heat, generated by the melted granite in the neighbourhood, and which appears to have been just sufficient to soften the schistus, may be supposed to have reduced the shingle beach to a state of semifusion by the aid of some flux contained in the sand scattered amongst the fragments. We could not discover any circumstance
Digitized by
APPENDIX* exxvii
by which the relative antiquity of the two dykes mentiotted above could be inferred*
The junction of the granite and schistus above described, resembles very much the well known junction at the Lowrin mountain, in Galloway, described by my father. Sir James Hall, in the 7th vol. of the Edinburgh Transactions. It is also very like the junctions at the Cape of Good Hope, described in the same volume. The same theory has been found to explain them all.
Specimen 7* Fine-grained granite, composed of white quartz, white feldspar, and olive-green mica. This rock (7) forms the eastern end of the island ; the schistus next described (8) the centre, and the breccia mentioned im<^ mediately afterwards (9) the western end.
8. Fine-grained compact micaceous schistus: some of the specimens appear to contain plumbago. The strata lie north-west and south-^east, dipping only a few degrees from the horizontal line.
9. Breccia, composed of angular and contorted frag- ments of micaceous schistus, and angular pieces of feldspar and quartz. This rock forms the western end of Hutton's Island * : it rises in high rugged clifis. The angular pieces of schistus are of a similar rock to that described above (8).
10. Dyke, porphyritic granite. Composed of white quartz, white feldspar, and bronze-coloured mica. This dyke cuts across the schistus last mentioned, in a direction north-^east
* The idand A^6 deBcribed wad so named by Caption MatwiU, b^ott- plinMit to the naoorj tf die distbguiahed ph9o0opher wheee theory hai'lMKn med to eiplianihe curious phenomena which it egfaihitg.
Digitized by
cxxviii APPENDIX.
and south-west. It is nearly vertical, and varies in breadth; from nine to forty feet, with numerous ramifications. ;
11. Dyke of compact whin stone. . This dyke is c6m- posed of five layers of prisms, whose length is at right angles to the walls of the dyke- It is nearly vertical. Its direction north and south, and is about, five feet thick.^
MAIK LAND OF COBEA. ,
12. Lead-coloured, fine-grained, micaceous schistus* From the main land of Corea, latitude 36^ KX north, Ion* gitude 126^ 48^ east. The strata lie north-west and south-^ east, and are nearly vertical ; the natives objected. to. ouft examining the cliffs, though distant less than a quarter o£ a mile from the beach. . i i . . . - ♦
ANOTHER ISLAND OFF THE COAST OF COREA. .
Latitude 34"" 23^ north, longitude 126^ east.
13. Decomposing fine-grained rock ; composed of flesh-: coloured feldspar, white quartz, and porcelain clay.
ANOTHER ISLAND NEAR THE ABOVE.
14. Rock composed of white feldspar and quartz. The strata of this rock were very much contorted. >
,. This rock is the most general of any in this range of islands, at least as far as we had opportunities of examining/ them. The islands on this coast are very numerous ; they; lie in great clusters along a line of three degrees and a half of latitude. The islands vary in length from five or six miles to as many yards, and are of all forms. We saw. none that were remarkably high, and none which «eebied'
Digitized by
APPENDIX. Q^xix
volcanic. As our stay on the coast was only nine days, and as the ships were almost always u&der weigh except at night, it was quite impossible to make any careful or valuable geological observations. It offers a splendid field to future voyagers,
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISI^AND-
1 . Grey stratified lime-stone without shells. This' sps^ cimen was taken from th^ north end of the island, where the ranges of hills were mostly composed of it : thft itrata being highly inclined. The hills rise to the height of four or five hundred feet, and present nothing interesting*
2. Fawn-coloured, cellular, granular limestone. The cliffs at Napakiang are composed of this rock; it also appears to stretch along the whole of the south-west and soutli parts of the coast. In the narrative, this rock has been erroneously called coral. These cliffs are curiously hollowed out into horizontal caves, which have all the ap- pearance of having been worn by the dashing of the waves; but as it is obvious, that in their present situation the sea <:an never have reached the face of the cliffs, it seems pro- bable that the whole coast may have be^n raised up, by a gentle movement, without dislocating the strata, or dis^ turbing the horizontal position, in which it seems probable that these caves were formed.
The variety of coralines which girt the shores of this island was very great, and large collections were made, as well of these as of the numerous zoophites which filled up every part of the reefs below high*water mark. This col*
Digitized by
CMX. APPENDIX.
lectioD, of which unfortunately no duplicates were kept» was afterwards lost.
SULPHUR ISLAND
Lies in latitude 27** 5' north, and longitude 128" 25' east. An accurate representation of it is given as a frontispiece.
We attempted to land, but the surf broke every where so high against the rock that this was impossible. There is a crater on the left side with white smoke issuing from it ; this has a strong sulphuric smelL The sides of the crater are stratified. The south end of the island is about four or five hundred feet high, and is formed of a dark dingy red rock distinctly stratified; at several places it is cut ver* tically by great dykes, which being more durable than the strata which they intersect, stand out from the face of the cliffs to a considerable distance.
END OF THE APPENDIX.
VOCABULARY.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE LANGUAGE
SPOKEN AT
THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, IN THE JAPAN SEA.
COIIPILED BY
. HERBERT JOHN CLIFFORD, ESQ.
LIEUTENANT, BOYAL NAVY.
IN TWO PARTS.
Digitized by
Digitized by
OBSERVATIONS
ON
THE LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
Of the grammar of this language I pretend to little know- ledge, but the following observations upon some points may perhaps be worth attending to. The most striking circum- sttoce is the frequent use of the words noo and ka; the former of which seems to signify of, or the 's of the English language, as will appear in choo noo ka^ a man's skin, or the skin of a man; oSshee noo stinnoo^ the bullock's horn, or the horn of the bullock ; and in moo noo kee savtfteeyoongj to dig potatoes out of the ground, or, literally, potatoes of the earth to dig out.
Kay it will be observed, is used to denote skin, and also seems to signify a receiver or enclosure, as is expressed in • the words meizee koy a well of water, meSzee being water, and ka the place containing the water; and in t/a ka saut eSchoongy to go out of a place, ka in this instance ex- pressing the enclosure, ya you, and sawt eSchoong to go out from, as eSchoong signifies to go.
The adjective is for the most part placed before the sub-
Digitized by
OBSERVATIONS.
stantive, as teeshoSee ickkeegCj an old man; wdsa yoy a mean house; and w6ckka irrndgpy a yovDg woman.
There is little variety in the termination of the verb, the tenses being expressed by other means. I have throughout the vocabulary considered the termination oong to denote the infinitive, and have translated it as such, even when the sense points to another mood, merely to preserve con- sistency ; there are, however, a few exceptions to this, and some of the verbs will be found to terminate in ang^ ing^ awngy ongy and ung. Those ending in oong seem generally- to make the participle terminate in ee^ as n^ckkayoongy to separate, makes the participle wdckkatee, separated. The negative termiqation of ttie verb is generally nang or rang^ as noSmangy not to drink, is the negative of noSmoangy to driok; puirang^ the negative of meSoongy to see; and naSbqorawigy the negative of nodbooyoongy to climb or ascend. Na is also used as a negative, coSnsoonay not to rub out, being the negative of co6nshoongy to rub out.
Nangy nArangy and ndshee are negatives used with a sub- stantive, and are always placed after it, as koSmoo nangy no clouds ; meizee ndrangy no water ; and fe^ee ndshety no beard.
Some peculiarities will be found by referring to the fol- lowing words : deaf; the sole of the foot; head-ache; palm of the hand; the toe ; and the wrist.
Digitized by
PART I.
VOCABULARY
OF, ^
ENGLISH AND LOO-CHOO WORDS
ALPHABBTICALLT ABRANOXDj
WITH NOTES, AND OCCASIONAL REFERENCES TO THE SENTENCES
IN THE SECOND PART«
Digitized by
Digitized by
VOCABULARY
OF THE
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
Note on the orthography used in the following vocabulary .—-The sounds in the Loo-Choo words are expressed by the letters which in English correspond nearest to those sounds. There are no mute vowels. The letter a is in- variably sounded as in the English word^r. The emphasis is marked by an accent over the last vowel of the accented syllable. Ee and oo, whether accented or not, always express one syllable.
English. Above, or the top of a thing Alive
Alive, to be An (evory one) All drink, every one drinks Anchor Angry Ankle Answer, to Arm Arrow
Awake, to - -
Awaking Bad
Bad man Bad building
Loo-X:7u)o* Wee.
Itch-it'chee. It'ch-chawx^,
E^nea, or Ignea (Italian gn *.) Tgnea no6dung. E6ki. Ne^tsa.
Sh^mna go o6shee. Aree ga a^yoong. Te6noo. E6a. 06king. 06catee. Ne6sha.
Ydwna moon, or Y&nna choo. Wisaya.
* This sound is the same as the Italian gn, and will be found in the words Gnafin^ sig- nifying more ; Q^anginng^ a man of rank y and also in Nfeta, bad, and Net, two, which are most commonly pronounced as if a g were prefixed to the » .
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
English. Bailer of a canoe Baize, red Bake, to
Bake bread, to •
Bamboo-cane
Bamboo (instrument of puniahm<My^) Basket Be^ Beard Beardless
Beat, to . . .
— , as the heart — - on the gong -— to, with' the bamboo Bed . .
BeU . . .
BeUy BeUy,big
Below, or the bottom of a thing Bend to, a thmg Bird
Bird-cage - - -
Bishop at chess (lit priest) Bite to, as a dog Bitter - -
Black
Bleed, to, (lit to draw blood) Blind - <
Blind man . . .
Block . -
Blood Blow up, to, or light a fire
Loo-Choa. Yoo-to6ee. Mooshung. I'rreechang. Qu^hee sookoojoong* D&kee. Ba&dwe. Teiroo. Timma. Fe6jee.
Fe^jee oashee. So6-go-700Bg. NikxN)-chooiig.
Tinna 6dioong(Kt ^pli^ en the gong.) Qhibbee o&tchoong. Coocha. Stchee^iginnee. WStta,
W&tta migesa. Stcha.
T^mmeeoong. H6too. H6too-coo. Bodsee, or Bodzee *• Co6yoong -f-. Injdssa. Eor6sa.
Chee-ho6ga-choong. Me^gua. Akee me6gua« Eooro6ma. CheeJ. Fo6-tchoong«
* The o in this word is sotiDded as in the English word Bode.
t Sec sentence No. 101 , Psrt II.
X This word also signifies m\\k, and the female breast.
Digitized by
UX)^HOO LANOUA6S.
|
Engttsh. |
l4ȣhoo. |
|
Bl0wi]ig(thiougha musical instruxD6Bt) GAcoo. |
|
|
Blue (colour) |
- T^una-eeroo. |
|
Blue (light colour) |
- Me6z-eeroo. |
|
Blunt |
- Chirrarung. |
|
Blush (lit red) |
- Akassa. |
|
Boat |
. Tf mma, or Sab&nnee. |
|
Boat, the bottom of a |
« Nak^unma. |
|
Boil, to |
- Tdjedng. |
|
Book |
- Sheimootsee*. |
|
Bone |
. Co6t8ee. |
|
Bonnet, or head-dress yrtmx by natives |
the ) ^Hat'cheeMat'chee. |
|
Both alike, or all the same |
. Ne^chawng, or Yo6nooinooiig. |
|
Bow to, to a person passing |
- De^shoong. |
|
Bow |
. Yo6mee. |
|
Bow, to pull a |
• « Yo6mee fe^tchoong. |
|
Bower |
. T^mnan. |
|
Boy (lit a man chiki) |
- Ic'kkeega wtoabee. |
|
Brass |
- Cheijackko, or Tooag. |
|
Bread |
. Qu^ee. |
|
Bread-basket, or tray |
|
|
Breadth |
- mbba. |
|
Break, to, a stick |
- 06yoQiigt, |
|
- Wy'oong. |
|
|
Breakers |
. Nimee. |
|
Breast |
- Mo6nee. |
|
Breathe, to |
- Ifchee shoong^. |
|
Bridge |
- H&sheef |
|
Bring here |
- Moot'chee coo. |
* In speaking of books with reference to their number, they say ieeiesee thiemoot»ee,'onit book ; UUe$ee theenootsee, two books ; but of a single book they only say theemoo^ee | and we never found that they had any plural termination.
t See sentence No. ill.
} There b a great similarity between this word and that which signifies to he dime, (Itch- chawng).
§ This word signifies both a ladder and a bridge.
B
Digitized by
VOCABULABY OP THE
EngUA. Bring fire here Brinjal (an Indian vegetable) Broke - -
Brother
Bucket - . *
BuU ...
Bum, to Butterfly Button
By and by - - . -
Cake, a sweet flowered Calf . T -
Calf of the Jeg Candle - -
Candlestick
Candle and stick together Cannon - - •
Cap
Carpenter's black line box- I Carry to, or take away - -^
, a basket on the head ^ ■ , a child in the arms
, with abar on the shoulders^ Carrying a basket on the arm .Cask - - i
Castle ...
Cat ...
Cat, to mew as a
Catch, to - • -
Catch,* to, a butterfly Chair Charcoal - - -
Ltx^Choo. Feeto6tee coo. Nasibbee.
Ootee, or Chfrreetee. - We6kee. T6goo. Woo 06shee. Yaddee, or A'kka. Hab6roo.
Hog^amee, or k&nnee. A'tookdra*. Magia qudshee, Ooshee gua. Eo6nda. Daw. So6coo-f-. Daw'secoo. I'shee-be6a.
Cammo6dee, or Maw'tsee. Stinseeboo. Mo6tchee e6choong. T4eroo k&mmeetong^. D&choong. Eatara'meeoong. Te^roo tenakikakittee. So6coo«
Eego6secoo, or Goose^coo. Mia, or My'a (Chinese). Nachoong de6oong. Kao6toochung. Kab&roo sk^hdang. Ee (Chinese). Chacheejing.
* See Sentences Nos. 26 and 41.
f This word signifies both a cask and a candlestick.
X See Sentence No. 70.
Digitized by
LOaCHOO LANGUAGE.
EngUak. Cheeks ...
Cheese (literally cow's milk and fat) Chessmen . «• «
Child (infant) - . . .
Child, male (literally man-child) Child, female (Uterally woman-child) Children ...
Chin ... Chin, the beard of the (lit lower beard) Chopsticks
Climb, to, a pine-tree Cloth, or clothes
Cloth, red - - . -
Clouds . . «.
Cock ...
Cocoa-nut tree ...
.Coooa*nuts ...
Cold
Cold water'
Colours - - •
Come, to - -
Come here - -
Com^ to, down a hill
■ on board Coming up from below Compass ...
ConksheQ . . .
Cool Copper
Lo<hChoo. Hoo.
06shee noo * diee qii&tee. Cho6njee. W6rrabee. Ickkeega w&nrabee. Inn&go w6rrabee. Qua.
Oooto6ga. 'Stcha fe^jee. F&shay, or May^shung. M itsee kee no6booyooiig. Ching.
AMssa n6noo. Ko6moo. To6ee. Nilshlkee. N4ee. Fe6sa.
Fe^zeeroo Meesae. E^roo e^roor Choongf^. Cungcoo. - 06deeyoong. Cho6-oong. Noobo6teecoo. Kdrahigh, or K&ssee to6ee }. Ne6nya go6roo. Seed&sha. Aco6gannee.
• Jioo seems to express of, or the '* used in the English language : as Ooskee noo chee, the cow's mtlk, or the milk of the cow ; Ooshee noo ka, the bullock's skin, or the skin of the bullock j Doockoo noo cho; Loo-choo's people, or the people of Loo-choo j and will be found in a variety of other instances.
t See Sentences Nos. 18, J 9, and 21.
X The compass was generally called Kattee iooee, which two words signify wind an4 a . cock or fowl ', bat the landsmen called it KarMgh, which signifies a watch.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngUih. Coral
Corer, to, awer with sand Coug^ to - -
Count, to Country Cow Crab
Crab, to crawl as a Creep, to
Crow, to - '
Crow Cry, to Curlew Cut, to Dance Dark Daughter
Day (at Napakiang) <— — - (in the north of the island) — after to-morrow — — the following Daylight Dead
Deaf (literally, ear not to hear) Deep
Deity (the Indian God Boudha) Dice
Dice, to play with Die, to Dig, to, up the ground
■ ■ , potatoes ••
Directly (by and by)
- 06roo.
- Sinna sheebstang.
- S^k-quee.
- Oohaw'koo.^xiDg *.
- A'whfee.
- Mee 06shea
- Gradnnee.
- H6yoong.
- Haw'yoong.
- O'tayoong.
- Grdrrasee.
- Nachoong.
- U'nguainan.
^ - Che^oong, or fe^ng, or fe^jooi^.
- Oodooee, or Mak&tta.
- Co6rasing.
- Inn&go o6ngua, or Angua.
- Nit'cheef. • I'sheeree.
- As&ttee.
- Asi tinnacha.
- He^roo.
- She^noong, or gang.
- Mimmee chee karung.
- Fook&ssa.
- Bo6Ba (Chinese).
- She^go ro6ooo.
- She^go ro6coo ochoong. . - Nlntoong.
- 06choong.
- Moo noo kee sa(iteeyoong. . Atookar'ree, or Atookdra.
* This is probably Oowhoko, signifying a great many persons.
t The day at Loo-Choo is divided into six hoars, as also the night. In coonting a number of days they apply the numerals in a similar manner Co that which will be found in a note on TwUchee, an hour } but they did not seem to have any names to denote the days of the week.
Digitized by
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE-
EngHth. Di^e, to, under water Dog
Dog barks Doq\ stir (said to a person
depart) Door
Draw, to, a picture — — blood Dress, to - -
Drink Drink, to -
wine
-, not to, wine
Drop, to, a thing Drunk
, to get
Dry, to
, powder
Dung, cow, for manure
Duck, a tame
Eagle
Ear
— ^, left
y right
Ears, to pull the
Earth
East
Eat, to
^,1
— *, to, bcnled rice
Loo-Choo.
- Se6noong.
- Ing.
- I nnoo nachoong.
rifting to?
^ ^Wfa/sa*
- Hashirree.
. E^-katchoongf.
- Chee nahyoong. . Ching che6oong. . No6moo.
. No6moong|.
. Sack'kee no6moong.
- Sacklee no6mang.
- Oocbe6roosh6ong. . We4tee§.
- We^oong.
^ Earach&oong.
- Einshoo fo6shoong.
- 06shee noo 006800.
• A'feeroo. . Hacklca.
- Mimmee.
• Fe6jeeree noo mimmee.
• Me^jeree noo mimmee.
- Mimmee fe^oong, or fe^tchoong.
- Jee.
- Fbg&ssee.
- K&mpong Ij.
• Mo6noo kdmoong.
- M^eshee k&moong, or kinoung.
* This word is generally used by the master of the house when his guest announces his intended departure, by saying, Cung, cung, t See Sentences Nos. 74 and 76. { See Sentence:) Nos. 99, 3S> 33, and 37* § See Sentences Nos. 34 and 107. II See Sentences Nos. 31, 36, and 87.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngHsh.
LoO'Choo.
|
Egg» - . • |
- |
Co6ga. ♦Kwat'chee, or fiit'chee (L< Eeyafsee (Japan.) |
|
Eight |
- |
|
|
Eighteen |
- |
Ewat'chee joo, or fiitfchee jop. |
|
JEighty |
- |
Hap^k coo, or Habbiick coo. |
|
Elbow |
- |
Te6noo fe^jee. |
|
Eleven |
- |
Too. |
|
Empty, to, or pour out |
- |
H&rashoong. |
|
Ends of a thing |
- |
Yo6koo. |
|
Every thing |
- |
A'dee.co6deet? |
|
Exchange, to, fans |
- |
Kiyra. |
|
Exclamation of surprise |
- |
Ye6ah, or Che€-oo-oo. lyi-yi-yi-yi. |
Expression of respect, or salutation - Taw.
I thanks in returning any 1
>How.
thing Eye
Eyebrows Eyelashes Eyes, to open the
■ , dofiing the Face FaU, to Fan
— ^, to, one^s self •^— , to offer a Fat Father Feathers of a fowl
Mee.
Maioh.
Matsidjee.
Mee ho6ra choong.
Neebo6ee.
Ste^ra, or Ske6ra $•
Taw'shoong, or Tawlring§.
Ojee.
O'jeeshoong.
Ojee k&ra.
Quaitee.
Shoo.
To6ee noo han'nee.
* Sae Numerals, Loo-Choo and Japan, Fart II. after the Sentences.
t This word, which is composed of addee, this, and coodee, that, I am not positive of, and f have therefore affixed a query against it.
X This is a very difficult word to pronoonce, and i am not certain of having conveyed its true sound.
§ See Sentence No. 111.
Digitized by
LOaCHOO LANGUAGE.
|
EngKA. |
LoO'Choo. |
|
|
- |
Mee. |
|
|
Fence of bamboo |
- |
Dacklee gat chee. |
|
Fiddle |
- |
Ne^shing. |
|
- |
Fe6tchoong (fit. to pull.) |
|
|
- |
Che^roo. |
|
|
Fifteen |
- |
Go6njoo. |
|
Fifty |
w |
Goosh&coo, or gooy&coQ. |
|
Fill, to - |
- |
I'ddeecoong. |
|
Find, to |
- |
To6matiuig *• * |
|
Finger |
- |
E6bee. |
|
- |
Choo ah^ee. |
|
|
^, little |
- |
E^beegwaw. |
|
- |
Nackka e6bee. |
|
|
——ring |
. |
Nanna shee. |
|
. |
TMmmee. |
|
|
Fire . - |
- |
Fee. |
|
— , to put out |
- |
FeechaM^hee. |
|
— -i-, to, a gun |
- |
Nanshoong. |
|
Fish |
- |
Eeof. |
|
- |
Coosa eea |
|
|
- |
Tamung eeo. |
|
|
- |
Matchee eeo. |
|
|
, the back of a |
- |
E^jee. |
|
, the fin of a |
- |
|
|
^, the gills of a |
- |
Ajee. |
|
— —, the head of a |
- |
Chee-boo>4oo. |
|
- |
Dzoo. |
|
|
- |
Eto k&keeoong. |
|
|
• |
Che^na. |
|
|
• |
E6o stitfchee. |
|
|
Five |
- |
Goo (Loo^Choo) ; ItUtsee (Japan) + |
|
- |
Boo-ka-coo. |
|
|
^ See Sentence No. 55. |
||
|
t Sec Sentence No. 80. |
||
|
t See note on Numeiak. |
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngUik. Flag Flail* Flesh Flesh, no
Flower, a red, the name of Flower of a plant Flute, to play on the Fly
Fly, to, as a bird Foot
, the sole of the
, of a bird Forehead Forty
Four
LoO'Choo.
. H&ta.
• Co6ra ma baw *.
• Shishee.
- Shishee ning. . A'ckka banna.
- F&nna.
. Hinshaw.
. H&yeh.
- .To6beeoong.
• Sh&nna.
. Sh4nna watta (lit belly of the foot).
. Fisha.
. Fitch&yeh.
• Spe^akoo, or Sdbaooo.
C t Shee (Loo-Choo); E4ots see, or jpo I (Japan).
. Sicca Co6dairf
• She^njoo.
• £edo6shee.
• A'tta be^tsee.
- Meetchittee.
• Hamlxmng.
- Ti-tee. . abee.
• Tack'kee.
- Que^ngj. '
- Kigung.
- E^choong§.
- Haddee.
- Timma ki e^chocHig.
* The nearest sound to that of flail which a native of Loo-Choo could utter was that of Fr9ffrooi generally speaking they found great difficulty in pronouncing English words. The nearest sound to that of our I was Awoo, ^nd to that of tU was Bayroo.
t See note on Numerals.
) See Sentences Not. 46^ 47« and 48.
§ The intention of departing from a house is geoerally announced by Otng^ tumg.
Digitized by
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
EnglUh. Go, to, fast — — , up a hill — -, not to, up a hill — , to, s'ow
, on shore Goat
, he — — , she Going down below Gold Good (for eating)
(proper)
man — — bye (taking leave) — — for nothing — S-, not tfrand-children Grass
■ ', to cut Grasshopper Grave Greybeard Great coat (made of straw,
by the Chinese) Great man (Chinese Tajin)
■ many Green
Grind, to, the teeth Groaning Hair Hanmier — — — •- of a stonecutter
Loa-Choo.
- H&yee sit'choong.
- No6booyoong (lit. to climb^.
- No6boorang.
- YaVna e6choong.
- Am&ki e6choong, or mo6doe(ong. . Fe6ja.
- Woo Fe6ja.
- Mee Fe^ja.
- Odrittee coo.
- Ching. . M&sa.
- Choor&sa.
- Yo6kachoo, or E^hoo.
- W6ckkatee.
- M^n^urang.
- Worro6sa.
- Soong mfiga.
- Goosit chee, or Coosd.
- C00S& che^oong.
- She6to, or Sdyeh. . Hika.
- Fe6jee sheerijee.
worn also)
jNew.
• Ajee, or Pdychin.
- Oowh6ko. . O'sa.
- Ha giasee gtsaee.
- Do6nee.
- Kurr&zzee *.
- Go5shung.
- 06noo.
* The hair of the natlTes is formed into a knot on the crown of the head« and fastened by two pins of silver or brass* the one ornamented by a flowered head* called kamma^kuhee, and the other ooshee^tkushei • that worn by the children is called j>{/a.
C
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngHik. Hand
, right
, left
Handkerchief
Handsome
Harp
Hat, worn by the natives
— — — — English
Have not got
water
Head, human Head-ache (lit. sick head) Head, of a bird Hear, to -
,1 . -
— — , I cannot (or understand)
Heart
Heaven
, praying to Heavy
Heel of the foot Here
Hide, to, or cover (lit cannot see) ——of a bullock Him (a third person) Hips
- Kee*
- Me^jeeree. m Fe^jeeree.
- Tee-sddjee f. . Choorisa.
« San'gdiing.
- E&ssa.
- Kamo6ree.
- Nang J, or N4rang.
- Me6zee § n&rang. -. Boosee.
• Seebo6roo y&dong. «- Tseebo6roa
- Sif choong, or Skit'dioong.
- Mo6noo sit'choong ||.
• Sitcheerang, or Sit'cheek&rang.
- N4coo.
- Ting.
- Ting o6neewhfa ^.
- Bo68a.
- Shinna-a^-roo.
- Coo.
- JSe6mog.
- 06shee noo ka.
- A'ree (me6chaj) **.
• Gamm&coo.
* This word is used t64n0tc a#w a% weU as a haitd; this probably SRiaes from the similarity ; considering the hand as the tnmfc» and the fingers the branches of the tm*
t A piece of China crape> or veiy fiaA piper^ is used as a handkerchief by the superior classes of the natives, and is generally worn in ilie bosom : the lower orders suSstitute a courier kind of paper.
X A negative in frequent use.
§ This word may be applied to being in want of water.
tl See Sentence 1<^. 2.
% A ^rang aspirate.
•* See note on J or me (fi«t penon) next page.
Digitized by
LOaCHOO LANGUACtE.
|
EngiM. |
Loo* |
|
Hisnng |
- seesee* |
|
Hoe |
- Qudya. |
|
Hold, to take, of a person |
. Katfsame6o(»ig. |
|
Holding a thing (a butterfly) |
- Meechdwree*. |
|
(Letting a thing escape) |
- 06too Batch *. |
|
Hole |
• A'nna. |
|
- A'nna ho6yoong. |
|
|
- Mee hoojittee f . |
|
|
Hoop of a cask |
. Orbee}. |
|
Horn of a bullock |
- 063hee noo stinnoo. |
|
Horse |
. Ma § (Chinese). |
|
Hot |
- A'tteesa. |
|
Hour |
- Twit'cheelj. |
|
House |
- Ya, or Kat'chee. |
|
House where salt is made |
«- M4shoo y a. |
|
Hundred |
. Sing. |
|
Hungry |
. Y&asL |
|
I, or me (a first person) |
- Wangf (cho6ee). |
|
Jar, a large earthen |
• E^ee. |
|
-— , its top or cover |
- Ho6ta. |
|
Inch, one |
. E6nng. |
* These two expressions were obtained by catching a buttetfly and then leMhig it go.
t The jeeshee, or vase, is a stone jar in which the bones of the dead aie deposited at the expiration of seven years after borial.
X The same word iohee) signifies both the hoop of a cask and the girdle worn round the waist ; this probably originated in the girdle being substituted for the hoop^ which appean to have been worn formerly.
§ Ma, signifying a horse, is a Chinese word, aad was probably introduced intoLoo-Choo with that animal.
II The names of the hmm wiUbe foowi ia the second part; the divisiMia of time wiU be found opposite their different heads of day, nenth, year, &c.
^ While seeking to obtain from the natives the pronouns /, you, and him, I at tot got eheoee, toy, and meecKay; but on further enquiry I found that these had not thai meaning, thqr were superseded by wang, ya, and arte, for /, yen, and him; but as I heard chooet, toy, and meechay repeated in enumerating persons, I have set them down as first, second, and third persons, that being the sense which they seem to bear. The word chooee, or choo, it would seem signifies man (homo) in a general seme.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
Enjglish. Inches, ten ;
Infant Ink
Inkstand Innde
, or soft of bread
Iron
Jump, to
Key
Kick, to, with the foot
lad (lit. small goat)
Kin, to
, birds
, by the fire of a gun King, or monarch King^s palace
Kiss, to, (lit. kisong the mouth) Kiss Knee Kneel, to Kneeling Knife, crooked, for cutting grass
, small (a penknife) Knight, at chess Knot
, to tie a Knuckles Lacker, to Ladder
Lake, or light purple Land, or shore Lantern
■ , folding
Loo-Ckod.
« Eesh&ckkoo.
. W6rrabee.
• Simlnee.
- Sim'mee shee.
- 06chee.
• Mee.
- Titzee.
- M6yoong.
- Quaw.
- King.
- Fe^ja igua.
- She6moong, or Ko6rashoong *.
- H6too e6chung. *
• Doogaltee she^noung.
- K6wung (Chinese).
- Oogo6s-coo.
- Co6chee;sp<j6tee'('.
- Sheemii^ree.
- Stinsee.
- Shiunma git'cheeoong.
- Sh(imma (^t'chee.
• Eer&nna.
- Se6go.
- Samo6ree.
- Co6nja co6tchee.
- Co6njoong.
- Fo6shee.
- No6yoong.
- H&shee.
• Coonmo61a sat'chee.
- Am&ki.
- Tindoo.
- Ch&wching.
* SeeSeDteDceNo.96. t Sec Sentence No. 99,
Digitized by
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
English, Lantern, glass Large
Laugh, to - -
Laughing Lead (metal) Leaf (of a tree)
— — , green (lit. the leaf of a tree) — , withered (lit. a dried leaf) Lean (not fat)
, to, against a thing
Leaming,-or studying Let, to, fall a thing Letter, or character
■ , to seal a , to write a Letting go a thing Loo-Choo song Lift, to, a thing Light, not dark, (daylight) , not heavy , to, a pipe Lips Lip, lower
^, upper
— ^, the beard on the lower
Liquor
Live, or reside, to
Lizard
Look, or see, to
, to, at, or see the sun , at a distance
Loa^CJuxf. T6mma^o6roo. We6sa. •Wdrrayoong. Wirratee. Me6jee kan'nee. Wha.
Kee noo wha. Kirree wha. Yaitee.
Yook&tatoong *. Cootooba f. Nigeeoong. Jee.
Ing sit'choong. Jee k&tchoong. (ytoo batch X'
Lo6choo, or Do6choo oota. Mo6choong. Fe^roo, or He^roo.
Se6ba.
Stit cha se^ba.
Quaw se6ba.
Coofe^jee.
Sac'kkeedia, or Sam'tchoo (Chinese).
Simmatong §.
iTndlecha.
Me^oong, or Me6ing ||.
Te6da meting.
Hantia-rat'chee.
* See Sentence No. lOi.
f See Sentence No. 6.
X See note, *' Holding a thing.**
§ See Sentences Nos. 81 and 82.
II See Sentences Nos. 38 to 44.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
|
Engtish. |
Loo-Choo. |
|
|
Look, to, closely |
- |
Te^tsheeoong. |
|
Looking-glass |
- |
Kdgung. |
|
Long, or length |
- |
Nagdsa. |
|
Lose, to |
- |
06toochung. |
|
Make, to, clothes |
- |
Ching niwyoong *. |
|
- |
H&bbeecoong. |
|
|
- |
Che^na o6tchoong f . |
|
|
, salt |
- |
M&shoo t&tchoong. |
|
- |
Sdtaskoyoongf. |
|
|
_ i.^^ ^^4. |
- |
Tdcoo so6kooyoong J. |
|
Making a false step |
- |
Koonsinda dakat chee. |
|
Male |
- |
Woo. |
|
Mallet, wooden |
. |
Chei-chee. |
|
Man (homo) |
- |
Choo. |
|
(vir) |
- |
Ickkeegag. |
|
, medical |
• |
I'shsha. |
|
— — , of rank |
- |
Piychin, or Qii&ngning (Chinese) |
|
y short |
- |
Inj&sa. |
|
y sick |
- |
Tckkeega y&dong. |
|
, the skin of a |
- |
Choo-noo-ka. |
|
, small |
- |
Feeoo6sa. |
|
Mast of a ship, or boat |
- |
Hfisseeda. |
|
Mat |
-■ |
Moosho6roo, or Hitung. |
|
Match, or fire-stick used in the |
temples |
Kaw||. |
|
Me, or I |
- |
Wang. |
|
Meal, Ist (at san-rise) |
- |
Stimmee tetmowig. |
|
y 2nd (two hours after) |
. |
A'ssa bung. |
* Literally to M
t Literally to work rope.
X Skoyoang, or Sookooy^ong^ f ignifiet to bake.
§ This word, which is composed ofickkee and ya {ickkee signifying there, and ga, which may possibly have been originally ya, you}, appeared to me to bear a similar meaning to oor you, sir, or you, there, as the natives invaciably called out ickkeega, when wishing to attract the attention of any one.
n See note on the kawroo. The kaw is also homed when an offering of rice is made on the kawroo.
Digitized by
LOOuCHOO LANGUAGE.
|
EngUsh. |
Loo4:hco. |
|
|
Meal, Srd (at noon) |
- |
Fe6ra mo6moong. |
|
y 4th (at sunset) |
- |
Yo6 bung. |
|
Measure, to |
- |
G&wjee h&clddyoong. |
|
Melon |
- |
To6qua. |
|
Men, a great many |
- |
Oowhoko Ickkeega. |
|
Mew, to, as a cat |
- |
Nachoong deeoong. |
|
Midday, or noon |
• |
Te^da m&tchoo. |
|
Milk |
- |
Chee. |
|
. |
€hee h&yoong. |
|
|
Million |
- |
Chaw. |
|
Mine |
- |
Co6ra wa moong. |
|
Mixed |
• |
B&tee. |
|
Moon, the |
- |
Stdiay. |
|
- |
It'cfaee stit'cbee, or gwa6tsee ♦. |
|
|
^full |
• |
Oostit'chee, or M&roo. |
|
^,half . |
• |
Micasit'chee. |
|
Monkey |
i |
S&roo. |
|
More |
- |
Gn&fing. |
|
Morrow |
- |
A'cha. |
|
Mother |
» |
Um'ma. |
|
Mud |
« |
Do6roo. |
|
Musical instrument, to play on a |
- |
Ko6too fe^tchoong. |
|
* The following are t |
the names of the months or moons. |
|
|
January |
Shaw gwautsee. |
|
|
February |
Nee gwautsee (lit. 2d month). |
|
|
March |
Sang gwautsee (lit. 3d). |
|
|
April |
Shee gwautsee (lit. 4th). |
|
|
May |
Goo gwautsee Git- 5lh). |
|
|
June |
Roocoo gwantoee (lit. 6th). |
|
|
July |
Sitefaee gwautsee (lit. 7th). |
|
|
August |
Fatchee gwautsee (lit. 8th). |
|
|
September |
CkK> gwautsee (lit. Qth). |
|
|
October |
Joo gwautsee (lit. 10th). |
|
|
November |
Stutt moo stitchee, or joo itebee givMitMe. |
|
|
December |
Shee wasee« or joo nee gwnattee. |
|
|
. Tkt tveadeth day of the londi i |
MBtll |
i (OoU>ber)i Jm gi9mti$9e, ne^ nUdme, was^ |
according to Loo-Choo time« the seeoad day of the tenth mooth« >• gwmifee, nee nUchee,
Digitized by
:^
VOCABULAEY OF THE
|
En^h. |
JjQO^Choo. |
|
|
Mustachios |
- |
Wafe^jee, |
|
Nail to hang things pn |
- |
Co6jee. |
|
Naked |
- |
Harr&ka. |
|
Name . - . |
• |
Na. |
|
^,my |
- |
Wana. |
|
y your |
- |
Yana. |
|
- |
A'rree ga na. |
|
|
Navel |
. |
Who6soo *. |
|
Neck |
- |
Co6bee. |
|
, short (lit. no neck) |
- |
Co6bee nang f . |
|
Needle |
• |
H&yee skittee. |
|
Net, fishing |
- |
She6bee. |
|
Night . . . |
- |
Yo6roo. |
|
- |
It'chee yo6roo. |
|
|
Nine |
- |
Coo} (Loo-Choo), Eo6nitsee (Japan). |
|
Nineteen |
- |
Co6njoo. |
|
Ninety |
- |
Cooh&ooo, or Queeshicoo. |
|
Nipples |
- |
Chee. |
|
No |
- |
06ngba,' or Oomba §. |
|
Nod, to |
- |
N&jeechoong* |
|
North |
- |
Che^ta. |
|
Noee |
. |
H6nna. |
|
NoBtrib |
- |
H6nnakee. |
|
Octagon |
- |
Hacaclcoo. |
|
Ofier, to |
- |
Oz&gadee. |
|
- |
Oz&gadee saclckee. |
|
|
- |
M&tta oz&gadee. |
|
|
Old |
- |
Tee8ho6ee. |
|
-^ man |
» |
Teesho6ee iclkeega. |
|
Olives |
- |
E&rang. |
• A fttroDg aspirate on the fint fyllable4 t The negative is almost invariably placed after the word. X See note on numerals.
§ .The sound of the oong^ or 001116, is very diflBcult^ and can only be approximated by closing the teeth firmly and compressing the sound of owg.
Digitized by
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
EngUsh.
One
Onions
Open, to, or unlock
Open it - - • -
Orange, fruit
, the rind of an
, divisions
, the seed of an Overturn, to, or upset Out^de - -
— — of bread (lit. skin) Paddle of a canoe
Paint, to - - -
Palanquin chtdr
Palm of the hand (lit. belly of the hand) Pant, to -
Panting
Paper of any kind Path
Paupaw apple Pawns at chess Pencil - -
Perspiration
Pepper pod . ^
Pick up any thing, to Picture
Pig . . .
Loa-Choo. fifchee (Loo-Choo), Teitesee, or ta 1 (Japan *.) Dehchaw. A'keeoong •(•. Akirree-f-. Ko6neeboo. Ko6neeboo noo ka. Mee. Tdnee.
Kooroobdshoong. Fo6ca. Ka.
Wayicoo.
06roo:^ sheeno6stang. K&goo.
Tee noo w&tta§. E6tchee ho6toong. Eetchee. K&bee.
Yam&na meetchee. Wangsho66e. To6moo. Ho6dee. Addcaddee ||. Qu&da co6sha. Mo6choong. Ke£-ee, or Eackke£.ee. Bo6ta.
* See note on Numerals.
t See Sentences Nos. 49 to 63.
X Sheenoostang signifies to cover over, and possibly ooroo should have been written eero0, which is colours and this word, signifying painting, would then M literally to cover over with colour.
% This is literally the helly of the hand, or the hand^t belly. For an explanation of the noo see observaiiona on the Loo-Choo language at the beginning.
II This word seeais to derive its origin from ackka, burning.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OP THE
|
Ef^gUsh. |
Loo-Cheo. |
|
|
Pin Worn in the habr of boys |
- |
Je^pha, or Jeewa. |
|
— — flower head worn by men |
- |
Kam'mashishee. |
|
— — , ladle head, do. |
- |
Oosheethftshee. |
|
Pinch, to |
- |
Edtcheeme&x)ng *. |
|
Pine, the wild |
- |
Adinnee. |
|
, leaves of the |
* |
Wha. |
|
, fruit of the |
- |
Ad4nnee nay. |
|
tree |
. |
M&tesee kee. |
|
Pipe |
- |
Shirree. |
|
, the mouth-piece of a |
» |
■Quee po6tchee. |
|
, wooden part of a |
- |
Saw. |
|
, bowl of a |
• |
S^a. |
|
, case of a |
. |
Shirree booko6roo. |
|
Pitchfork |
- |
Fefoa. |
|
Pivoton which thcscuUofaboat traverses Jefcof. |
||
|
Place |
- |
SUtA. |
|
Plank of a boat |
• |
FdnnaJ. |
|
Plant |
* |
Meebo68ha. |
|
Plantain, leaf of a |
iK |
Woo noo fa. |
|
Play, to, at chess |
* |
' Cho6njee 6choong. |
|
She6go ro6coo 6choong. Eo6too fe^tchoong §. 1~{4nfihaw. |
||
|
^M A avkviaij^Al iMaftMBwinom^ |
||
|
Fe^tohoong.' 068ha. |
||
|
Pleased |
. |
|
|
Plough |
- |
Sit'chee. |
|
,tX) |
Sit'choong. |
* This word, Katcheemeeoang, to pinch, appears to be formed of the words Ku, skin, ehee, blood, and meeoong, to see ; and may be translated to see the hhod thrw^ the skin, or in the skin,
t This sound is not uplike that which the screwing about the scull of a l^o^ion the pivot causes.
X The same wo^d signifies a flower.
§ Feetchoong signifies to pull, so thi^t it may with mpre propriety be ap|:died to tbe haip, OF touching the strings of the violin with the lingers.
Digitized by
LOOuCHOO LANQUAGB.
|
English. |
Lob^Ckdo. |
|
Pcnnt, to, with the finger |
- No6choong. |
|
Potatoes, sweet |
. - Moo, or Mo&ndee. |
|
Pour in, to |
- I^rreeing. |
|
- Che^joong. |
|
|
Pouring |
- Che6jee. |
|
Praying to the Deity |
. Bo6sa, or B6sa me6 whfii «. |
|
- Ting o6neewhfa. |
|
|
Powder |
- Einshoo. |
|
^ Einshoo fo6shdong. |
|
|
Pregnant |
- Eissee je^tawng. |
|
Press, to, or squeeze |
- She^tskeeoong. |
|
Prick, to, with m knife |
^ Hoog6sho(»igf. |
|
Pricking |
^ Y4tee. |
|
Prickly pear bush |
i- Coaro6jee. |
|
Priest (Bonzes of Clmia) |
- B6dzee. |
|
• Bisha oo6room. |
|
|
^ the belt of ffllk of a |
. Qu&ra. |
|
Pull, to, or draw out |
•> Injat'chee. |
|
-. No6joong. |
|
|
- Fe6tchoong, or fif chooDg. |
|
|
Purple |
. Mo61a salfchee. |
|
Push, to, with the hand |
• Eo6roo b&shoong %• |
|
Put, to, a thing above or upright |
- Tsheeoongt |
|
- Injibhoong. |
|
|
- E&njoong. |
|
|
- 06cheeking. |
|
|
• I'ttee |
|
|
- E&s8eeme6ooag« |
|
|
. Ching che^oong. |
|
|
. T^'AP cH^diAP |
|
|
m E4bee gimnee 8&sho(»g. |
* A strong Aspirate 6d (ht last tyllable. t See Sentence No. 105. I Liierally> to vpict.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OP THE
Quack, to, like a duck
Quarrel, to
Queen, also at chess
Quick
Quick, to be
Bain
^,to
y heavy
. lightly
Bainbow
Bat
Bead, to
Bed
Bind of a shaddock
■ an orange
■■■ (lit skin) Bibbon, silk Bibs Bice
, boiled Bide, to, a horse Bight, in writing characters Bing — ^ for the finger
■ , to put on a Bise, to, from a chair Boad Bock
Boot (bulb) Bope
, to make
Bough r Bound , a circle
Loo-CJkoo.
- N&choong.
- Titskoong.
- 06na]crra.
- Hdyee.
- Yoohioong.
- A'mee.
- A'mee fo6yoong.
« Sheeje^koo fo6yoong.
- Eookoo fo6yoong.
• Noo-o6jee.
- A'ck-a^4a.
- Yo6moong, or Yo6no^x>ng.
- Ak&sa.
•r Fow noo ka«
- Ko6neeboo noo ka. . Ka.
. £6choo.
- S&wkee.
- Co6mee. -
- iTmbang, or hang, or o6mbttng *. -. Man'ayoong.
-' Eitchee y^jee.
•. Co6sayee.
* E6bee g&nnee.
- E^bee gfinnee s^shoong.
- Titchoong.
- Me6chee.
- See, or We^sa isTiee.
- We6-ee. <• Chinna.
- Chinna o6choong. m So6roo sooroo.
- Morro6sa.
- Maro6dair.
* For ihe sound of this word see note on the English word no.
Digitized by
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
English^ Round, all round Rowing in a boat Rub, to
-, out
-^ not out
Rubber, Indian
Rum, or spirits
Run, to
Running
Sail of a ship or boat
Sail, to, in a boat
Salt
— water
— — to the taste
Salute, to, a person
Sand
Say it, I can
, I cannot Sea y the, or ocean
— weed
, high
Seal of a watch
Seam between two planks
Scrape, to
Scratching
Screw, to
Screw
Scull of a boat
Loo^Choo. Maro6ee. CQ6jee. So6sooing,. or 8o6sootee o6tooflhung.
CSe^ree o6too6hoQng, or So6sootee;
C o6teetung, or co6nshoong.
CQ6nsoona.
Ne^ka.
E&raboo. '
Hayay at'dioong ♦.
Hiyay.
Foo.
Hdrashoong.
Mdshoo.
Spookar&sa Me^zee.
Spookar&sa.
K^eeoong.
Sinna.
Ang.
Ntemgf.
Nammee.
06shoo.
Hima, or 06mee.
M00+.
Oonimmee.
Ing, or Fang.
Nigo..
S&joong.
We^gosa.
Me^goorashooDg §.
Jirree.
Doo.
• See Sentence No. 8.
t Narangg or nang, is used on most occasions as the negative. X The same word signifies sweet potaioes,
§ This word it will be observed signifies both to screw and la scull i this may originate in the screwing motion of the oar from side to side of the boat.
Digitized by
VOCABULAEY OF THE
|
EngHih. |
TjOo^Cfioa. |
|
Scull, to, a boat |
- Me6goorashoong. |
|
See to, or look, (lit to eye) |
- Me6oong ♦. |
|
See, I cannot |
- Me^rang. |
|
Seed |
. Nigh. |
|
Separate, to - - |
- W6ckkayoong. |
|
Seven |
• Sit'chee (Loo-Choo) ; N&nnatsee (Japan). |
|
Seventeen |
- Sit chee joo. |
|
Seventy |
* Sit'chee h&coo. |
|
Servant |
- To6nioo, or £6ree, or Sad'ge-ee. |
|
Sew, to - - |
- N^wyoong, or No-S-yoong. |
|
Shade, or shady |
. Kijee. |
|
Shake, to - |
- Kiltcheeming. |
|
Shaking a thing |
- Yo6too yo6too. |
|
Shallow - |
- Asdssa. |
|
Sharp |
* Aka, or chfnraring ? |
|
Shave, to - |
• So6yoong. |
|
SheU |
- 068heemaw. |
|
SheUfish(Ukeacrab) |
. A'mang. |
|
Shield |
- Timb^yee. |
|
Ship |
. Ho^neef. |
|
, large |
- Hoobo6nee, or Wes4ra Hedoee. |
|
- Ho6nee gua, or Cooeftra Ho^me^. |
|
|
i» Ho6nee e^hoong. |
|
|
- Mo6chee eeohoong. |
|
|
Shoes, or sandals |
- S^fcbock, or Sabaugh. |
|
Short |
- Injisa. |
|
Shoulders |
- E6tta. |
|
Shrub, with leaves resembling a tree, probably sago tree |
J^ fSootitsee. |
|
Shut, to |
• Meeche^oong. |
|
Shut it |
. Mechirree, |
|
Skin |
. Ka. |
* See Sentences No. 38 to 44.
t The Bimilarity in sound of this word to ibal of a ehaiaoter ( AbmioKv) written on a piece of paper in the hits of the mea employed working for the ships^ has suggeitedtfae idea that the meaning of the character OMf hawt seait fefonnealo a.ahtp.
Digitized by
LOO^HOO LANGUAGE.
|
EngUsh. |
LothChoo. |
|
|
Skin, of a bullock |
- |
066hee noo ka. |
|
, of a man |
- |
Choo noo ka. |
|
Sick |
• |
Y^dong. |
|
- |
IcUceegayidong. |
|
|
belly |
- |
Witta Mdee. |
|
Side, of a person |
* |
Hiirraga. |
|
^, of a thing |
- |
Tdttee. |
|
Sigh, to |
- |
Ho6ee e^chee. |
|
Silk |
- |
E6choo. |
|
Silver |
- |
Jing. ( 06tashoong, or o6tayoo8hooQ^ or ,| o6tayoong. |
|
Sing, to - |
' |
|
|
Sister |
- |
(hiigh. |
|
Sit down, to - - |
- |
E&xmg. |
|
^ |
E^chawng, or Eeree. |
|
|
Yooro6tee. |
||
|
Six |
♦• |
II06000 (Loo-Choo); Modtsee (Japan). |
|
Sixteen |
- |
Ro6coo)oo. |
|
Sixty |
- |
Bookpickooo. |
|
Sleep, to |
- |
Nli^oong. |
|
Sleeping |
- |
Nintee. |
|
Slow |
- |
Yodna, or Y&wna. |
|
SmaU |
- |
Codsa. |
|
Smell, to - - |
» |
|
|
SmeU |
- |
Kabb&8ha« |
|
Smoke, to - |
- |
Fodtchoong, or kodtdKMmg. |
|
Smoke |
- |
Kinaee. |
|
Smoking tobacco |
- |
Tob&cco fodkee. |
|
Smooth |
- |
N&ndooroosa. |
|
Smooth down, to |
- |
N&deeyoong. |
|
Snake |
- |
H&boo. |
|
Snake stings |
- |
Hdboocodtee. |
|
Snatch, to - - |
/* |
Edtayoong. |
* See Sentenoei Not. 109 and 10S«
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
|
English. |
Loo-Ckoo. |
|
|
Sneeze, to - - |
- |
H6nna fedoong. |
|
Snore, to - - |
.- |
Nlntoong. |
|
Snuff (lit nose tobacco) |
- |
Sp^hee, or H6nna Tobacco. |
|
Sole of the foot (lit. belly of the |
foot) |
Sh&nna w^tta. |
|
Son - . |
- |
Iclckeega oongua. |
|
Song |
- |
06ta* |
|
Sore from riding |
- |
Niutee. |
|
Sorry |
- |
Natsk^isha. |
|
Sour |
. |
Se^sa. |
|
South |
« |
Whfa or fa. |
|
Speak, to - - |
- |
Mo6nooyoong f. |
|
Spear to catch fish with |
- |
To6ga o6yoong. |
|
Spectacles (lit. eye-glass) |
- |
'Mee kigung. |
|
Spider |
- |
Co6ba. |
|
Spider^s web |
- |
Co6ba mang. |
|
Spit, to - - |
- |
Simp&y-oong. |
|
Spittle |
- |
Simpiyee. |
|
Spoon |
- |
Kia. |
|
Spy glass |
w |
To6mee kdgung. |
|
Square ... |
- |
K&ckkoo. |
|
- |
B&njaw gaCinnee. |
|
|
Squeeze, to - |
«• |
Minuneejoong. |
|
Stab, to - * |
- |
Choong. |
|
Stand up, to - - |
.*'■• |
Titteeoong. |
|
StAnd back to back |
- |
Co6see no6cha8a. |
|
Stars |
- |
Fo6shee. |
|
Stay on board ship |
- |
Ho6nee o6tee. |
|
Stem of a boat |
- |
Oomo6tee. |
|
Stem of a boat |
. |
Co6ma to6mo. |
• Word* of Loo-Choo longs :
*' Sasa sangcoomeh sangcoomeah kadee yooshee daw, taDtoong tantoong tang.**
A boat soDg: «' Wliee-yo cc. — ^Whec yo ec." The steersman gave *' Whec,»' and was i'ollowed by the other men with a repetition of " Whee yo ee."
Another boat song : ** Quec yay hanno ha.— Quee yay hanno ha." To both these airs the rowers kept very good time.
t See Sentences Nos. 1 to 7.. .
Digitized by
LOO^HOO LANGUAGE.
|
English. |
LxhChoo. |
|
|
Stone |
- |
Isliee. |
|
« |
Oong. |
|
|
, carved |
. |
Kftwroo* |
|
Stop |
- |
Miteef. |
|
Straw ' |
- |
Wdrra. |
|
Strike, to - |
.- |
B6jeeooong. |
|
String |
- |
Ko-e6roo. |
|
Strong |
- |
Cho68a. |
|
wine |
- |
Chooz&ckkee, or S^kkeechoo. |
|
Sucking |
- |
No6dee+. |
|
Sugar - - - |
- |
SiUL |
|
- |
06j€e. |
|
|
- |
Sita 8k6yoong. |
|
|
Sulky |
- |
H&nradafchee. |
|
- |
H^bradat'chee 8o6na« |
|
|
Sun |
- |
Te4da. |
|
Sunset |
- |
Te6da8dga7oong§. |
|
Sunshine |
- |
Te^at^ttee. . |
|
Sun-rise |
- |
Te^da igayoong. |
|
Swallowing |
- |
Nodnootodsha. |
|
Sweet |
• |
Amftsa. |
|
• |
||
|
« |
Moo, or Mo6ndee. |
|
|
Swim, to - - |
- |
We^ng. |
|
Swimming |
- |
We^jee. |
|
Sword |
- |
Tat'chee. |
|
A flight of stone steps |
- |
Eeeefiee. |
|
A single step |
- |
Cood&mmee. |
* The katofoo is a small square stone excavated a little on the upper part, in which an, offering of rice is made. On the face of this stone is carved a variety of characters denoting, the rank, &c. of the person who makes the ofiering.
f See Sentences in Part II.
X See Sentences Nos. 29, 32, 33, and 37.
^ See Sentences Nos. 108, IO9, and 1 10.
II Amazackkee is a contraction of the words amasa, sweety and tackkff, wine ; the latter always changing s into z when preceded by any other word. See Mfine, itrong, weak, kc.
E
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
To stick a thing in the ground Table, round Tail of a bird Take oflT the hat, to * Tattoo marks on the right arm — — — — on the left arm Tea cup
Loa^fuHK
-^ to break a
— — pot , - .
— , in an octagon bucket
■ , the metal pot in the ininde of the bucket —, the cover of a ', the handle of a , the ears of the bucket of a Tear, to - - -
— — — a thing in pieces
Tdteeing.
M&dooee.
Dzoo*
H&sseeoong.
06deemaw.
To6ga.
Ch&wun^.
Wy'oong.
Ticoo.
Tdcoo cee.
}
Three
T&coo mee.
Tdooo whfo6ta.
Ticootee.
Tdcoo to6de^.
Yiyoong.
Che^reetawng.
N&da.
Hd ^an aspirate).
Ha gishee gish.
Me^a (Chinese)..
Tirra.
Ko6meegung.
Joa(Loo-Choo); Too (Japan).
Ka fo6shee.
A'ddee.
Ic'kkee.
Mo6moo.
Sanjoo.
Sangbdcoo.
Coodee.
Mang.
OTcoo.
Sang CIxx>-Choo); Me^tesect (Jqaan).
• TatHM marks will be found in Part IF.
Digitized by
LOO^HOO LANGUAGE.
|
li^giish. |
Xoo^Om |
|
|
Three sided figure |
- |
Sang cBckkoo. |
|
Thread, sewing |
- |
E&:hoo* |
|
Thresh, to - - |
- |
06tchoongf. |
|
Throat - . . |
- |
No6dee{. |
|
Throw to, a stone at a mark |
- |
Nftging. |
|
- |
06chung-ging. |
|
|
Thumb |
- |
Ho6ee £6bee. |
|
Tie to, a knot |
- |
Coonjoong. |
|
Tide |
• |
K4dezee. |
|
Tin ... |
- |
She^dook&nnee. |
|
Tired, or fatigued |
- |
AmuslieeDoo. |
|
Tobacco |
- |
Tob&cco § (as in England). |
|
Co6shee sat'chee, or fodsa. A'ehoo. |
||
|
To-day |
• |
|
|
To-morrow |
- |
A'dia. |
|
Toe |
- |
Shinna eibee (lit. foot finger). |
|
Toe-nail |
- |
Sh&nna thfmmee. |
|
Tomb |
- |
H4ka. |
|
Tomb-stone |
- |
Co6roo ishee. |
|
Tongue |
- |
Stcha. |
|
Tom, part of any thing |
- |
Y&dee tung. |
|
Touch, to - |
- |
Siyoong, or sitfcharaig. |
|
Town |
- |
Me^ttoo, or Mitta |
|
Tray, or waiter |
- |
Chirreedeh. |
|
Tread, to - - |
- |
Kd6raming. |
|
Tremble to, with cold |
• |
^ Ko6rooyoong. |
|
Tree |
- |
Eee. |
|
, branch of a |
« |
E6da. |
|
y Banyan |
. |
GMidesee m^uroo kee. |
|
— — , with red and white flowers |
- |
Ho6yoo. |
* Eechoo. This word is used to denote thread, silk, aod ribton, f Oaichoong, or ooekoong, signifies lo work, to play, and lo make, I Possibly this word implies the act of swallowing.
§ The sound of this word 19 precisely the same as that of our iohacco. I liave, therefore, spelt it in the same manner.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngUsfi. Loo^Choo.
I'ree, with large red flowers, which 1
„ J - - >Dee-e6go-kee.
are called acJca bcmna . . J °
Trowsers ... Coo, or Hackkima.
Turban worn by the lower order ofl ,.
the natives Turn round to Two Twelve Twenty ■ one ■ two three four five
lee.
SIX
• seven
• eight
• nine
Tyger
Vase, or urn
V^ns
Very well (speaking of health)
■ (well done, good) Victual or dinner box
^ the drawers in it
Ugly
Umbrella
Undress, to - -
Untie, to, a knot
Upper garment
Water
, cold , sak , a large jar containing
Me%oyoong.
Nee (Loo-Choo); titesee (Japan).
Ne^joo.
H6coo.
H&ooo it cheejoo.
Hicoo neejoo.
Hdcoo s&njoo.
Hicoo she6njoo, or sheeh&coo.
Hicoo go6njoo, or goohacoo.
Hicoo ro6coojoo.
H&coo sat'cheejoo.
Hicoo fafcheejoo.
Hicoo C06J00.
To6ra.
Je6shee.
Kijee.
Oogdnjoo.
E^tshang.
Pintaw.
Joob&ckkoo.
Ootooro6sa«
Shissee k&ssa.
Ching h^jeeing.
Ho6toochoong.
E^shaw, or Ho6nta.
Me^zee, or Me6see.
A'tsee me^zee, or dtcheeroo.
Fe^sa me6zee, or fe6zeeroo me^zee.
Spookoordsa meezee.
Tooko6ee.
■'Digitized by
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
EngUsh.
Water tub
Walk, to
-^, or crawl as a butterfly
— — , slow
-, quick
Walking hand in hand, as the natives
Wash, to
— — — , or bathe
— — — , clothes
Washing clothes
Watch . - - -
key - - -
We, or a fourth person Weather - -
, fine - -
, foul or bad Web-footed bird
-i. — — J beak of a
head
leg .
..«.—-— two legs tail
wing Well (lit- water's skin) West Wet Wet, to
What do you call this ? Wheel of a ship Whiskers - '
Whisper, to Whistling
, as a bird
LoO'Choo. ' ( Meez-ofwh6kee (cont« of meezee and ( ofoowookee). Atchoong. Se^gatong. Y&wna e^choong. Hiyee sitchoong. Teefe^cha. Arayoong. Indeet^woong. Ching irayoong. Ching iratee. E&rahigh. S4see noo quaw. Yo6tay.
Tinsee, or tinchee. Yetinsee ♦, or tinchee. Yanna tinsee, or tinchee. Itcho6ma.
Co6chee (lit. mouth). Makar&jjee. Sha.
Sh&ndee. Mdjoo. H6nnee. Meezee ka. Ne6shee. Inne^tee. Indeetioong. No6ndeega. Cooro6ma. Binta.
M6nolitchoong. Feifee. Ho68a.
See Sentence No. 109.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngHih. White
Wick of a candle Will you give me Wmd
' to come in ■ to go out
, little
, great
Wind, to, up a watch
y a string round the
Winking
Wine - - , .
glass
kettle
, sweet
, strong
y weak
Wing of a bird
— feathers of a bird
Wipe, to, the face
Wish, to, or bid good bye
Wrist (lit. neck of the arm)
Write, to - - .
Writing-desk
Wrong in writing characters
Woman
■ , plain
, old
, handsome , young
Loo^Choo.
- Sheero6sa.
- Skeeco6tshee.
- Wang yee quirree ♦.
- Kdssee, or Kizzee. • K&ssee noochoong.
- K&ssee e^choong.
- Eissee gua.
- Weesa kassee, or tayehfoo-f-.
- Fe^noyoong. E&ramachoong.
- Mee oochee.
- S^ckkee.
- Timma s&ckka sit'chee.
- D^ckkeezitza.
{Amazack'kee, compounded cyf am&sa and sackkee.
- Choozdckkee, or sickkeechoo.
- E^awz^ckkee, or s^ckkee ya.
- Hannay.
- Kee.
- So6sooyoong.
- W6ckkayoong.
- Tee noo oo6bee.
- E&tchoong J.
- She6koo.
- Niwshoong.
- Innigo.
- Ootooro6sa inn&go.
- Teesho6ee inn&go.
- Choordsa innigo.
- W6ckka inn&go.
* See Seulences Nos. 45, 47, and 48.
t This is probably ihc taefung (great wind of ihc Chinese, called by us /j^/bow), a severe gale of wind in the China Sea. X Sec Sentence No. 73.
Digitized by
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
English, Wood of any kind Yawning
Year*
, one
Years, eighteen, of age
y fourteen
— — -, thirty y twenty-five
YeUow
-, dark
-, dirty or dingy
Yes . . .
Yesterday
Yo^:e, across the shoulders of porters You (a second person)
Young - - -
woman - - -
Yours - - - -
Loo-Choo. T&moong. A'coobee. Ning.
Itchee ning. Joo hat chee. Jo6 shee. Sdnjoo. Ne6joo goo. Che^roo.
E^ssa che6roo, or ^ka che6roo. Che6roo dingee. Oo.
Che6noo. Baw. Ya (tay). WockTta. Wockica inn%o. Co6ra ya moong.
* The year at Loo-Choo, according to Jeeroo's account^ is divided into twelve months of thirty day« each> making in all 360 days, and every sixth year one month is intercalated.
Digitized by
Digitized by
PART II.
SENTENCES
IN
ENGLISH AND LOO-CHOO;
TO WHICH ABB AODBD
XXXM:H00 and japan numerals, names of HBRSONS, FX4ACBS, DATS OF THE MOON, ORDERS OF RANK, HOURS OF THE DAT,
TATTOO MARKS,
AND
A COBIPARISON BETWEEN THE LANGUAGES OF L0O-<!H0O AND
JAPAN; LOO-CHOO AND INSU; AND LOO-CHOO, INSU, AND
JAPAN;. ALSO A FEW COREAN WORDS.
Digitized by
NOTE.
In the following Sentences die English is given before the Loo4I!hoo. No Sentence has been inierted the meaning of which was not distinctly ascertained; but it happened frequently that the precise impart of some words in a Sentence was not made out, and in order to enable the reader to judge to what extent this took place, a literal translation of the words in each Sentence is given in the last adunm; and where aVord occurs, the meaning of which is doubtful, an asterisk is put in its place.
In the last column it will be observed that every verb having the termina- tion oong^ ung, &c is translated as if it were the infimtive, although the sense, %s denotfMl in the first columoy points to another mood.
Digitized by
SENTENCES, ENGLISH AND LOO-CHOO.
Of Speaking.
No. Engliah. Loo-Choo. lAieral TroMkOion.
1. I speak - - Mo6n0oyoong - I to speak.
2. I speak, you hear - Mo<>pooyooDg, ya alfdi- I speak, you to hear, or
oong, GT Chlckkee hearing.
3. I speak to you - Ya, or ea mo6iiooyoong. You to speak, or I. You
orwang. Yatoomo6^ * toi^eak. nooyooDg
4. I speak Chinese • Wang Quintoong mo6» I Chinese to speak.
nooyoong
5. IcannotspeakChinese Wang Qufintoong mo6« I Chinese cannot speak.
noorang
6. I am learning to speak Wang Do6choo oooto6ba I Loo-Choo 1flAitii!?g or
Loo-Choo yo6ahoong-f- studying to *.
7« M&dera speaks En- Tngere M&dera mo6- English Mlidera to qieak. glish nooyoong
Of Going and Coming.
8. A man running to the H&yay dmma ic'kkeega Running boat man.
boat
9. I am going on shore Wang am&ki e£choong I shore to go.
10. To*morrow I will re- A^cha dio6«oong To-morrow to come.
turn
11. To come back again A'mma ka choong { * * to come.
f Yooshoang probably signifies to recite^ as it is used in requesting a person to ling as well as in this instance.
Probably instead of amma ha, this should have been omM (shore)> which would make it coming to the shore, which was the case.
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
No. MkigUih.
12. I am going on board
18. I came yesterday
14. Gro down there
15. Come up here
16. You go below
17. Togo outof a place
18. To come into a place
19. Tayin f returns -
20. To go in a boat to
Loo-Choo to carry fish
21. To go to sea in a
boat to catch fish
22. Where is Tayin gone
23. Tayin has gone to
the other ship to pay his respects
24. When all are drunk
we shall be permit- ted to go on shore
25. I am going now, he
willcome presently
26. I am going on shore
to dinner
27* lamgcnngonboard to dinner^
28. When the ships de- part to-morrow all iheLoo^Choo peo- ple will pray
iMhChoo. Tfmma ki eichoong Che6noo chung Am6nka ic'kkee Noobo6tee coo Ya oodee me^shawdee - Y& ka aaut e^choong - Yi. ka saut choong TSyin f choo-oong Do6choo timma e^choong e6o kat&mmeeoong
Timma e^choong ooshoo
e^che^oong T&yin mak&yee ga dnjara Tiyin e^choong hooboc>-
nee meeyoong Shee-
no6ma I'gnea we6tee am&ki moo-
totee yo6toosha
Atookdrra wang e^oong
atook&rra e6choong Wang amiki eechoong
Wang hoonee ki e£ch- .
oong nx)6noo kimoong A'cha ho6nee nittee Do6-
choo mang ho6nee
oocooyoong
LUeral TransiiUian. Boat * to go. Yesterday came.
♦ there. Ascend here. You ♦ ♦.
♦ ♦ ♦ togo.
♦ ♦ ♦ to come. The great man to come. Loo-Choo boat to go fish
to carry.
Boat to go sea fish to catch.
Tayin ♦ ♦ ♦ Tayin to go large ship to see ♦.
All drunk shore ♦
By and by I to go^ by and
by togo. I shore to go I to eat.
I ship * to go I to eat
To-morrow ship ♦ Loo- Choo thousand ship *.
29. To drink wine
Of EaHng and Drinking;. - Sacldcee no6moong - Wine to drink.
t Torjin, 10 Chinese, signifies a great man; it is translated by Mr. Morrison his excellency.
Digitized by
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
Uo, Engluh. 80. Sweet ^Hine 31. I eat
8S. I never drink tea - S3. Tayin and you never drink wine
84. The parting glass -
85. It is good (to eat) -
86. It is bad, throw it
away 37* It is tea, to drink
Loo-Choo. Amazaclckee Mo6noo k&mo(»)g Cha no6dee n&rang Tdyin ya sacldcee nod- dee n&rang W6ckkarittee Co6dee m&sa Ne^sha iskung
Me^zee t&jeeing cha no6dee
Liieral TramOaikfn^
Sweet wine.
I to eat.
Tea drinking never.
Tayin you wine drink ne- ver.
Departing.
This good (to eat).
Bad «.
Water to boil tea drinking.
88. To look at the sun through a g^ass
39. I look, or I see
40. The English gentle-
man is looking
41. Stop, you shall look
presently 4SL Clouds obscure the sun
43. The branches of the
tree obstruct the ^ght
44. If a Loo-Choo wo-
man should see you she will be alarmed
45. Will you give me
that
46. Give me tliat pencil
47. I gave him some
paper
OfLcxMng and Seeing.
Te6da me^ng k&gung Sun to see glass.
M o6noome6oong - I to see.
I'ngere t&yin me^shee- English great man to look
oong at
Mdtee, atookirra ya Stop, by and by you to look
me^sheeoong at
Eo6moo te6da 06800- Clouds sun to confer over.
6stang .
Toomee k%ung kee noo Spy-glass trees branches to
k&ttak^ee me^rang hide.
Do6choo innftgo Tngere Loo-Choo woman English
me^oong n&choong to see, to cry.
Of Giving. Wang yee quirree
Ho6dee moot'choo A'ree nee que^tang
giving.
Pencil bring. Him *
giving.
Digitized by
VOCABULABY OF THE
Na ESfiglUh.
4a By and b7 I wiU
giTe it to my cfail-
dm
49. Shut this, or it
50. Open this, or it
51. Doyouopeathisyor
it 58. Open this book - 58. Openyour watch that
I may look at it
Loo-XJhoo. LUeral TranOaiion.
Atook^iraquagneeqae^ By and by diildxen * to ooQg pw.
Of Opening and Shutting.
Akittee ninjocnig - Shutting to sleep.
Aklttee mirree, or aki^ Opening it.
tindee
Akitindee, or ya akfnee Opening, or you opening.
Ya ahe^mootaee akirree You book opening. Akitindee kirnhigh mef^ Opening watch to see. oong
54. To lose a pencil
55. To find a pencil
OfLoring and Finding.
« Ho6dee o6toodiung - Pencil to lose. - Ho6dee to6matung - Pencil to find.
56. Two small suns «
57. Afiswboys
58. A few men
59. A great many men fiO. A few books
61. A great many books
6B. Six kinds of wine •
6S« Making a false step
64. Vases made at Napa
65. Sand spread on a
level plain on which water is sprinkled for mak- ing salt
QfQuantity.
T&tsee te6da gua. Co6sa w^brabee Ic\keeko68a - Ickkeer&ssa Shefoiootsee s&nsatchee She6mootsee t6ro Mo6e^Too noo s&ckkee
OfMaking.
Eo6nsinda ddkatchee - N4pa je^shee 8co6tee Sinna o6ahoo sh&ee mi- shoo titdioong
Two suns small. Few boys. Men few. Men many. Books few. Books many. ♦ of wine.
Napa vases made. Sand sea *
make.
salt to
Digitized by
LOO^HOO LANOUAOE*
No. EngRih. Loo^Choo.
66. Sing a song - Ya o6ta yodahoong
67. Jeeroo flings well^ or Je^roo o6ta yodflhoong
with good taste che£cheego6toa
Literal TrmdaHan. You song to sing. Jeeroo soog to nig f
Of Bringing and Carrying.
|
68. Bring your children |
Ya qua saCiteeooo |
You diildren bring. |
|
69. Bring fire here |
Fee to6teecoo |
Fire bring. |
|
70. This vessel carries |
Ho6nee je^ee kittap |
Ship vases * Oondsgk |
|
vases to Oonting |
mittee 06nting |
\ |
|
71. Boy, bring fire to |
Trree fee to6teecoo to- |
Boy fire bring, tdbaooo |
|
Ught my pipe |
bacco fo6kee |
smoke. |
|
72. Bring a cup of water |
Chiwung n^ me^zee |
Teacup • wvter ♦ |
|
here |
e^teecoo |
here. |
|
Of Writing and SkcUMng. |
||
|
To write a letter - |
Jee k&tchoong |
A character to write. |
|
74. Tayin is sketching |
Tdyin h&shee noo e6- |
Tayin bridge of to sketch. |
|
the bridge |
katcho(»)g |
^ |
|
75. Tayin sketches very |
Tdyin yo6katchee choo- |
Tayin * sketches |
|
well |
r&sa |
|
|
76. To sketch a Loo- |
Do6choo meia eekatch^ |
Loo-Choo temple to sketch. |
|
Choo temple |
oong OfOamplmetU. |
|
|
77. Thank you |
Edfo6shee |
• ♦ ♦. |
|
78. How do you do |
Yoo ky moong - |
« * * |
|
79. Very weU - - |
Oog&ojoo |
« • « • |
|
Oomo6tee shangco6meh OflAving or Residing. |
♦ • # |
|
|
81. TAyin lives here . |
T&yin sunm&joo coo |
Tayin lives here. |
|
82. A man living in the |
A man living country. |
|
|
country |
||
|
8S. I live on board the |
Wang ho6neegua^« |
I ship small to five. |
|
brig |
matong |
Digitized by
VOCABULAHY OP THE
No. EngUih. Loo-Choo. Liiena TramJaHm.
OfBumi^ng and Scalding.
84. Fire will bum you Fee y^uldee - - Fire burns.
85* Water will scald you Me^seey&ddee - Water bums.
86. Scalding oneself with Me^zee fidgero6sa yoo Water hot * buhis.
hot water yiddee
OfEnquirtf and Reply.
87. What is the name of No6ndeega co6ra na - What is this name.
this
88. The name of this is Co6ra ga na ya - This * name *.
89. How many children Qui eeoooti^ga - * * *•
have you
90. How old are you or Eeoo6tseega - - * * *.
they
91. I am fourteen years Jo6shee ... Fourteen.
of age
92. I am eighteen years Joohatchee - - Eighteen.
of age
98. »« twenty-five, &c. Ne6joogoo - - Twenty-fire.
MisceOaneaus.
94r. To bcnl potatoes - Mootijeeing - - Potatoes to boiL
96. I am very busy - Yoo jo6natan . - ♦ ♦ ♦.
96. The sting of a snake H&boo co6tee she6noong Snake sting to kill.
wiUkiU
97. Sucking nulk at the Chee no6ma diee - Milk * breast*
breast
98. A child drinking milk Chee no6dee w&rrabee - Milk drinking child.
at the breast 99« A child kissing its Wirrabee(immaco6chee Child mother mouth kiss- mother spo6tee ing.
100. A woman leaning Innigo k&katong e6ki - Woman to lean anchor, on an anchor
101. A live shdl-fish will Amang it'chchawng co6- Shell-fish to be alive to bite«
bite yoong
Digitized by
LO0.CHOO LANGUAGE.
No. Emglish. Loo^Choo. Literal TramlaHon. lOSL This flower has a . Ffinna misa kabisha - Flower sweet smelL pleasant smeQ
105. This flower has no Fanna nang kaUisha - Flower no smell. .
smell
104. Loo-Choo women Do6chooinn^lgofwho6ooo Loo-choo woman great
are not very o6rung many *♦. handsome
106. The soodtsee (sago Sootitseewangtse^choong Sootitsee I * *.
tree) pricked me y&tee
106. To plant potatoes Moo jee ho6tee e^ Potatoes ground * *•
yoong
107. Drunk, I vomit We^tee mo6noo h&oh- Dnmk I vomit
oong
106. After sunset it b Te^da 8%atee seed&sha Sun setting cooL cool
109. When the sun Teida t^ttee, ko6mo6 Sunshine, clouds none, fine
shines, and there nang, ynytinchee weather,
are no clouds, it • is fine weather
110. The sun sets at six Ro6coo twitchee te4da Six hours sun to set
o'clock sdgayoong
111. The horse fell down. Ma t^writtee t&yin noo Horse feU down, tayin^s
and the tayin e^bee o6tee finger broke, broke his finger
112. After seven years Sitchee ning, co^tsee Seven years^ bones washing
we wash thebones aritee je6shee ittee vase putting in.
and put them into
a vase
118. Without any flesh Shisheening - • Flesh none.
114u The people of Loo- Do6choo noo choo sibit- Loo-choo people remem-
Choo I shall never teeyo6toosha ber * *.
forget
• 115. You will soon for- Sibittee wiisa -r Remember had.
get them
llfiL Twelve hours make Joo nee twif chee, it'chee Ten two hours, one day*
one day nit'chee
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THB
No. English. LoO'Chco. Literal TramJation.
117. Thirty days make Sdnjoo nit'chae, it'ch«e Thirty days one month
one moon, or gwaiitsee month
118. One year consists It'chee ning, joo nee One year, ten two months.
of twelve months gwaCitsee
|
NUMERALS. |
|||||
|
1 |
Engtith. One |
Loo-Otoo. It'chee |
Charadert. Japan. — Te^tsee, or te |
1. |
|
|
s |
Two |
Nee, or gnee |
— |
Tfitsee, or ta |
S. |
|
3 |
Three |
Sang |
sr |
Meetsee, or mee |
8. |
|
4 |
Four |
Shee |
^E) |
♦ E^otsee, or yoo |
4. |
|
5 |
Five |
Goo, or go |
^ |
I'ttitsee |
5. |
|
6 |
Six |
Ilo6ko |
A |
MoOtsee |
6. |
|
7 |
Seven |
St'chee |
-t |
N^uinatsee |
7. |
|
8 |
Eight |
Faf chee, or kwat'chee |
/\. |
Eeydtsee |
a |
|
9 |
Nine |
Coo |
n. |
Eo6nnit8ee |
9. |
|
0 |
Ten |
Joo, or dzoo |
t |
Too |
10. |
Both sets of these numerals are in common use at Loo-Choo, though it would not perhaps be correct to apply them to the same word, as I never recollect having heard a native say " itchee sheemootsee,^ one book, or " te^tsee twit'chee,^ one hour, but always " te^tsee she^mootsee,^ one book, and " itchee twitchee,'' one hour. I at first imagined " teetsee, tatsee," &c. were ordinals, but I have since found from Captain Broughton'*s Voyage that they bear a great resemblance to the numerals of Japan, and as such I have inserted them.
The characters, of which the above are copies, were written by a native.
* The o in this word is to be pronounced u the diphthong oa in boat.
Digitized by
LOOLCHOO LAN6UA0E.
NAMES OF PERSONS.
The Kowung, or King ' - - Shkng fwee.
The Pochin ta fix), or Prince - Shong pung-fwee.
The Chief of the Paychins who at- )
tended the ship J06kooma MowchoW8ho6a.
The second Paychin - • Mad&yra Sh&yoon.
The third do. - - Issacha S&ndoo.
The fourth do. . - Jeima Tsi-se-eu.
His eldest son - ^ Ma^tsee Tsl-chee*
His friend (an elderly man) - 06hoomee Chinchawhee.
The fifth Paychin - - I'ssecha H6ckkeebo6coo.
The sixth do. - - - Je6roo Je6da.
The first Linguist - - M idera Edwsheeoong.
The second Linguist - A^nya To6nshoonfa.
His wife ... 06shee.
One of the junior Paychins - Ydma Too.
The teacher (an old man) * Y&ckkabee 06meejeiroo.
His eldest son - - - Y^kkabee 06mee-nee idiaw.
A boy - - - O'seejee.
One of the principal attendants of the
•^ ,. ^ J. f^M&dam B&shee.
Pochin ta foo
Another - - E^varoo.
NAMES OF PLACES.
Corea ... C6ray.
Pekm - . Peking.
Fokien ... F6tchien.
China .... Qu&ntoong.
Chusan - - - Chodsan.
England ... Tngeree,
Digitized by
VOCABULARY OF THE
The island of Loo*Choo - - Loo-Choo, or Do6-Choo.
The town of Napakiang - - N&pa umme&tto.
The high distant islands seen fix)m
Napa
The Sugar Loaf Island - - E^goos e^ooondee.
Japan - - ^ Niphon.
Canton ... CiaUm.
}-
A'makirreema.
NAMES OF THE DAYS OF THE MOON FROM NEW
TO FULL.
I. Chee t&tchee.
3. H&djee mee nitchee.
3. H&djee mee san nitchee.
4. H^djee mee noo ka.
6. Hddjee mee goo nitchee.
6. Hidjee mee ro6coo nit'chce.
7. Hidjee mee sitchee nitchee.
8. Hadjee mee fatchee nit'chee.
9. Hadjee mee ooo nitchee.
10. Yooka.
II. Joo it'chee nitchee.
12. Joo nee nitchee.
13. Joo san nitchee.
14. Jooyodka.
15. Joo goo nitchee.
Digitized by
:bO(u;Hoo language
THE NINE ORDERS OF RANK or
PAYCHINS, OR CHIEFS,
WHO ABE DISTINGUISHED BY THE COLOUR OF THEIR BONNETS, CALLED HATCHEE
MATCHEE.
^ , __ , f A pink gitnmd with spotfl^ circles, and
l«t. Chinff ne^stchoo noo Hat^chee J j. , /. 1 1 i n - ui
^ "i diamonds, of black, yellow,' blue,
matichee I i.-x j
t white, and green.
f A pink ground with spots, &c. of red tod. Acadj.e noo Hat'chee mat'cbee | and yeUow, blue, and Hack.
4th. Mo61a sat'chee noo Hat'chee J A pink or light purple ground, with
mat'chee L spots of the same colour.
6th. Cheiroo dinjee noo Hat'chee f A dingy yellow ground, with spots of
mat'chee 1 the same colour.
6th. Che6roo sy ya noo Hat'chee fA bright yellow ground without
mat'chee (. spots.
7th. ChSddeeming noo Hat'chee C
, , ^ A red ground without spots.
8th. Ak&sa noo Hat chee mat'chee • A red ground without; spots.
9th. O'sa noo Hat'chee mat'chee - A green ground without spots.
The attendants of the chiefs wear a red Hatchee matchee of a coarser texture.
Digitized by
VOCABULAHY OP THE
TATTOO MARKS
ON THE ABACS OF SOME OF THE NATIYES OF THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND.
This man had not any mark on the lefl
arm.
Right arm.
06deemaw.
S.
Right arm.
06deemaw.
Liefx arm.
to6ga.
4.
Co6dee 06demaw.
Right arm.
Left arm.
to6ga.
The four men, whose arms were marked in the above manner, were young and of the lower order, probably fishermen. It appeared to have been done by puncturing the skin, and staining it with Indian ink in the manner practised by our seamen.
The above marks are quite as large as the originals ; they were on the inner part of the fore arm, close up to the elbow joint. Some were marked on both arms, others only on the right, but we did not observe any who had them only on the left arm.
Digitized by
LOaCHOO LANGUAGE.
NAMES OF THE HOURS.
|
One hour, or one o^clock |
- It'chee twit'chee. |
|
|
Two hours, |
or two |
- Nee twitchee. |
|
Three |
- |
- Sang twit'chee. |
|
Four |
* |
. Shee twitchee. |
|
Five |
. |
- 600 twitfchee. |
|
Six |
- |
- !&o6coo twit'chee. |
|
Seven |
^ |
. Sitchee twit'chee. |
|
Eight |
- |
. Fat'chee twit'chee. |
|
Nine |
. |
- Coo twi'tchee. |
|
Ten |
-. |
- Joo twitchee. |
|
Eleven |
. |
- Joo it'chee twit'chee, |
|
Twelve |
. |
- Joo nee twitchee. |
The day,
^ The night.
The day at Loo-Choo, i. e. between sunrise and sunset, is divided into six hours, as is also the night
Digitized by
Digitized by
COMPARISON
B£TWE£N TEIE
JAPANESE AND LOO-CHOO LANGUAGES.
Digitized by
NOTE.
The following comparisons are given with the view of pointing out as nearly as circumstances will permit what resemblance there is between the languages of the islands of Loo-Choo, Niphon, or Japan, and Insu, lying in the Japan Sea, and which by some voyagers l|are been oonfli^er^d the ^ame language.
In the first comparison, viz. that between the languages of Loo-Choo and Japan, the Japanese words are extriu;ted from the translation of Thunberg^s Voyage to Japan, printed in London 1795, 2d edit vol. iiL
In it^e B^Qo\L^ vi^ that b^twe^ X^oo-Chgo igid Insu, tha Ijam words are taken from Broughton's Voyage.
A third comparison is ^ven between the languages of Loo-Choo, Niphon, and Insu, together with the two sets of Numerals in use at Loo-Choo, the Japanese from Thunberg, and the Insu from Broughton.
It ought to be recollected that as Mr. Thunberg was a foreigner, and wrote in a different language from that in which the Loo-Choo words have been re- corded, a difference of sound may be suspected between them when no material difference really exists between the two languages.
The letter u has been substituted in the spelling of the J^Mnese words for the V used by Thunberg.
Digitized by
COMPARISON
BVrWEEVTli^
JAPANESE AND LOO-CHOO LANGUAGES.
AU
Anchor
Angry-
Answer, to
Arm - ,
Arrow
Attendant
Bad
Bake, to
Bare (naked)
Bed
BeUy
Bend, to
Bird
Birdcage
Bitter
Bkxxl
Blow, up the ftr%* to?
Boat
Boil, to
Bone
Book
Bow
Branch of arJti^
Brass
Breadth
Ikari
Fandatsuru
Fento sura
Ude
Ja-
Sairio
Warikakuse
Jaku
Haguru
Nedokuri
Stabara
Oru
Tori
Tori no su
Nigaka
T^i^ or Kjets
Fidcu
Temma
Fagiru
Fone
Somots
Jumi
Jeda
Sin^u
Jakohaba
Loo-Choo. Innea. EK. Neetsa.
Aree ga aanyoong. Teenoor Eea. Eeree.
Neesha, or Wasa. Irree-chang^ Harraka. Coocha. Watta.
Tammeeoong; Hotoo. Hotoocoo.-
Chee.
Foetchoeng.
Tirama.
Tajeeing.
Cootsee.-
Sheemootsee.
Yoemee.
Eea.
Cheejackkoa
Habba.
* From Thunbeig's Voyagi^
Digitized by
COMPARISON BETWEEN THE
|
Engtish. |
Japanese. |
IjXhChoo. |
|
Breast |
. Mone |
- Moonee. |
|
Breathe, to |
- Ikitsuku |
. Itcheeshoong. |
|
Bridge |
- Fas, has |
. Hashee. |
|
Brother |
- Siodai |
- Weekee. |
|
Buck^ |
- Tango |
- Tagoo. |
|
Button |
. Botan |
- Kogannee. |
|
Calf of the leg |
« Stosone |
|
|
Candle |
. Rosoku |
- Daw. |
|
Candlestick |
- Roeokstatti |
- Soo-coo. |
|
Cannon |
- Issibia |
- Isheebeea. |
|
Carry away, to |
- Mootou |
• Mootchee eechocmg. |
|
Cat |
- Mio |
- Mia. |
|
Charcoal |
- Chacheging, |
|
|
Cheeks |
- Hogeta, fo |
- Hoo. |
|
Child |
- Kodoma |
- Warrabee. |
|
Circle |
. Mani |
- Maioodair. |
|
Castle, or tower |
• Siro, so |
- Eegoosooo. |
|
Climb, to |
- Nagoru |
- Noobooyoong. |
|
Cfoth |
. Soking |
- Ching. |
|
Cock |
. Otiwi |
- Wootooee. |
|
Cold |
• Samkakang |
. Feesa. |
|
Compass |
. Fobari |
- Karahigh. |
|
Colour |
. Iro |
- Eerooeeeroo. |
|
Come, to |
- Kuru |
- Choong. |
|
Cool |
- Sususi |
. Seedasha. |
|
Copper |
• Akaganni |
. Aooogannee. |
|
Count, to |
- S[ansju |
- Oohawkoo^ooDg. |
|
Cow |
- Us |
- Mee ooshee. |
|
Creepy to |
. Fau |
- fiawyoong. |
|
Cup, tea |
- Tiawang |
- Chawung. |
|
Dark |
. Mime |
- Coorasing. |
|
Daughter |
- Musme, gogo- |
- Innago oongua. |
|
Deep |
- Fukai |
- Fookassa. |
|
Dig, to |
. FoU |
• Oochoong. |
|
Die |
- Sinnoru anu |
- Nintoong. |
|
Dice |
- Sail |
• Sheego rooooo. |
Digitized by
JAPANESE AND LOCWJHOO LANGUAGES.
|
English. |
Japanese. |
Loo^Choo. |
|
Door |
. T5 |
-. Hashirree. |
|
Dog |
- Inu |
- Ing- |
|
Drink |
. Nomimono |
- Noomoo. |
|
Drink, to |
- Nomu |
- Noomoong. |
|
Drunk, to be |
- Namoji jokfsari |
- Weeoong. |
|
Duck, tame |
- Afiru |
- Afeeroo. |
|
Diy,to |
- Earruru |
- Karachoong. |
|
Earth) the |
. Tjidri |
- Jee. |
|
Ear |
« Mimi |
- Minmiee. . |
|
East |
. Figasi |
w Fingassee. |
|
Egg |
- Tamago |
. Cooga- |
|
Elbow |
. Ude,fi8i |
. Tenoo fegee. |
|
Empty, to |
. Akwuru |
• Earashoong. |
|
Exchange, to |
- Kajuru |
r Eayra (fans) ; toexchange ' 1 fans at Loo-Choo. |
|
Face |
• Tsera |
- Steera. |
|
Fall, to |
- Tawareta |
- Tawshoong. |
|
Fan |
- Oge |
- Ojee. |
|
- Kingo, nigofierru |
- Wockkatee. |
|
|
Father |
- Tete, toto |
- Shoo. |
|
Fat |
^ Equru |
- Quaitee. |
|
Feather |
- Tori no fa |
- Tooee noo hannee. |
|
Fin, a fin |
. Jok<^rifire |
|
|
Finger |
. Jubi |
- Eebee. |
|
Find, to |
- Midassu . - |
- Toomatung. |
|
Fire |
- Fi,finoko |
. Fee. |
|
Fifth |
- Iwo, sakkana |
. Eeo. |
|
Fish |
- Iwo tsuru |
- Eeo kakeeoong. |
|
Kahing net |
- Ami |
- Sheebee. |
|
Fhig,a |
- Hato |
- Hata. |
|
Flower |
• Fanna |
. Fonna* |
|
Fly, a |
. Hai |
- Hayeh. |
|
Fly, to |
- Toobu |
• Toobeeoong. |
|
Friend . |
. Ftoobai |
- Eedooshee. |
|
Foot |
- Assi |
* Shynnft. |
|
Firewood |
. Takigi . |
- Tamoong. |
Digitized by
CQMPABISQK BETWEEN THE
|
E„glUk. |
Jkiptm09€. |
lao.Chdk |
|
|
Fun |
- |
Mits |
« 'Maetchetee. - |
|
Girl |
m |
Kamuame |
* Tackkee. |
|
Girdle - |
- |
. Obee. |
|
|
Give, to |
. |
Fureni, jaru |
- Queeooog. |
|
Go down to |
^•. |
Ururu, ini |
« Oonttee coo. |
|
Go up to |
-^ |
. Aguru |
*. Tfoobooyoong. ' |
|
Goat, he |
- |
Jagi . |
. Woofeeja. |
|
Gold |
* |
Sin |
. CliiDg. |
|
Good |
« |
Jiikka |
« ChooMsa. |
|
Goodman |
• |
Jukka fito^ |
^ Yookadioo. |
|
Good fornothing |
• |
Joaaka |
•% Macooanuig* ' |
|
Hair |
- |
Kami |
* Kurrazzee* |
|
Hammer |
- |
Kanatsutji |
- GrOOfihUBg. |
|
Hand |
- |
Tee |
. Kee. |
|
Handkovhief |
- |
Te no goi |
. Teesadgee. |
|
Hat |
- |
Kasa |
- KttBsa. |
|
Held |
. |
Kvin |
- Boosee. |
|
Headache |
. |
||
|
Heart |
- |
Kokurro, sing siDgncwQ Naooo. |
|
|
Hear, to |
- |
Kikf |
• Sitchoong, or skitchsottg^ |
|
Heavens |
• |
Ten |
- Ting. |
|
Heavy |
- |
Omoka, omotaka |
.. Boosa. |
|
Hen, a |
- |
Mflodori, metori |
- M^etooee,' |
|
Hide, to |
* |
Kaksu |
• Meerang. |
|
Hip |
- |
'Memo |
- Gammacoo. |
|
Hole, or cavity |
- |
Anna |
^ Anna. |
|
Horn |
- |
Tsnnno, kaku. |
- Stianoo. |
|
Horse . |
* |
Aki uma |
. Ma. |
|
Hot |
« |
AtAka |
. Atteesa, |
|
House |
• |
Je |
• Ya» or katchee. |
|
Ink |
• |
Sum, sumi |
. Simmee. . |
|
Inkstand |
- |
Susumihake |
- Simmee shee*. |
|
Iron |
-. |
Tets, furoganni |
- Titzee. |
|
Key |
• |
Kagi |
- Quaw. |
|
KiU, to |
- |
Korossu |
C Sheenoung, or Kaon 1 shoong, . |
Digitized by
JAPANESE AND tOOCBOO X<ANa0A6ES.
|
Jbigluk |
JisyMNWtf. |
Loo^Choa. |
||
|
Kiss |
Umaku^i, or Kwut j |
isu |
Sheemirree. |
|
|
Sjfe, to |
XJmakutji sunt |
. |
CoQchee spootee. |
|
|
Knife |
fiaka |
- |
Seego. |
|
|
Knee |
Fisa, fisa no saim |
• |
Stinsee. |
|
|
Kneel, to |
Fisatatsuru - . |
• |
Shumma gitcheeoong. |
|
|
Knot, a |
Fimmo « |
. |
Coonja cQotchee. |
|
|
Laugh, to |
Warau |
■ « |
Worrayoong. |
|
|
Learnmg, or studying^ * |
Nasau, Kicku |
• |
Cootooba- |
|
|
Letter, or diaractor |
* |
Moiffl, tsi mousi |
- |
Jee. |
|
Lift to, a tbing |
- |
Mo^^Mguru |
- |
Moochoong. |
|
Light to, a pipe |
* |
- |
Sheeoong. |
|
|
Lip |
« |
Tsufaa |
• |
Seeba. |
|
Liquor |
- |
Sakki |
- |
rSackkeedia, or Smtchpo I (Chinese). |
|
Look to, or see |
. |
Miru |
- |
Meeoong, or meeing. |
|
Looking-glass |
- |
Ei^fami |
• |
Kagung. |
|
Long, or length |
- |
Nagai |
- |
Nag&sa. |
|
Lose, to |
- |
Song sum, makuru |
- |
Ootoochung* |
|
Live, to |
Ino^i |
• |
Simmatong. - |
|
|
Lacker^ to |
Makie saru |
m |
Nooyoong. |
|
|
Man (homo) * |
Mono |
- |
Choo. |
|
|
Man (vir) |
» |
Otoko |
• |
Ickkeega. |
|
Mast |
•• |
Hohasi |
• |
HaBseeda. |
|
Mat |
• |
7attami |
* |
Mooshooroo, or Uttmig« |
|
Match (fire^8tidc> |
• |
Skedakki, skM |
- |
Kaw. |
|
Measure, to |
- |
Siakf, monosasa |
- |
Qai:gee hackkiyoong* |
|
Mew, to (like a cat) |
* |
Neko, naku |
m |
Nachoong deeoong. |
|
Milk |
^ |
TJitji^i |
m" |
Chee. |
|
Monkey |
- |
Saru, salu |
. |
Saroo. |
|
Moon |
- |
Tsuki |
• |
Stchay. |
|
-,fun |
>- |
Mangets |
* |
Oostitchee, or maroo. |
|
Mother |
- |
Fasakasa . |
■* |
|
|
Mud |
^ |
Nora |
• |
Doofoo. |
|
Nail, finger |
- |
Tsume, jassuru |
m |
Thimmee. |
|
Naked |
. |
Hadaka |
m |
Harraka. |
|
Name |
• |
]fti • |
. |
Na. |
Digitized by
COMPARISON BETWEEN THE
|
EngRsh. |
Japanese. |
Loo-Choo. |
|
Navd |
- Fosso, feso |
- Whoosoo. |
|
Neck |
- Ewabi, nodor |
- Coobee. |
|
Needle |
. Fan |
- Hayee skittee. |
|
Night |
- Josari, joru |
- Yooroo. |
|
Nipples |
. Tjibusa |
Chee* |
|
Nod, to |
- Gatting sura |
- Najeechoong. |
|
North |
- Kitta |
- Cheeta. |
|
Nose |
- Fanna |
• Honna. |
|
Nostrilai |
- Fanna nosu |
- Honnakee. |
|
Offer, to |
t ru, nedoaskuru - J ^ |
|
|
Old |
- Ta8sgc]i,furu}efuruke Teeshooee. |
|
|
Open, to |
- Akuru |
. Akeeoong. |
|
Overturn, to * |
- Tawaruru |
. Kooroobasho(»ig. |
|
Paper |
- Kami |
. Eabee. |
|
PeacU |
. Fuda |
. Hoodee; |
|
Phjflidaii |
. Isa |
. Ishsha. |
|
Pinch, to |
- Nesumu |
- Katcheemeeomg. |
|
Pipe (tobacco) |
- Kiseru |
• Shirree. |
|
Play to, with dice |
. Sugoroko utsu |
- Sheegoroocoo ochoong. |
|
Plough r |
- Seri,8eribetta,t8ukutaut8 Sitdiee. |
|
|
Plough^ to |
- Togajassu |
- Sitchoong. |
|
Pour in, to |
- Tsugu |
- Irrecsng.* |
|
Powder (gun) |
- Jenso |
• Eenshoo. |
|
Pr^punt |
- MuDo^i^ fiirann |
- KasseejeeCaung. |
|
Press, to |
- Sibimi |
. Sheetskeeoong. |
|
Priest |
- Boos |
. Bodaee. |
|
Push, to |
. Sukikakaru- |
- KooroobashooDg. |
|
Quarrd^to |
- Ijou |
. Titskoong. |
|
Quick |
- Faijo, fiiijaki |
. Hayee. |
|
Rain |
- Ame |
• Amee. |
|
Rain, to |
- Ame no fiuru |
- Amee fooyoong. |
|
Rainbow |
. Nisi |
- Noo, oojee. |
|
Rat |
« Nisumi |
- Acka-sa. |
|
Read, to |
-* Jomu |
- Yoomoong. |
|
Rice |
- Eome |
- Coomee. |
Digitized by
JAPANESE AND LOO-CHOO LANGUAGES.
EngKsh. Rice, boiled Ride, to, a horse Ring (finger) Root Rope Round
Row, to, in a boat Run, to Sail Salt
Salt water Salute, to Sand
Scrape, to Screw Sea Seal See, to Seed
Separate, to Serpent Sew, to Shallow Shave, to Shell Ship Shoe Shoulders
Sick
Silk Silver Sing, to Sister (eldest) Sleep Sleep, to
Japanese. Mes Noru Ibiganni Ne
Tsuna no na Mami Roosu Ajiubu Hoo Siwo
Siwo mis usiwo Resuru Tsunna Eusagu Nesi Ume
Fang hang ingjo Mini Tanna Sam
Kutjinawa hebi No, noi Assaiassaka Soru Kai Fune Kwutsu Eata
( Itami mono,bioki ( jamai mono Einno Gin Utau
Musme ane Nur Nuru
I
Loo-CIux).
- Umbang.
. Manayoong.
- Eebee gannee.
- Wee-ee.
• Chinna.
- Marroosa.
- Coojee.
• Hayay atchoong. . Foo.
- Mashoo.
- Spookarasa meezee.
- Eameeoong.
- Sinna.
- Sajoong.
- Jirree.
- Ooshoo.
• Ing, or fang. » Meeoong.
- Ni.
- Wockkayoong. . Haboo.
- Nawyoong, or noayoong.
« Sooyoong.
- Oosheemaw.
- Hoonee.
- Sabock.
- Eutta.
mono
1 >Yadong.
Eechoo.
Jing.
Ootashoong, or ootayoong.
Oni.
Nintee.
Ninjoong.
Digitized by
\i
COMPARISON BETWEEN THE
|
Englkh. |
Japanese. |
LofhCJm. |
|
|
Slow |
- Sisukamai, jcjajora |
- |
Ycona, yawna. |
|
Small |
- Eo, komaka |
- |
Coosa. |
|
Smell |
- Nivi, niwoi |
- |
Eabbasha. |
|
Smell, to |
- Eusamu |
- |
Eannoung, kashashooog^ |
|
Smoke |
- Honoo |
- |
Einsee. |
|
Smoke^ to |
- Eemoli |
- |
Footchoong. |
|
Smoke tobacco, to |
« Tabaco, nomu |
- |
Tobacco, footchoong. |
|
Sneeze, to |
- Aksingu |
- |
Honna feeoong. |
|
Snore, to |
- Ibikikaku |
- |
Nintoong. |
|
Snuff |
- Fauna, tabak, ka^ |
- |
Spachee, honna, tobaccou |
|
Sour |
- Suika |
- |
Seesa. |
|
South |
* Minami |
- |
Whfajorfa. |
|
Speak, to |
J iVjonoju, musmasuy ju, \ moosuru |
'Moonooyoong. |
|
|
Spectacles |
- M€ganni,fanna,megaiuu |
Meekagung. |
|
|
Spider |
- Ewumo |
. |
Cooba. |
|
Spittle |
. Subakki |
- |
Simpaee. |
|
Spit, to |
- Suhakki, hawk |
- |
Simpayoong. |
|
Spoon |
- Saisi |
• |
Eaa. |
|
Square |
., Sikaku |
Eackkoo. |
|
|
Stand up, to |
- Okiru |
- |
Tatteeoong. |
|
Stars |
. Fosi |
- |
FoQshee. |
|
Stone |
- Isi iwa |
• |
Ishee. |
|
Strike, to |
- Wutsu, utsu, tataku |
- |
Bejeecoong. |
|
Sugar |
- Satto |
- |
Sata. |
|
Sun |
- Fi, nitji |
- |
Teeda. |
|
Sunset |
- Fi no in |
- |
Teeda sagayoong. |
|
Sunrise |
- Fino, de, fino, agaru |
- |
Teeda agayoong. |
|
Swallow, to |
- Noaoikomu |
- |
Noonootoosha. |
|
Sweet |
- Amaka, «nud |
- |
Amasa. |
|
Swim, to |
- Pjugu |
- |
Weejoong. |
|
Thigh |
• Momo, solomomo |
- |
Moomoo. |
|
Tteead |
. Ito |
• |
EechoD. |
|
Throw, to |
* Naguru |
- |
Nagmg. |
|
Thumb |
* Ojajubi, ojubi |
- |
Hooee eebee. |
|
Tiger |
- Tora |
- |
Toora. |
Digitized by
JAPANESE AND LOO^HOO LANGTTAGES.
|
English. |
Japanese. |
Loo-Chco. |
|
|
Tin |
- |
Susu |
|
|
Tongue |
- |
Sta, sita |
. Stcha. |
|
Tooth |
- |
Jea |
- Ha. |
|
Touch, to |
- |
Kamau, kakaru, ateru |
- Sayoong, or Sitchoong. |
|
Tower |
- |
To |
- E^ooscoo. |
|
Town |
- |
Matji, sotomatji |
- Mteatto, metto. |
|
Tremble |
- |
Fururu |
- Eoorooyoong; |
|
Ugly |
- |
Kisannai |
- Ootoorooga. |
|
Umbrella |
- |
Pisasi |
^ Shassee kiissa. |
|
Vein |
- |
Susi |
- Eajee. |
|
Wake, to |
- |
Okxteorn |
- Ooking. |
|
Waken, to |
- |
Okusu |
- Oocatee. |
|
Walk, to |
- |
Ita |
- Atchoong. |
|
Warm |
- |
Nakka,-at8ka |
. Attesa. |
|
Wash |
- |
Arau • |
- Arayoong. |
|
Wat4^h |
- |
Tokei |
- Earahigfa. |
|
Water |
- |
Mis |
- Meezee. |
|
Water tub |
- |
Furo |
- Meezofwokee. |
|
Weather, fine |
- |
Jukka, fiuri, jui teng |
- Yeetinchee, or tinsee. |
|
Weather, foul |
- |
Warri fiuri |
- Yannatinchee, or tinsee. |
|
Well, a |
- |
Jgawa |
- Meezee ka. |
|
West |
- |
Nis |
- Neeshee. |
|
Wet |
- |
Naroru |
- Inneetee. |
|
Wet, to |
- |
Narassu |
- Indeetaoong* |
|
Wheel |
- |
Eiuruma |
- Coorooma. |
|
Wick of a candle |
- |
Suku, saku |
- Skee cootshee. |
|
Wind |
. |
Ease |
- Eassee. |
|
Wind up, to |
- |
Sutsumu |
- Feenoyoong. |
|
Wing |
- |
Toobu fanne |
- Hannay. |
|
Wink, to |
- |
Manaku |
- Meeoochee. |
|
Wood |
- |
Tagi |
- Tamoong.. |
|
Write |
- |
Eaku |
- Eatchoong. |
|
Writing desk |
- |
Fikidassi |
- Sheekoo. |
|
Year |
- |
Fori |
- Ning. |
|
Young |
- |
Wflkai |
- Wockka. |
Digitized by
COMPARISON BETWEEN, Jus.
|
NUMERALS. |
||||||
|
Japan. |
/fWI4«. |
Loo-ChoQ. |
||||
|
1 Stozee - |
Sheeneap - |
Stitz |
- |
Itchee |
. |
Teetsee, tee. |
|
2 Statse - |
Too |
StaU |
- |
Nee |
- |
Tat8ee,ta. |
|
8 Mitzee - |
Liep |
Mitz |
- |
Sang |
- |
Meetsee^ mee. |
|
4 Yeatze - |
Eenep |
Yeatze |
- |
Shee |
- |
Eotsee, yoo. |
|
5 Idotzee - |
Asheak |
Itseitzj |
- |
Goo |
- |
Ittitsee. |
|
6 Nitzee - |
Ewan |
Nitz |
- |
Rooooo |
• |
Mootsee. |
|
7 Nanatzee |
Arrawan |
Nanatzy |
- |
Stchee |
- |
Nannatsee. |
|
8 loflee . |
Toopish |
Yeatz |
- |
Fatchee |
. |
Eyatsee. |
|
9 Kokonitz |
Lepish |
Kokonitz |
- |
Coo |
- |
Koonnitsee. |
|
10 Yoo . |
Wanna |
Too |
• |
Joo |
• |
Too, |
* From Broughton's Voyage.
Digitized by
COMPARISON
BETWEEN THE
LANGUAGES OF LOO-CHOO AND INSU,
AN ISLAND IN THE JAPAN SEA.
|
EnglUh. |
Insu^. |
m |
Loo-Choo, |
|
Come here |
. Arkee |
- |
Cung coo. |
|
To walk |
- Appeass |
- |
Atchoong* |
|
To enquire the name of ) _ \. ^Tambene apy thmg 5 |
*• |
Noondeega. |
|
|
A ship |
. Penzy, or Foonil. |
- |
Hoonee. |
|
A bow |
. Eoo |
■- |
Yoomee. |
|
An arrow |
^ Ay |
. |
Eea. |
|
The beard |
. Creak |
- |
Feejee. |
|
The teeth |
- Meemack |
- |
Ha. |
|
Aman |
- Oikyo |
- |
Ickkeega. |
|
A woman |
- Meanako |
- |
Innago. |
|
Fish net |
- Ya |
- |
Sheebee. |
|
Tobacco pipe |
- Tsheeree |
- |
Shirree. |
|
Water |
. Wakha . |
- |
Meezee. |
|
To drink |
- Horopsee |
• |
Noomoong. |
|
Abook |
- Shoomootza |
- |
Sheemootsee. |
|
The finger |
. Yewbee |
• |
Eebee. |
|
The thumb |
- O yewbee |
- |
Hoeeeebee. |
|
The thigh |
• Momo |
- |
Moomoo. |
|
The arm |
• Oondee |
- |
Teenoo, |
|
The middle finger |
- Nagayewbee |
- |
Nackkaeebee. |
|
Paper |
- Kame |
- |
Kabee. |
|
Adog |
- Enoo |
- |
Ing. |
|
A cat - . |
. Necko |
- |
Mia. |
|
A child . |
- Vasasso |
- |
Warrabee. |
|
The foot |
• Assee |
« |
Shanna. |
|
Thedua |
OloDgyse |
- |
Ootooga. |
* Prom Brooghton't Yojage.
Digitized by
COMPARISON BETWEEN, &c.
|
English. |
Insti. |
Loo^Choo. |
|
|
The ear |
- Meemee |
- |
- Mimmee. |
|
Yes |
- 0 |
- |
- Oo. |
|
No |
- Ny |
- |
- Oongba. |
|
Hair |
- Kamu |
- |
- Eurrazzee. |
|
Aboat |
- Tunma |
- |
- Tlmma. |
|
Tea |
- Tcha |
. |
- Cha. |
|
Sugar |
- Sado |
- |
- Sata. |
|
Tobacco |
- Tabacco |
. |
. Tobacco. |
Digitized by
COMPARISON
BBTWBKir THE
LANGUAGES OF LOO-CHOO, JAPAN, AND INSU.
|
English. |
Japanese*, |
Loo-Choo. |
/fMUf- |
|
To walk |
. Ita |
Atchoong . |
- Appeass. |
|
A ship |
• Fune |
Hoonee |
- Penzy, or foonil. |
|
A bow |
- Jumi |
Yoomee |
. Koo. |
|
An arrow |
. Ja |
Eea |
- Ay. |
|
The iSnger |
. Jubi |
Eebee |
- Askippi, yewbee. |
|
The teeth |
-Ha . |
Ha |
- Meemack. |
|
A man |
. Otoko |
Ickkeega |
- Oikyo. |
|
A fish net |
- Ami |
Sheebee |
. Ya. |
|
A knife |
- Haka |
Seego |
- Magiddee. |
|
An oar |
. Ro |
Wayacoo |
- Kanzee* |
|
Water |
. Mis |
Meezee |
. Wakha. |
|
To drink |
- Nomu |
Noomoong |
. Horopsee. |
|
A book |
- Somots |
Sheemootsee |
- Shomotza. |
|
The thumb |
- Ojajubi, ojubi - |
Hooee eebee |
• O yewbee. |
|
The thigh |
- Momo, soto momo |
Moomoo |
-* Momo. |
|
The arm |
. Ude |
Teenoo |
- Oondee. |
|
Paper |
- Kami |
Kabee |
- Eame. |
|
A dog |
- Inu |
Ing |
- Enoo. |
|
A cat |
- Mio, neko |
Mia |
• Necko. |
|
AchUd |
- Kodoma |
Warrabee |
- Yassassa |
|
The lips |
- Tsuba |
Seeba |
- Eoodge. |
|
The foot |
. Assi |
Shanna |
- Assee. |
|
The ear |
- Mimi |
Mimmee |
- Meemee. |
|
The hair |
- Kami |
Eurrazzee |
- Eamu. |
|
A boat |
- Temma |
Timma |
|
|
Tea |
- Tsjaa |
Cha |
. Tcha, |
|
Sugar |
- Satto |
Sata |
* Sado. |
|
Tobacco |
. Tabako |
Tobacco |
- Tabaoco. |
♦ From Thunberg's Voyage.
t From Broaghton*8 Voyage.
Digitized by
WORDS OBTAINED FROM THE INHABITANTS OF THE WEST
COAST OF COREA.
|
Engiish. |
Corean. |
English. |
Carean, |
|
|
No |
- Poodong, |
♦Good |
- |
Hota. |
|
Water |
- Bool. |
♦Earth |
- |
E,hool. |
|
A pipe |
^ Dewton. |
♦Enife |
. |
Ehid. ' |
|
Hair |
- Bodee. |
Jacket |
. |
Chouksa. |
|
Eyes |
- Doon. |
Trowsers |
- |
Choongay. |
|
Mouth |
- Jeep. |
Shoe |
- |
Po schien. |
|
Nose . |
- Eo. |
Stockings, or hoots |
Hung inn. |
|
|
Himd |
- So-an. |
Tobacco pouch |
- |
Samb-jee. |
|
Beard |
* Shee-om. |
Rice (food) |
- |
Pa^. |
|
Tongue |
. . Chay. |
Fan |
- |
Poot^ |
|
Ear |
- Quee. |
Stove |
- |
ToL |
|
Teeth |
. Jee. |
White hat |
- |
Pan-a-ce. |
|
♦Tree |
. PhaDg na moo. |
Black hat |
• |
Eat |
|
♦Grass |
- Phee. |
A cock. |
Tac. |
* These five words have the h so strongly aspirated that it was rarely we could pronounce them 10 the satisfaction of the natives.
Their language, upon the whole, is not unpkasing, and it has none of the hanli QHneBe loofids. The natives have a remarkable facility in imitating our sounds, and (hey in general speak in a very loud tone of voice. ^
THE EJfD.
T. Davison, Lombard-strect» Whitefriars, London.
Digitized by